File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp |
Warning: | line 3831, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===- SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp - Template Argument Deduction ------------===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | |||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | |||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | |||
6 | // | |||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
8 | // | |||
9 | // This file implements C++ template argument deduction. | |||
10 | // | |||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
12 | ||||
13 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | |||
14 | #include "TreeTransform.h" | |||
15 | #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" | |||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | |||
18 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclAccessPair.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | |||
23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" | |||
24 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | |||
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | |||
26 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" | |||
27 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h" | |||
28 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" | |||
29 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | |||
30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | |||
31 | #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h" | |||
32 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" | |||
33 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" | |||
34 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" | |||
35 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" | |||
36 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | |||
37 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" | |||
38 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" | |||
39 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" | |||
40 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" | |||
41 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | |||
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" | |||
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" | |||
44 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" | |||
45 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" | |||
46 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" | |||
47 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | |||
48 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" | |||
49 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | |||
50 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" | |||
51 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" | |||
52 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" | |||
53 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" | |||
54 | #include <algorithm> | |||
55 | #include <cassert> | |||
56 | #include <tuple> | |||
57 | #include <utility> | |||
58 | ||||
59 | namespace clang { | |||
60 | ||||
61 | /// Various flags that control template argument deduction. | |||
62 | /// | |||
63 | /// These flags can be bitwise-OR'd together. | |||
64 | enum TemplateDeductionFlags { | |||
65 | /// No template argument deduction flags, which indicates the | |||
66 | /// strictest results for template argument deduction (as used for, e.g., | |||
67 | /// matching class template partial specializations). | |||
68 | TDF_None = 0, | |||
69 | ||||
70 | /// Within template argument deduction from a function call, we are | |||
71 | /// matching with a parameter type for which the original parameter was | |||
72 | /// a reference. | |||
73 | TDF_ParamWithReferenceType = 0x1, | |||
74 | ||||
75 | /// Within template argument deduction from a function call, we | |||
76 | /// are matching in a case where we ignore cv-qualifiers. | |||
77 | TDF_IgnoreQualifiers = 0x02, | |||
78 | ||||
79 | /// Within template argument deduction from a function call, | |||
80 | /// we are matching in a case where we can perform template argument | |||
81 | /// deduction from a template-id of a derived class of the argument type. | |||
82 | TDF_DerivedClass = 0x04, | |||
83 | ||||
84 | /// Allow non-dependent types to differ, e.g., when performing | |||
85 | /// template argument deduction from a function call where conversions | |||
86 | /// may apply. | |||
87 | TDF_SkipNonDependent = 0x08, | |||
88 | ||||
89 | /// Whether we are performing template argument deduction for | |||
90 | /// parameters and arguments in a top-level template argument | |||
91 | TDF_TopLevelParameterTypeList = 0x10, | |||
92 | ||||
93 | /// Within template argument deduction from overload resolution per | |||
94 | /// C++ [over.over] allow matching function types that are compatible in | |||
95 | /// terms of noreturn and default calling convention adjustments, or | |||
96 | /// similarly matching a declared template specialization against a | |||
97 | /// possible template, per C++ [temp.deduct.decl]. In either case, permit | |||
98 | /// deduction where the parameter is a function type that can be converted | |||
99 | /// to the argument type. | |||
100 | TDF_AllowCompatibleFunctionType = 0x20, | |||
101 | ||||
102 | /// Within template argument deduction for a conversion function, we are | |||
103 | /// matching with an argument type for which the original argument was | |||
104 | /// a reference. | |||
105 | TDF_ArgWithReferenceType = 0x40, | |||
106 | }; | |||
107 | } | |||
108 | ||||
109 | using namespace clang; | |||
110 | using namespace sema; | |||
111 | ||||
112 | /// Compare two APSInts, extending and switching the sign as | |||
113 | /// necessary to compare their values regardless of underlying type. | |||
114 | static bool hasSameExtendedValue(llvm::APSInt X, llvm::APSInt Y) { | |||
115 | if (Y.getBitWidth() > X.getBitWidth()) | |||
116 | X = X.extend(Y.getBitWidth()); | |||
117 | else if (Y.getBitWidth() < X.getBitWidth()) | |||
118 | Y = Y.extend(X.getBitWidth()); | |||
119 | ||||
120 | // If there is a signedness mismatch, correct it. | |||
121 | if (X.isSigned() != Y.isSigned()) { | |||
122 | // If the signed value is negative, then the values cannot be the same. | |||
123 | if ((Y.isSigned() && Y.isNegative()) || (X.isSigned() && X.isNegative())) | |||
124 | return false; | |||
125 | ||||
126 | Y.setIsSigned(true); | |||
127 | X.setIsSigned(true); | |||
128 | } | |||
129 | ||||
130 | return X == Y; | |||
131 | } | |||
132 | ||||
133 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
134 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, | |||
135 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
136 | const TemplateArgument &Param, | |||
137 | TemplateArgument Arg, | |||
138 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
139 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced); | |||
140 | ||||
141 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
142 | DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(Sema &S, | |||
143 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
144 | QualType Param, | |||
145 | QualType Arg, | |||
146 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
147 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> & | |||
148 | Deduced, | |||
149 | unsigned TDF, | |||
150 | bool PartialOrdering = false, | |||
151 | bool DeducedFromArrayBound = false); | |||
152 | ||||
153 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
154 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
155 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Params, | |||
156 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | |||
157 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
158 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
159 | bool NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch); | |||
160 | ||||
161 | static void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
162 | const TemplateArgument &TemplateArg, | |||
163 | bool OnlyDeduced, unsigned Depth, | |||
164 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); | |||
165 | ||||
166 | static void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, | |||
167 | bool OnlyDeduced, unsigned Level, | |||
168 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); | |||
169 | ||||
170 | /// If the given expression is of a form that permits the deduction | |||
171 | /// of a non-type template parameter, return the declaration of that | |||
172 | /// non-type template parameter. | |||
173 | static NonTypeTemplateParmDecl * | |||
174 | getDeducedParameterFromExpr(TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, Expr *E) { | |||
175 | // If we are within an alias template, the expression may have undergone | |||
176 | // any number of parameter substitutions already. | |||
177 | while (true) { | |||
178 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *IC = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | |||
179 | E = IC->getSubExpr(); | |||
180 | else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(E)) | |||
181 | E = CE->getSubExpr(); | |||
182 | else if (SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *Subst = | |||
183 | dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)) | |||
184 | E = Subst->getReplacement(); | |||
185 | else | |||
186 | break; | |||
187 | } | |||
188 | ||||
189 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | |||
190 | if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | |||
191 | if (NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth()) | |||
192 | return NTTP; | |||
193 | ||||
194 | return nullptr; | |||
195 | } | |||
196 | ||||
197 | /// Determine whether two declaration pointers refer to the same | |||
198 | /// declaration. | |||
199 | static bool isSameDeclaration(Decl *X, Decl *Y) { | |||
200 | if (NamedDecl *NX = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(X)) | |||
201 | X = NX->getUnderlyingDecl(); | |||
202 | if (NamedDecl *NY = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Y)) | |||
203 | Y = NY->getUnderlyingDecl(); | |||
204 | ||||
205 | return X->getCanonicalDecl() == Y->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
206 | } | |||
207 | ||||
208 | /// Verify that the given, deduced template arguments are compatible. | |||
209 | /// | |||
210 | /// \returns The deduced template argument, or a NULL template argument if | |||
211 | /// the deduced template arguments were incompatible. | |||
212 | static DeducedTemplateArgument | |||
213 | checkDeducedTemplateArguments(ASTContext &Context, | |||
214 | const DeducedTemplateArgument &X, | |||
215 | const DeducedTemplateArgument &Y) { | |||
216 | // We have no deduction for one or both of the arguments; they're compatible. | |||
217 | if (X.isNull()) | |||
218 | return Y; | |||
219 | if (Y.isNull()) | |||
220 | return X; | |||
221 | ||||
222 | // If we have two non-type template argument values deduced for the same | |||
223 | // parameter, they must both match the type of the parameter, and thus must | |||
224 | // match each other's type. As we're only keeping one of them, we must check | |||
225 | // for that now. The exception is that if either was deduced from an array | |||
226 | // bound, the type is permitted to differ. | |||
227 | if (!X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() && !Y.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()) { | |||
228 | QualType XType = X.getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | |||
229 | if (!XType.isNull()) { | |||
230 | QualType YType = Y.getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | |||
231 | if (YType.isNull() || !Context.hasSameType(XType, YType)) | |||
232 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
233 | } | |||
234 | } | |||
235 | ||||
236 | switch (X.getKind()) { | |||
237 | case TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
238 | llvm_unreachable("Non-deduced template arguments handled above")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Non-deduced template arguments handled above" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 238); | |||
239 | ||||
240 | case TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
241 | // If two template type arguments have the same type, they're compatible. | |||
242 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type && | |||
243 | Context.hasSameType(X.getAsType(), Y.getAsType())) | |||
244 | return X; | |||
245 | ||||
246 | // If one of the two arguments was deduced from an array bound, the other | |||
247 | // supersedes it. | |||
248 | if (X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() != Y.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()) | |||
249 | return X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() ? Y : X; | |||
250 | ||||
251 | // The arguments are not compatible. | |||
252 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
253 | ||||
254 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: | |||
255 | // If we deduced a constant in one case and either a dependent expression or | |||
256 | // declaration in another case, keep the integral constant. | |||
257 | // If both are integral constants with the same value, keep that value. | |||
258 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression || | |||
259 | Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration || | |||
260 | (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral && | |||
261 | hasSameExtendedValue(X.getAsIntegral(), Y.getAsIntegral()))) | |||
262 | return X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() ? Y : X; | |||
263 | ||||
264 | // All other combinations are incompatible. | |||
265 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
266 | ||||
267 | case TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
268 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template && | |||
269 | Context.hasSameTemplateName(X.getAsTemplate(), Y.getAsTemplate())) | |||
270 | return X; | |||
271 | ||||
272 | // All other combinations are incompatible. | |||
273 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
274 | ||||
275 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | |||
276 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion && | |||
277 | Context.hasSameTemplateName(X.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(), | |||
278 | Y.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern())) | |||
279 | return X; | |||
280 | ||||
281 | // All other combinations are incompatible. | |||
282 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
283 | ||||
284 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: { | |||
285 | if (Y.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Expression) | |||
286 | return checkDeducedTemplateArguments(Context, Y, X); | |||
287 | ||||
288 | // Compare the expressions for equality | |||
289 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID1, ID2; | |||
290 | X.getAsExpr()->Profile(ID1, Context, true); | |||
291 | Y.getAsExpr()->Profile(ID2, Context, true); | |||
292 | if (ID1 == ID2) | |||
293 | return X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() ? Y : X; | |||
294 | ||||
295 | // Differing dependent expressions are incompatible. | |||
296 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
297 | } | |||
298 | ||||
299 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: | |||
300 | assert(!X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound())((!X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 300, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
301 | ||||
302 | // If we deduced a declaration and a dependent expression, keep the | |||
303 | // declaration. | |||
304 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) | |||
305 | return X; | |||
306 | ||||
307 | // If we deduced a declaration and an integral constant, keep the | |||
308 | // integral constant and whichever type did not come from an array | |||
309 | // bound. | |||
310 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral) { | |||
311 | if (Y.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()) | |||
312 | return TemplateArgument(Context, Y.getAsIntegral(), | |||
313 | X.getParamTypeForDecl()); | |||
314 | return Y; | |||
315 | } | |||
316 | ||||
317 | // If we deduced two declarations, make sure that they refer to the | |||
318 | // same declaration. | |||
319 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration && | |||
320 | isSameDeclaration(X.getAsDecl(), Y.getAsDecl())) | |||
321 | return X; | |||
322 | ||||
323 | // All other combinations are incompatible. | |||
324 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
325 | ||||
326 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | |||
327 | // If we deduced a null pointer and a dependent expression, keep the | |||
328 | // null pointer. | |||
329 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) | |||
330 | return X; | |||
331 | ||||
332 | // If we deduced a null pointer and an integral constant, keep the | |||
333 | // integral constant. | |||
334 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral) | |||
335 | return Y; | |||
336 | ||||
337 | // If we deduced two null pointers, they are the same. | |||
338 | if (Y.getKind() == TemplateArgument::NullPtr) | |||
339 | return X; | |||
340 | ||||
341 | // All other combinations are incompatible. | |||
342 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
343 | ||||
344 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: { | |||
345 | if (Y.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack || | |||
346 | X.pack_size() != Y.pack_size()) | |||
347 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
348 | ||||
349 | llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> NewPack; | |||
350 | for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator XA = X.pack_begin(), | |||
351 | XAEnd = X.pack_end(), | |||
352 | YA = Y.pack_begin(); | |||
353 | XA != XAEnd; ++XA, ++YA) { | |||
354 | TemplateArgument Merged = checkDeducedTemplateArguments( | |||
355 | Context, DeducedTemplateArgument(*XA, X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()), | |||
356 | DeducedTemplateArgument(*YA, Y.wasDeducedFromArrayBound())); | |||
357 | if (Merged.isNull()) | |||
358 | return DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
359 | NewPack.push_back(Merged); | |||
360 | } | |||
361 | ||||
362 | return DeducedTemplateArgument( | |||
363 | TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(Context, NewPack), | |||
364 | X.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() && Y.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()); | |||
365 | } | |||
366 | } | |||
367 | ||||
368 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 368); | |||
369 | } | |||
370 | ||||
371 | /// Deduce the value of the given non-type template parameter | |||
372 | /// as the given deduced template argument. All non-type template parameter | |||
373 | /// deduction is funneled through here. | |||
374 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
375 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
376 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP, const DeducedTemplateArgument &NewDeduced, | |||
377 | QualType ValueType, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
378 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
379 | assert(NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() &&((NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "deducing non-type template argument with wrong depth" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"deducing non-type template argument with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
380 | "deducing non-type template argument with wrong depth")((NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "deducing non-type template argument with wrong depth" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"deducing non-type template argument with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
381 | ||||
382 | DeducedTemplateArgument Result = checkDeducedTemplateArguments( | |||
383 | S.Context, Deduced[NTTP->getIndex()], NewDeduced); | |||
384 | if (Result.isNull()) { | |||
385 | Info.Param = NTTP; | |||
386 | Info.FirstArg = Deduced[NTTP->getIndex()]; | |||
387 | Info.SecondArg = NewDeduced; | |||
388 | return Sema::TDK_Inconsistent; | |||
389 | } | |||
390 | ||||
391 | Deduced[NTTP->getIndex()] = Result; | |||
392 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | |||
393 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
394 | ||||
395 | if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) | |||
396 | // FIXME: We may still need to deduce parts of the type here! But we | |||
397 | // don't have any way to find which slice of the type to use, and the | |||
398 | // type stored on the NTTP itself is nonsense. Perhaps the type of an | |||
399 | // expanded NTTP should be a pack expansion type? | |||
400 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
401 | ||||
402 | // Get the type of the parameter for deduction. If it's a (dependent) array | |||
403 | // or function type, we will not have decayed it yet, so do that now. | |||
404 | QualType ParamType = S.Context.getAdjustedParameterType(NTTP->getType()); | |||
405 | if (auto *Expansion = dyn_cast<PackExpansionType>(ParamType)) | |||
406 | ParamType = Expansion->getPattern(); | |||
407 | ||||
408 | // FIXME: It's not clear how deduction of a parameter of reference | |||
409 | // type from an argument (of non-reference type) should be performed. | |||
410 | // For now, we just remove reference types from both sides and let | |||
411 | // the final check for matching types sort out the mess. | |||
412 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
413 | S, TemplateParams, ParamType.getNonReferenceType(), | |||
414 | ValueType.getNonReferenceType(), Info, Deduced, TDF_SkipNonDependent, | |||
415 | /*PartialOrdering=*/false, | |||
416 | /*ArrayBound=*/NewDeduced.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()); | |||
417 | } | |||
418 | ||||
419 | /// Deduce the value of the given non-type template parameter | |||
420 | /// from the given integral constant. | |||
421 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
422 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
423 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP, const llvm::APSInt &Value, | |||
424 | QualType ValueType, bool DeducedFromArrayBound, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
425 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
426 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
427 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
428 | DeducedTemplateArgument(S.Context, Value, ValueType, | |||
429 | DeducedFromArrayBound), | |||
430 | ValueType, Info, Deduced); | |||
431 | } | |||
432 | ||||
433 | /// Deduce the value of the given non-type template parameter | |||
434 | /// from the given null pointer template argument type. | |||
435 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceNullPtrTemplateArgument( | |||
436 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
437 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP, QualType NullPtrType, | |||
438 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
439 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
440 | Expr *Value = | |||
441 | S.ImpCastExprToType(new (S.Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr( | |||
442 | S.Context.NullPtrTy, NTTP->getLocation()), | |||
443 | NullPtrType, CK_NullToPointer) | |||
444 | .get(); | |||
445 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
446 | DeducedTemplateArgument(Value), | |||
447 | Value->getType(), Info, Deduced); | |||
448 | } | |||
449 | ||||
450 | /// Deduce the value of the given non-type template parameter | |||
451 | /// from the given type- or value-dependent expression. | |||
452 | /// | |||
453 | /// \returns true if deduction succeeded, false otherwise. | |||
454 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
455 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
456 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP, Expr *Value, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
457 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
458 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
459 | DeducedTemplateArgument(Value), | |||
460 | Value->getType(), Info, Deduced); | |||
461 | } | |||
462 | ||||
463 | /// Deduce the value of the given non-type template parameter | |||
464 | /// from the given declaration. | |||
465 | /// | |||
466 | /// \returns true if deduction succeeded, false otherwise. | |||
467 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
468 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
469 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP, ValueDecl *D, QualType T, | |||
470 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
471 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
472 | D = D ? cast<ValueDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl()) : nullptr; | |||
473 | TemplateArgument New(D, T); | |||
474 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
475 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, DeducedTemplateArgument(New), T, Info, Deduced); | |||
476 | } | |||
477 | ||||
478 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
479 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, | |||
480 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
481 | TemplateName Param, | |||
482 | TemplateName Arg, | |||
483 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
484 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
485 | TemplateDecl *ParamDecl = Param.getAsTemplateDecl(); | |||
486 | if (!ParamDecl) { | |||
487 | // The parameter type is dependent and is not a template template parameter, | |||
488 | // so there is nothing that we can deduce. | |||
489 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
490 | } | |||
491 | ||||
492 | if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TempParam | |||
493 | = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamDecl)) { | |||
494 | // If we're not deducing at this depth, there's nothing to deduce. | |||
495 | if (TempParam->getDepth() != Info.getDeducedDepth()) | |||
496 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
497 | ||||
498 | DeducedTemplateArgument NewDeduced(S.Context.getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg)); | |||
499 | DeducedTemplateArgument Result = checkDeducedTemplateArguments(S.Context, | |||
500 | Deduced[TempParam->getIndex()], | |||
501 | NewDeduced); | |||
502 | if (Result.isNull()) { | |||
503 | Info.Param = TempParam; | |||
504 | Info.FirstArg = Deduced[TempParam->getIndex()]; | |||
505 | Info.SecondArg = NewDeduced; | |||
506 | return Sema::TDK_Inconsistent; | |||
507 | } | |||
508 | ||||
509 | Deduced[TempParam->getIndex()] = Result; | |||
510 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
511 | } | |||
512 | ||||
513 | // Verify that the two template names are equivalent. | |||
514 | if (S.Context.hasSameTemplateName(Param, Arg)) | |||
515 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
516 | ||||
517 | // Mismatch of non-dependent template parameter to argument. | |||
518 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(Param); | |||
519 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(Arg); | |||
520 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
521 | } | |||
522 | ||||
523 | /// Deduce the template arguments by comparing the template parameter | |||
524 | /// type (which is a template-id) with the template argument type. | |||
525 | /// | |||
526 | /// \param S the Sema | |||
527 | /// | |||
528 | /// \param TemplateParams the template parameters that we are deducing | |||
529 | /// | |||
530 | /// \param Param the parameter type | |||
531 | /// | |||
532 | /// \param Arg the argument type | |||
533 | /// | |||
534 | /// \param Info information about the template argument deduction itself | |||
535 | /// | |||
536 | /// \param Deduced the deduced template arguments | |||
537 | /// | |||
538 | /// \returns the result of template argument deduction so far. Note that a | |||
539 | /// "success" result means that template argument deduction has not yet failed, | |||
540 | /// but it may still fail, later, for other reasons. | |||
541 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
542 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, | |||
543 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
544 | const TemplateSpecializationType *Param, | |||
545 | QualType Arg, | |||
546 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
547 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
548 | assert(Arg.isCanonical() && "Argument type must be canonical")((Arg.isCanonical() && "Argument type must be canonical" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg.isCanonical() && \"Argument type must be canonical\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 548, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
549 | ||||
550 | // Treat an injected-class-name as its underlying template-id. | |||
551 | if (auto *Injected = dyn_cast<InjectedClassNameType>(Arg)) | |||
552 | Arg = Injected->getInjectedSpecializationType(); | |||
553 | ||||
554 | // Check whether the template argument is a dependent template-id. | |||
555 | if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecArg | |||
556 | = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(Arg)) { | |||
557 | // Perform template argument deduction for the template name. | |||
558 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
559 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, | |||
560 | Param->getTemplateName(), | |||
561 | SpecArg->getTemplateName(), | |||
562 | Info, Deduced)) | |||
563 | return Result; | |||
564 | ||||
565 | ||||
566 | // Perform template argument deduction on each template | |||
567 | // argument. Ignore any missing/extra arguments, since they could be | |||
568 | // filled in by default arguments. | |||
569 | return DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, | |||
570 | Param->template_arguments(), | |||
571 | SpecArg->template_arguments(), Info, Deduced, | |||
572 | /*NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch=*/false); | |||
573 | } | |||
574 | ||||
575 | // If the argument type is a class template specialization, we | |||
576 | // perform template argument deduction using its template | |||
577 | // arguments. | |||
578 | const RecordType *RecordArg = dyn_cast<RecordType>(Arg); | |||
579 | if (!RecordArg) { | |||
580 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(QualType(Param, 0)); | |||
581 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(Arg); | |||
582 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
583 | } | |||
584 | ||||
585 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecArg | |||
586 | = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RecordArg->getDecl()); | |||
587 | if (!SpecArg) { | |||
588 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(QualType(Param, 0)); | |||
589 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(Arg); | |||
590 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
591 | } | |||
592 | ||||
593 | // Perform template argument deduction for the template name. | |||
594 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
595 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(S, | |||
596 | TemplateParams, | |||
597 | Param->getTemplateName(), | |||
598 | TemplateName(SpecArg->getSpecializedTemplate()), | |||
599 | Info, Deduced)) | |||
600 | return Result; | |||
601 | ||||
602 | // Perform template argument deduction for the template arguments. | |||
603 | return DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, Param->template_arguments(), | |||
604 | SpecArg->getTemplateArgs().asArray(), Info, | |||
605 | Deduced, /*NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch=*/true); | |||
606 | } | |||
607 | ||||
608 | /// Determines whether the given type is an opaque type that | |||
609 | /// might be more qualified when instantiated. | |||
610 | static bool IsPossiblyOpaquelyQualifiedType(QualType T) { | |||
611 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | |||
612 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
613 | case Type::TypeOf: | |||
614 | case Type::DependentName: | |||
615 | case Type::Decltype: | |||
616 | case Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
617 | case Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
618 | return true; | |||
619 | ||||
620 | case Type::ConstantArray: | |||
621 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
622 | case Type::VariableArray: | |||
623 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
624 | return IsPossiblyOpaquelyQualifiedType( | |||
625 | cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); | |||
626 | ||||
627 | default: | |||
628 | return false; | |||
629 | } | |||
630 | } | |||
631 | ||||
632 | /// Helper function to build a TemplateParameter when we don't | |||
633 | /// know its type statically. | |||
634 | static TemplateParameter makeTemplateParameter(Decl *D) { | |||
635 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D)) | |||
636 | return TemplateParameter(TTP); | |||
637 | if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D)) | |||
638 | return TemplateParameter(NTTP); | |||
639 | ||||
640 | return TemplateParameter(cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)); | |||
641 | } | |||
642 | ||||
643 | /// If \p Param is an expanded parameter pack, get the number of expansions. | |||
644 | static Optional<unsigned> getExpandedPackSize(NamedDecl *Param) { | |||
645 | if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) | |||
646 | if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) | |||
647 | return NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); | |||
648 | ||||
649 | if (auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) | |||
650 | if (TTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) | |||
651 | return TTP->getNumExpansionTemplateParameters(); | |||
652 | ||||
653 | return None; | |||
654 | } | |||
655 | ||||
656 | /// A pack that we're currently deducing. | |||
657 | struct clang::DeducedPack { | |||
658 | // The index of the pack. | |||
659 | unsigned Index; | |||
660 | ||||
661 | // The old value of the pack before we started deducing it. | |||
662 | DeducedTemplateArgument Saved; | |||
663 | ||||
664 | // A deferred value of this pack from an inner deduction, that couldn't be | |||
665 | // deduced because this deduction hadn't happened yet. | |||
666 | DeducedTemplateArgument DeferredDeduction; | |||
667 | ||||
668 | // The new value of the pack. | |||
669 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> New; | |||
670 | ||||
671 | // The outer deduction for this pack, if any. | |||
672 | DeducedPack *Outer = nullptr; | |||
673 | ||||
674 | DeducedPack(unsigned Index) : Index(Index) {} | |||
675 | }; | |||
676 | ||||
677 | namespace { | |||
678 | ||||
679 | /// A scope in which we're performing pack deduction. | |||
680 | class PackDeductionScope { | |||
681 | public: | |||
682 | /// Prepare to deduce the packs named within Pattern. | |||
683 | PackDeductionScope(Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
684 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
685 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, TemplateArgument Pattern) | |||
686 | : S(S), TemplateParams(TemplateParams), Deduced(Deduced), Info(Info) { | |||
687 | unsigned NumNamedPacks = addPacks(Pattern); | |||
688 | finishConstruction(NumNamedPacks); | |||
689 | } | |||
690 | ||||
691 | /// Prepare to directly deduce arguments of the parameter with index \p Index. | |||
692 | PackDeductionScope(Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
693 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
694 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, unsigned Index) | |||
695 | : S(S), TemplateParams(TemplateParams), Deduced(Deduced), Info(Info) { | |||
696 | addPack(Index); | |||
697 | finishConstruction(1); | |||
698 | } | |||
699 | ||||
700 | private: | |||
701 | void addPack(unsigned Index) { | |||
702 | // Save the deduced template argument for the parameter pack expanded | |||
703 | // by this pack expansion, then clear out the deduction. | |||
704 | DeducedPack Pack(Index); | |||
705 | Pack.Saved = Deduced[Index]; | |||
706 | Deduced[Index] = TemplateArgument(); | |||
707 | ||||
708 | // FIXME: What if we encounter multiple packs with different numbers of | |||
709 | // pre-expanded expansions? (This should already have been diagnosed | |||
710 | // during substitution.) | |||
711 | if (Optional<unsigned> ExpandedPackExpansions = | |||
712 | getExpandedPackSize(TemplateParams->getParam(Index))) | |||
713 | FixedNumExpansions = ExpandedPackExpansions; | |||
714 | ||||
715 | Packs.push_back(Pack); | |||
716 | } | |||
717 | ||||
718 | unsigned addPacks(TemplateArgument Pattern) { | |||
719 | // Compute the set of template parameter indices that correspond to | |||
720 | // parameter packs expanded by the pack expansion. | |||
721 | llvm::SmallBitVector SawIndices(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
722 | ||||
723 | auto AddPack = [&](unsigned Index) { | |||
724 | if (SawIndices[Index]) | |||
725 | return; | |||
726 | SawIndices[Index] = true; | |||
727 | addPack(Index); | |||
728 | }; | |||
729 | ||||
730 | // First look for unexpanded packs in the pattern. | |||
731 | SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 2> Unexpanded; | |||
732 | S.collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(Pattern, Unexpanded); | |||
733 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Unexpanded.size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
734 | unsigned Depth, Index; | |||
735 | std::tie(Depth, Index) = getDepthAndIndex(Unexpanded[I]); | |||
736 | if (Depth == Info.getDeducedDepth()) | |||
737 | AddPack(Index); | |||
738 | } | |||
739 | assert(!Packs.empty() && "Pack expansion without unexpanded packs?")((!Packs.empty() && "Pack expansion without unexpanded packs?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Packs.empty() && \"Pack expansion without unexpanded packs?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
740 | ||||
741 | unsigned NumNamedPacks = Packs.size(); | |||
742 | ||||
743 | // We can also have deduced template parameters that do not actually | |||
744 | // appear in the pattern, but can be deduced by it (the type of a non-type | |||
745 | // template parameter pack, in particular). These won't have prevented us | |||
746 | // from partially expanding the pack. | |||
747 | llvm::SmallBitVector Used(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
748 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(S.Context, Pattern, /*OnlyDeduced*/true, | |||
749 | Info.getDeducedDepth(), Used); | |||
750 | for (int Index = Used.find_first(); Index != -1; | |||
751 | Index = Used.find_next(Index)) | |||
752 | if (TemplateParams->getParam(Index)->isParameterPack()) | |||
753 | AddPack(Index); | |||
754 | ||||
755 | return NumNamedPacks; | |||
756 | } | |||
757 | ||||
758 | void finishConstruction(unsigned NumNamedPacks) { | |||
759 | // Dig out the partially-substituted pack, if there is one. | |||
760 | const TemplateArgument *PartialPackArgs = nullptr; | |||
761 | unsigned NumPartialPackArgs = 0; | |||
762 | std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> PartialPackDepthIndex(-1u, -1u); | |||
763 | if (auto *Scope = S.CurrentInstantiationScope) | |||
764 | if (auto *Partial = Scope->getPartiallySubstitutedPack( | |||
765 | &PartialPackArgs, &NumPartialPackArgs)) | |||
766 | PartialPackDepthIndex = getDepthAndIndex(Partial); | |||
767 | ||||
768 | // This pack expansion will have been partially or fully expanded if | |||
769 | // it only names explicitly-specified parameter packs (including the | |||
770 | // partially-substituted one, if any). | |||
771 | bool IsExpanded = true; | |||
772 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumNamedPacks; ++I) { | |||
773 | if (Packs[I].Index >= Info.getNumExplicitArgs()) { | |||
774 | IsExpanded = false; | |||
775 | IsPartiallyExpanded = false; | |||
776 | break; | |||
777 | } | |||
778 | if (PartialPackDepthIndex == | |||
779 | std::make_pair(Info.getDeducedDepth(), Packs[I].Index)) { | |||
780 | IsPartiallyExpanded = true; | |||
781 | } | |||
782 | } | |||
783 | ||||
784 | // Skip over the pack elements that were expanded into separate arguments. | |||
785 | // If we partially expanded, this is the number of partial arguments. | |||
786 | if (IsPartiallyExpanded) | |||
787 | PackElements += NumPartialPackArgs; | |||
788 | else if (IsExpanded) | |||
789 | PackElements += *FixedNumExpansions; | |||
790 | ||||
791 | for (auto &Pack : Packs) { | |||
792 | if (Info.PendingDeducedPacks.size() > Pack.Index) | |||
793 | Pack.Outer = Info.PendingDeducedPacks[Pack.Index]; | |||
794 | else | |||
795 | Info.PendingDeducedPacks.resize(Pack.Index + 1); | |||
796 | Info.PendingDeducedPacks[Pack.Index] = &Pack; | |||
797 | ||||
798 | if (PartialPackDepthIndex == | |||
799 | std::make_pair(Info.getDeducedDepth(), Pack.Index)) { | |||
800 | Pack.New.append(PartialPackArgs, PartialPackArgs + NumPartialPackArgs); | |||
801 | // We pre-populate the deduced value of the partially-substituted | |||
802 | // pack with the specified value. This is not entirely correct: the | |||
803 | // value is supposed to have been substituted, not deduced, but the | |||
804 | // cases where this is observable require an exact type match anyway. | |||
805 | // | |||
806 | // FIXME: If we could represent a "depth i, index j, pack elem k" | |||
807 | // parameter, we could substitute the partially-substituted pack | |||
808 | // everywhere and avoid this. | |||
809 | if (!IsPartiallyExpanded) | |||
810 | Deduced[Pack.Index] = Pack.New[PackElements]; | |||
811 | } | |||
812 | } | |||
813 | } | |||
814 | ||||
815 | public: | |||
816 | ~PackDeductionScope() { | |||
817 | for (auto &Pack : Packs) | |||
818 | Info.PendingDeducedPacks[Pack.Index] = Pack.Outer; | |||
819 | } | |||
820 | ||||
821 | /// Determine whether this pack has already been partially expanded into a | |||
822 | /// sequence of (prior) function parameters / template arguments. | |||
823 | bool isPartiallyExpanded() { return IsPartiallyExpanded; } | |||
824 | ||||
825 | /// Determine whether this pack expansion scope has a known, fixed arity. | |||
826 | /// This happens if it involves a pack from an outer template that has | |||
827 | /// (notionally) already been expanded. | |||
828 | bool hasFixedArity() { return FixedNumExpansions.hasValue(); } | |||
829 | ||||
830 | /// Determine whether the next element of the argument is still part of this | |||
831 | /// pack. This is the case unless the pack is already expanded to a fixed | |||
832 | /// length. | |||
833 | bool hasNextElement() { | |||
834 | return !FixedNumExpansions || *FixedNumExpansions > PackElements; | |||
835 | } | |||
836 | ||||
837 | /// Move to deducing the next element in each pack that is being deduced. | |||
838 | void nextPackElement() { | |||
839 | // Capture the deduced template arguments for each parameter pack expanded | |||
840 | // by this pack expansion, add them to the list of arguments we've deduced | |||
841 | // for that pack, then clear out the deduced argument. | |||
842 | for (auto &Pack : Packs) { | |||
843 | DeducedTemplateArgument &DeducedArg = Deduced[Pack.Index]; | |||
844 | if (!Pack.New.empty() || !DeducedArg.isNull()) { | |||
845 | while (Pack.New.size() < PackElements) | |||
846 | Pack.New.push_back(DeducedTemplateArgument()); | |||
847 | if (Pack.New.size() == PackElements) | |||
848 | Pack.New.push_back(DeducedArg); | |||
849 | else | |||
850 | Pack.New[PackElements] = DeducedArg; | |||
851 | DeducedArg = Pack.New.size() > PackElements + 1 | |||
852 | ? Pack.New[PackElements + 1] | |||
853 | : DeducedTemplateArgument(); | |||
854 | } | |||
855 | } | |||
856 | ++PackElements; | |||
857 | } | |||
858 | ||||
859 | /// Finish template argument deduction for a set of argument packs, | |||
860 | /// producing the argument packs and checking for consistency with prior | |||
861 | /// deductions. | |||
862 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
863 | finish(bool TreatNoDeductionsAsNonDeduced = true) { | |||
864 | // Build argument packs for each of the parameter packs expanded by this | |||
865 | // pack expansion. | |||
866 | for (auto &Pack : Packs) { | |||
867 | // Put back the old value for this pack. | |||
868 | Deduced[Pack.Index] = Pack.Saved; | |||
869 | ||||
870 | // If we are deducing the size of this pack even if we didn't deduce any | |||
871 | // values for it, then make sure we build a pack of the right size. | |||
872 | // FIXME: Should we always deduce the size, even if the pack appears in | |||
873 | // a non-deduced context? | |||
874 | if (!TreatNoDeductionsAsNonDeduced) | |||
875 | Pack.New.resize(PackElements); | |||
876 | ||||
877 | // Build or find a new value for this pack. | |||
878 | DeducedTemplateArgument NewPack; | |||
879 | if (PackElements && Pack.New.empty()) { | |||
880 | if (Pack.DeferredDeduction.isNull()) { | |||
881 | // We were not able to deduce anything for this parameter pack | |||
882 | // (because it only appeared in non-deduced contexts), so just | |||
883 | // restore the saved argument pack. | |||
884 | continue; | |||
885 | } | |||
886 | ||||
887 | NewPack = Pack.DeferredDeduction; | |||
888 | Pack.DeferredDeduction = TemplateArgument(); | |||
889 | } else if (Pack.New.empty()) { | |||
890 | // If we deduced an empty argument pack, create it now. | |||
891 | NewPack = DeducedTemplateArgument(TemplateArgument::getEmptyPack()); | |||
892 | } else { | |||
893 | TemplateArgument *ArgumentPack = | |||
894 | new (S.Context) TemplateArgument[Pack.New.size()]; | |||
895 | std::copy(Pack.New.begin(), Pack.New.end(), ArgumentPack); | |||
896 | NewPack = DeducedTemplateArgument( | |||
897 | TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgumentPack, Pack.New.size())), | |||
898 | // FIXME: This is wrong, it's possible that some pack elements are | |||
899 | // deduced from an array bound and others are not: | |||
900 | // template<typename ...T, T ...V> void g(const T (&...p)[V]); | |||
901 | // g({1, 2, 3}, {{}, {}}); | |||
902 | // ... should deduce T = {int, size_t (from array bound)}. | |||
903 | Pack.New[0].wasDeducedFromArrayBound()); | |||
904 | } | |||
905 | ||||
906 | // Pick where we're going to put the merged pack. | |||
907 | DeducedTemplateArgument *Loc; | |||
908 | if (Pack.Outer) { | |||
909 | if (Pack.Outer->DeferredDeduction.isNull()) { | |||
910 | // Defer checking this pack until we have a complete pack to compare | |||
911 | // it against. | |||
912 | Pack.Outer->DeferredDeduction = NewPack; | |||
913 | continue; | |||
914 | } | |||
915 | Loc = &Pack.Outer->DeferredDeduction; | |||
916 | } else { | |||
917 | Loc = &Deduced[Pack.Index]; | |||
918 | } | |||
919 | ||||
920 | // Check the new pack matches any previous value. | |||
921 | DeducedTemplateArgument OldPack = *Loc; | |||
922 | DeducedTemplateArgument Result = | |||
923 | checkDeducedTemplateArguments(S.Context, OldPack, NewPack); | |||
924 | ||||
925 | // If we deferred a deduction of this pack, check that one now too. | |||
926 | if (!Result.isNull() && !Pack.DeferredDeduction.isNull()) { | |||
927 | OldPack = Result; | |||
928 | NewPack = Pack.DeferredDeduction; | |||
929 | Result = checkDeducedTemplateArguments(S.Context, OldPack, NewPack); | |||
930 | } | |||
931 | ||||
932 | NamedDecl *Param = TemplateParams->getParam(Pack.Index); | |||
933 | if (Result.isNull()) { | |||
934 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(Param); | |||
935 | Info.FirstArg = OldPack; | |||
936 | Info.SecondArg = NewPack; | |||
937 | return Sema::TDK_Inconsistent; | |||
938 | } | |||
939 | ||||
940 | // If we have a pre-expanded pack and we didn't deduce enough elements | |||
941 | // for it, fail deduction. | |||
942 | if (Optional<unsigned> Expansions = getExpandedPackSize(Param)) { | |||
943 | if (*Expansions != PackElements) { | |||
944 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(Param); | |||
945 | Info.FirstArg = Result; | |||
946 | return Sema::TDK_IncompletePack; | |||
947 | } | |||
948 | } | |||
949 | ||||
950 | *Loc = Result; | |||
951 | } | |||
952 | ||||
953 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
954 | } | |||
955 | ||||
956 | private: | |||
957 | Sema &S; | |||
958 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams; | |||
959 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced; | |||
960 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info; | |||
961 | unsigned PackElements = 0; | |||
962 | bool IsPartiallyExpanded = false; | |||
963 | /// The number of expansions, if we have a fully-expanded pack in this scope. | |||
964 | Optional<unsigned> FixedNumExpansions; | |||
965 | ||||
966 | SmallVector<DeducedPack, 2> Packs; | |||
967 | }; | |||
968 | ||||
969 | } // namespace | |||
970 | ||||
971 | /// Deduce the template arguments by comparing the list of parameter | |||
972 | /// types to the list of argument types, as in the parameter-type-lists of | |||
973 | /// function types (C++ [temp.deduct.type]p10). | |||
974 | /// | |||
975 | /// \param S The semantic analysis object within which we are deducing | |||
976 | /// | |||
977 | /// \param TemplateParams The template parameters that we are deducing | |||
978 | /// | |||
979 | /// \param Params The list of parameter types | |||
980 | /// | |||
981 | /// \param NumParams The number of types in \c Params | |||
982 | /// | |||
983 | /// \param Args The list of argument types | |||
984 | /// | |||
985 | /// \param NumArgs The number of types in \c Args | |||
986 | /// | |||
987 | /// \param Info information about the template argument deduction itself | |||
988 | /// | |||
989 | /// \param Deduced the deduced template arguments | |||
990 | /// | |||
991 | /// \param TDF bitwise OR of the TemplateDeductionFlags bits that describe | |||
992 | /// how template argument deduction is performed. | |||
993 | /// | |||
994 | /// \param PartialOrdering If true, we are performing template argument | |||
995 | /// deduction for during partial ordering for a call | |||
996 | /// (C++0x [temp.deduct.partial]). | |||
997 | /// | |||
998 | /// \returns the result of template argument deduction so far. Note that a | |||
999 | /// "success" result means that template argument deduction has not yet failed, | |||
1000 | /// but it may still fail, later, for other reasons. | |||
1001 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
1002 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, | |||
1003 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
1004 | const QualType *Params, unsigned NumParams, | |||
1005 | const QualType *Args, unsigned NumArgs, | |||
1006 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
1007 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
1008 | unsigned TDF, | |||
1009 | bool PartialOrdering = false) { | |||
1010 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p10: | |||
1011 | // Similarly, if P has a form that contains (T), then each parameter type | |||
1012 | // Pi of the respective parameter-type- list of P is compared with the | |||
1013 | // corresponding parameter type Ai of the corresponding parameter-type-list | |||
1014 | // of A. [...] | |||
1015 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0, ParamIdx = 0; | |||
1016 | for (; ParamIdx != NumParams; ++ParamIdx) { | |||
1017 | // Check argument types. | |||
1018 | const PackExpansionType *Expansion | |||
1019 | = dyn_cast<PackExpansionType>(Params[ParamIdx]); | |||
1020 | if (!Expansion) { | |||
1021 | // Simple case: compare the parameter and argument types at this point. | |||
1022 | ||||
1023 | // Make sure we have an argument. | |||
1024 | if (ArgIdx >= NumArgs) | |||
1025 | return Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
1026 | ||||
1027 | if (isa<PackExpansionType>(Args[ArgIdx])) { | |||
1028 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p22: | |||
1029 | // If the original function parameter associated with A is a function | |||
1030 | // parameter pack and the function parameter associated with P is not | |||
1031 | // a function parameter pack, then template argument deduction fails. | |||
1032 | return Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
1033 | } | |||
1034 | ||||
1035 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
1036 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1037 | Params[ParamIdx], Args[ArgIdx], | |||
1038 | Info, Deduced, TDF, | |||
1039 | PartialOrdering)) | |||
1040 | return Result; | |||
1041 | ||||
1042 | ++ArgIdx; | |||
1043 | continue; | |||
1044 | } | |||
1045 | ||||
1046 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p10: | |||
1047 | // If the parameter-declaration corresponding to Pi is a function | |||
1048 | // parameter pack, then the type of its declarator- id is compared with | |||
1049 | // each remaining parameter type in the parameter-type-list of A. Each | |||
1050 | // comparison deduces template arguments for subsequent positions in the | |||
1051 | // template parameter packs expanded by the function parameter pack. | |||
1052 | ||||
1053 | QualType Pattern = Expansion->getPattern(); | |||
1054 | PackDeductionScope PackScope(S, TemplateParams, Deduced, Info, Pattern); | |||
1055 | ||||
1056 | // A pack scope with fixed arity is not really a pack any more, so is not | |||
1057 | // a non-deduced context. | |||
1058 | if (ParamIdx + 1 == NumParams || PackScope.hasFixedArity()) { | |||
1059 | for (; ArgIdx < NumArgs && PackScope.hasNextElement(); ++ArgIdx) { | |||
1060 | // Deduce template arguments from the pattern. | |||
1061 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
1062 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, Pattern, | |||
1063 | Args[ArgIdx], Info, Deduced, | |||
1064 | TDF, PartialOrdering)) | |||
1065 | return Result; | |||
1066 | ||||
1067 | PackScope.nextPackElement(); | |||
1068 | } | |||
1069 | } else { | |||
1070 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p5: | |||
1071 | // The non-deduced contexts are: | |||
1072 | // - A function parameter pack that does not occur at the end of the | |||
1073 | // parameter-declaration-clause. | |||
1074 | // | |||
1075 | // FIXME: There is no wording to say what we should do in this case. We | |||
1076 | // choose to resolve this by applying the same rule that is applied for a | |||
1077 | // function call: that is, deduce all contained packs to their | |||
1078 | // explicitly-specified values (or to <> if there is no such value). | |||
1079 | // | |||
1080 | // This is seemingly-arbitrarily different from the case of a template-id | |||
1081 | // with a non-trailing pack-expansion in its arguments, which renders the | |||
1082 | // entire template-argument-list a non-deduced context. | |||
1083 | ||||
1084 | // If the parameter type contains an explicitly-specified pack that we | |||
1085 | // could not expand, skip the number of parameters notionally created | |||
1086 | // by the expansion. | |||
1087 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions = Expansion->getNumExpansions(); | |||
1088 | if (NumExpansions && !PackScope.isPartiallyExpanded()) { | |||
1089 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != *NumExpansions && ArgIdx < NumArgs; | |||
1090 | ++I, ++ArgIdx) | |||
1091 | PackScope.nextPackElement(); | |||
1092 | } | |||
1093 | } | |||
1094 | ||||
1095 | // Build argument packs for each of the parameter packs expanded by this | |||
1096 | // pack expansion. | |||
1097 | if (auto Result = PackScope.finish()) | |||
1098 | return Result; | |||
1099 | } | |||
1100 | ||||
1101 | // Make sure we don't have any extra arguments. | |||
1102 | if (ArgIdx < NumArgs) | |||
1103 | return Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
1104 | ||||
1105 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1106 | } | |||
1107 | ||||
1108 | /// Determine whether the parameter has qualifiers that the argument | |||
1109 | /// lacks. Put another way, determine whether there is no way to add | |||
1110 | /// a deduced set of qualifiers to the ParamType that would result in | |||
1111 | /// its qualifiers matching those of the ArgType. | |||
1112 | static bool hasInconsistentOrSupersetQualifiersOf(QualType ParamType, | |||
1113 | QualType ArgType) { | |||
1114 | Qualifiers ParamQs = ParamType.getQualifiers(); | |||
1115 | Qualifiers ArgQs = ArgType.getQualifiers(); | |||
1116 | ||||
1117 | if (ParamQs == ArgQs) | |||
1118 | return false; | |||
1119 | ||||
1120 | // Mismatched (but not missing) Objective-C GC attributes. | |||
1121 | if (ParamQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ArgQs.getObjCGCAttr() && | |||
1122 | ParamQs.hasObjCGCAttr()) | |||
1123 | return true; | |||
1124 | ||||
1125 | // Mismatched (but not missing) address spaces. | |||
1126 | if (ParamQs.getAddressSpace() != ArgQs.getAddressSpace() && | |||
1127 | ParamQs.hasAddressSpace()) | |||
1128 | return true; | |||
1129 | ||||
1130 | // Mismatched (but not missing) Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | |||
1131 | if (ParamQs.getObjCLifetime() != ArgQs.getObjCLifetime() && | |||
1132 | ParamQs.hasObjCLifetime()) | |||
1133 | return true; | |||
1134 | ||||
1135 | // CVR qualifiers inconsistent or a superset. | |||
1136 | return (ParamQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ArgQs.getCVRQualifiers()) != 0; | |||
1137 | } | |||
1138 | ||||
1139 | /// Compare types for equality with respect to possibly compatible | |||
1140 | /// function types (noreturn adjustment, implicit calling conventions). If any | |||
1141 | /// of parameter and argument is not a function, just perform type comparison. | |||
1142 | /// | |||
1143 | /// \param Param the template parameter type. | |||
1144 | /// | |||
1145 | /// \param Arg the argument type. | |||
1146 | bool Sema::isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, | |||
1147 | CanQualType Arg) { | |||
1148 | const FunctionType *ParamFunction = Param->getAs<FunctionType>(), | |||
1149 | *ArgFunction = Arg->getAs<FunctionType>(); | |||
1150 | ||||
1151 | // Just compare if not functions. | |||
1152 | if (!ParamFunction || !ArgFunction) | |||
1153 | return Param == Arg; | |||
1154 | ||||
1155 | // Noreturn and noexcept adjustment. | |||
1156 | QualType AdjustedParam; | |||
1157 | if (IsFunctionConversion(Param, Arg, AdjustedParam)) | |||
1158 | return Arg == Context.getCanonicalType(AdjustedParam); | |||
1159 | ||||
1160 | // FIXME: Compatible calling conventions. | |||
1161 | ||||
1162 | return Param == Arg; | |||
1163 | } | |||
1164 | ||||
1165 | /// Get the index of the first template parameter that was originally from the | |||
1166 | /// innermost template-parameter-list. This is 0 except when we concatenate | |||
1167 | /// the template parameter lists of a class template and a constructor template | |||
1168 | /// when forming an implicit deduction guide. | |||
1169 | static unsigned getFirstInnerIndex(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { | |||
1170 | auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()); | |||
1171 | if (!Guide || !Guide->isImplicit()) | |||
1172 | return 0; | |||
1173 | return Guide->getDeducedTemplate()->getTemplateParameters()->size(); | |||
1174 | } | |||
1175 | ||||
1176 | /// Determine whether a type denotes a forwarding reference. | |||
1177 | static bool isForwardingReference(QualType Param, unsigned FirstInnerIndex) { | |||
1178 | // C++1z [temp.deduct.call]p3: | |||
1179 | // A forwarding reference is an rvalue reference to a cv-unqualified | |||
1180 | // template parameter that does not represent a template parameter of a | |||
1181 | // class template. | |||
1182 | if (auto *ParamRef = Param->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) { | |||
1183 | if (ParamRef->getPointeeType().getQualifiers()) | |||
1184 | return false; | |||
1185 | auto *TypeParm = ParamRef->getPointeeType()->getAs<TemplateTypeParmType>(); | |||
1186 | return TypeParm && TypeParm->getIndex() >= FirstInnerIndex; | |||
1187 | } | |||
1188 | return false; | |||
1189 | } | |||
1190 | ||||
1191 | /// Deduce the template arguments by comparing the parameter type and | |||
1192 | /// the argument type (C++ [temp.deduct.type]). | |||
1193 | /// | |||
1194 | /// \param S the semantic analysis object within which we are deducing | |||
1195 | /// | |||
1196 | /// \param TemplateParams the template parameters that we are deducing | |||
1197 | /// | |||
1198 | /// \param ParamIn the parameter type | |||
1199 | /// | |||
1200 | /// \param ArgIn the argument type | |||
1201 | /// | |||
1202 | /// \param Info information about the template argument deduction itself | |||
1203 | /// | |||
1204 | /// \param Deduced the deduced template arguments | |||
1205 | /// | |||
1206 | /// \param TDF bitwise OR of the TemplateDeductionFlags bits that describe | |||
1207 | /// how template argument deduction is performed. | |||
1208 | /// | |||
1209 | /// \param PartialOrdering Whether we're performing template argument deduction | |||
1210 | /// in the context of partial ordering (C++0x [temp.deduct.partial]). | |||
1211 | /// | |||
1212 | /// \returns the result of template argument deduction so far. Note that a | |||
1213 | /// "success" result means that template argument deduction has not yet failed, | |||
1214 | /// but it may still fail, later, for other reasons. | |||
1215 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
1216 | DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(Sema &S, | |||
1217 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
1218 | QualType ParamIn, QualType ArgIn, | |||
1219 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
1220 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
1221 | unsigned TDF, | |||
1222 | bool PartialOrdering, | |||
1223 | bool DeducedFromArrayBound) { | |||
1224 | // We only want to look at the canonical types, since typedefs and | |||
1225 | // sugar are not part of template argument deduction. | |||
1226 | QualType Param = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ParamIn); | |||
1227 | QualType Arg = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ArgIn); | |||
1228 | ||||
1229 | // If the argument type is a pack expansion, look at its pattern. | |||
1230 | // This isn't explicitly called out | |||
1231 | if (const PackExpansionType *ArgExpansion | |||
1232 | = dyn_cast<PackExpansionType>(Arg)) | |||
1233 | Arg = ArgExpansion->getPattern(); | |||
1234 | ||||
1235 | if (PartialOrdering) { | |||
1236 | // C++11 [temp.deduct.partial]p5: | |||
1237 | // Before the partial ordering is done, certain transformations are | |||
1238 | // performed on the types used for partial ordering: | |||
1239 | // - If P is a reference type, P is replaced by the type referred to. | |||
1240 | const ReferenceType *ParamRef = Param->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | |||
1241 | if (ParamRef) | |||
1242 | Param = ParamRef->getPointeeType(); | |||
1243 | ||||
1244 | // - If A is a reference type, A is replaced by the type referred to. | |||
1245 | const ReferenceType *ArgRef = Arg->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | |||
1246 | if (ArgRef) | |||
1247 | Arg = ArgRef->getPointeeType(); | |||
1248 | ||||
1249 | if (ParamRef && ArgRef && S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Param, Arg)) { | |||
1250 | // C++11 [temp.deduct.partial]p9: | |||
1251 | // If, for a given type, deduction succeeds in both directions (i.e., | |||
1252 | // the types are identical after the transformations above) and both | |||
1253 | // P and A were reference types [...]: | |||
1254 | // - if [one type] was an lvalue reference and [the other type] was | |||
1255 | // not, [the other type] is not considered to be at least as | |||
1256 | // specialized as [the first type] | |||
1257 | // - if [one type] is more cv-qualified than [the other type], | |||
1258 | // [the other type] is not considered to be at least as specialized | |||
1259 | // as [the first type] | |||
1260 | // Objective-C ARC adds: | |||
1261 | // - [one type] has non-trivial lifetime, [the other type] has | |||
1262 | // __unsafe_unretained lifetime, and the types are otherwise | |||
1263 | // identical | |||
1264 | // | |||
1265 | // A is "considered to be at least as specialized" as P iff deduction | |||
1266 | // succeeds, so we model this as a deduction failure. Note that | |||
1267 | // [the first type] is P and [the other type] is A here; the standard | |||
1268 | // gets this backwards. | |||
1269 | Qualifiers ParamQuals = Param.getQualifiers(); | |||
1270 | Qualifiers ArgQuals = Arg.getQualifiers(); | |||
1271 | if ((ParamRef->isLValueReferenceType() && | |||
1272 | !ArgRef->isLValueReferenceType()) || | |||
1273 | ParamQuals.isStrictSupersetOf(ArgQuals) || | |||
1274 | (ParamQuals.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && | |||
1275 | ArgQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && | |||
1276 | ParamQuals.withoutObjCLifetime() == | |||
1277 | ArgQuals.withoutObjCLifetime())) { | |||
1278 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(ParamIn); | |||
1279 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(ArgIn); | |||
1280 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1281 | } | |||
1282 | } | |||
1283 | ||||
1284 | // C++11 [temp.deduct.partial]p7: | |||
1285 | // Remove any top-level cv-qualifiers: | |||
1286 | // - If P is a cv-qualified type, P is replaced by the cv-unqualified | |||
1287 | // version of P. | |||
1288 | Param = Param.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1289 | // - If A is a cv-qualified type, A is replaced by the cv-unqualified | |||
1290 | // version of A. | |||
1291 | Arg = Arg.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1292 | } else { | |||
1293 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.call]p4 bullet 1: | |||
1294 | // - If the original P is a reference type, the deduced A (i.e., the type | |||
1295 | // referred to by the reference) can be more cv-qualified than the | |||
1296 | // transformed A. | |||
1297 | if (TDF & TDF_ParamWithReferenceType) { | |||
1298 | Qualifiers Quals; | |||
1299 | QualType UnqualParam = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Param, Quals); | |||
1300 | Quals.setCVRQualifiers(Quals.getCVRQualifiers() & | |||
1301 | Arg.getCVRQualifiers()); | |||
1302 | Param = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualParam, Quals); | |||
1303 | } | |||
1304 | ||||
1305 | if ((TDF & TDF_TopLevelParameterTypeList) && !Param->isFunctionType()) { | |||
1306 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p10: | |||
1307 | // If P and A are function types that originated from deduction when | |||
1308 | // taking the address of a function template (14.8.2.2) or when deducing | |||
1309 | // template arguments from a function declaration (14.8.2.6) and Pi and | |||
1310 | // Ai are parameters of the top-level parameter-type-list of P and A, | |||
1311 | // respectively, Pi is adjusted if it is a forwarding reference and Ai | |||
1312 | // is an lvalue reference, in | |||
1313 | // which case the type of Pi is changed to be the template parameter | |||
1314 | // type (i.e., T&& is changed to simply T). [ Note: As a result, when | |||
1315 | // Pi is T&& and Ai is X&, the adjusted Pi will be T, causing T to be | |||
1316 | // deduced as X&. - end note ] | |||
1317 | TDF &= ~TDF_TopLevelParameterTypeList; | |||
1318 | if (isForwardingReference(Param, 0) && Arg->isLValueReferenceType()) | |||
1319 | Param = Param->getPointeeType(); | |||
1320 | } | |||
1321 | } | |||
1322 | ||||
1323 | // C++ [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
1324 | // A template type argument T, a template template argument TT or a | |||
1325 | // template non-type argument i can be deduced if P and A have one of | |||
1326 | // the following forms: | |||
1327 | // | |||
1328 | // T | |||
1329 | // cv-list T | |||
1330 | if (const TemplateTypeParmType *TemplateTypeParm | |||
1331 | = Param->getAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()) { | |||
1332 | // Just skip any attempts to deduce from a placeholder type or a parameter | |||
1333 | // at a different depth. | |||
1334 | if (Arg->isPlaceholderType() || | |||
1335 | Info.getDeducedDepth() != TemplateTypeParm->getDepth()) | |||
1336 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1337 | ||||
1338 | unsigned Index = TemplateTypeParm->getIndex(); | |||
1339 | bool RecanonicalizeArg = false; | |||
1340 | ||||
1341 | // If the argument type is an array type, move the qualifiers up to the | |||
1342 | // top level, so they can be matched with the qualifiers on the parameter. | |||
1343 | if (isa<ArrayType>(Arg)) { | |||
1344 | Qualifiers Quals; | |||
1345 | Arg = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Arg, Quals); | |||
1346 | if (Quals) { | |||
1347 | Arg = S.Context.getQualifiedType(Arg, Quals); | |||
1348 | RecanonicalizeArg = true; | |||
1349 | } | |||
1350 | } | |||
1351 | ||||
1352 | // The argument type can not be less qualified than the parameter | |||
1353 | // type. | |||
1354 | if (!(TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers) && | |||
1355 | hasInconsistentOrSupersetQualifiersOf(Param, Arg)) { | |||
1356 | Info.Param = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(TemplateParams->getParam(Index)); | |||
1357 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(Param); | |||
1358 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(Arg); | |||
1359 | return Sema::TDK_Underqualified; | |||
1360 | } | |||
1361 | ||||
1362 | // Do not match a function type with a cv-qualified type. | |||
1363 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#1584 | |||
1364 | if (Arg->isFunctionType() && Param.hasQualifiers()) { | |||
1365 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1366 | } | |||
1367 | ||||
1368 | assert(TemplateTypeParm->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() &&((TemplateTypeParm->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "saw template type parameter with wrong depth") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TemplateTypeParm->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"saw template type parameter with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1369, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1369 | "saw template type parameter with wrong depth")((TemplateTypeParm->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "saw template type parameter with wrong depth") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TemplateTypeParm->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"saw template type parameter with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1369, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1370 | assert(Arg != S.Context.OverloadTy && "Unresolved overloaded function")((Arg != S.Context.OverloadTy && "Unresolved overloaded function" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg != S.Context.OverloadTy && \"Unresolved overloaded function\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1370, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1371 | QualType DeducedType = Arg; | |||
1372 | ||||
1373 | // Remove any qualifiers on the parameter from the deduced type. | |||
1374 | // We checked the qualifiers for consistency above. | |||
1375 | Qualifiers DeducedQs = DeducedType.getQualifiers(); | |||
1376 | Qualifiers ParamQs = Param.getQualifiers(); | |||
1377 | DeducedQs.removeCVRQualifiers(ParamQs.getCVRQualifiers()); | |||
1378 | if (ParamQs.hasObjCGCAttr()) | |||
1379 | DeducedQs.removeObjCGCAttr(); | |||
1380 | if (ParamQs.hasAddressSpace()) | |||
1381 | DeducedQs.removeAddressSpace(); | |||
1382 | if (ParamQs.hasObjCLifetime()) | |||
1383 | DeducedQs.removeObjCLifetime(); | |||
1384 | ||||
1385 | // Objective-C ARC: | |||
1386 | // If template deduction would produce a lifetime qualifier on a type | |||
1387 | // that is not a lifetime type, template argument deduction fails. | |||
1388 | if (ParamQs.hasObjCLifetime() && !DeducedType->isObjCLifetimeType() && | |||
1389 | !DeducedType->isDependentType()) { | |||
1390 | Info.Param = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(TemplateParams->getParam(Index)); | |||
1391 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(Param); | |||
1392 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(Arg); | |||
1393 | return Sema::TDK_Underqualified; | |||
1394 | } | |||
1395 | ||||
1396 | // Objective-C ARC: | |||
1397 | // If template deduction would produce an argument type with lifetime type | |||
1398 | // but no lifetime qualifier, the __strong lifetime qualifier is inferred. | |||
1399 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | |||
1400 | DeducedType->isObjCLifetimeType() && | |||
1401 | !DeducedQs.hasObjCLifetime()) | |||
1402 | DeducedQs.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Strong); | |||
1403 | ||||
1404 | DeducedType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(DeducedType.getUnqualifiedType(), | |||
1405 | DeducedQs); | |||
1406 | ||||
1407 | if (RecanonicalizeArg) | |||
1408 | DeducedType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(DeducedType); | |||
1409 | ||||
1410 | DeducedTemplateArgument NewDeduced(DeducedType, DeducedFromArrayBound); | |||
1411 | DeducedTemplateArgument Result = checkDeducedTemplateArguments(S.Context, | |||
1412 | Deduced[Index], | |||
1413 | NewDeduced); | |||
1414 | if (Result.isNull()) { | |||
1415 | Info.Param = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(TemplateParams->getParam(Index)); | |||
1416 | Info.FirstArg = Deduced[Index]; | |||
1417 | Info.SecondArg = NewDeduced; | |||
1418 | return Sema::TDK_Inconsistent; | |||
1419 | } | |||
1420 | ||||
1421 | Deduced[Index] = Result; | |||
1422 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1423 | } | |||
1424 | ||||
1425 | // Set up the template argument deduction information for a failure. | |||
1426 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(ParamIn); | |||
1427 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(ArgIn); | |||
1428 | ||||
1429 | // If the parameter is an already-substituted template parameter | |||
1430 | // pack, do nothing: we don't know which of its arguments to look | |||
1431 | // at, so we have to wait until all of the parameter packs in this | |||
1432 | // expansion have arguments. | |||
1433 | if (isa<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType>(Param)) | |||
1434 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1435 | ||||
1436 | // Check the cv-qualifiers on the parameter and argument types. | |||
1437 | CanQualType CanParam = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Param); | |||
1438 | CanQualType CanArg = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Arg); | |||
1439 | if (!(TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers)) { | |||
1440 | if (TDF & TDF_ParamWithReferenceType) { | |||
1441 | if (hasInconsistentOrSupersetQualifiersOf(Param, Arg)) | |||
1442 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1443 | } else if (TDF & TDF_ArgWithReferenceType) { | |||
1444 | // C++ [temp.deduct.conv]p4: | |||
1445 | // If the original A is a reference type, A can be more cv-qualified | |||
1446 | // than the deduced A | |||
1447 | if (!Arg.getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(Param.getQualifiers())) | |||
1448 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1449 | ||||
1450 | // Strip out all extra qualifiers from the argument to figure out the | |||
1451 | // type we're converting to, prior to the qualification conversion. | |||
1452 | Qualifiers Quals; | |||
1453 | Arg = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Arg, Quals); | |||
1454 | Arg = S.Context.getQualifiedType(Arg, Param.getQualifiers()); | |||
1455 | } else if (!IsPossiblyOpaquelyQualifiedType(Param)) { | |||
1456 | if (Param.getCVRQualifiers() != Arg.getCVRQualifiers()) | |||
1457 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1458 | } | |||
1459 | ||||
1460 | // If the parameter type is not dependent, there is nothing to deduce. | |||
1461 | if (!Param->isDependentType()) { | |||
1462 | if (!(TDF & TDF_SkipNonDependent)) { | |||
1463 | bool NonDeduced = | |||
1464 | (TDF & TDF_AllowCompatibleFunctionType) | |||
1465 | ? !S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanParam, CanArg) | |||
1466 | : Param != Arg; | |||
1467 | if (NonDeduced) { | |||
1468 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1469 | } | |||
1470 | } | |||
1471 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1472 | } | |||
1473 | } else if (!Param->isDependentType()) { | |||
1474 | CanQualType ParamUnqualType = CanParam.getUnqualifiedType(), | |||
1475 | ArgUnqualType = CanArg.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1476 | bool Success = | |||
1477 | (TDF & TDF_AllowCompatibleFunctionType) | |||
1478 | ? S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(ParamUnqualType, ArgUnqualType) | |||
1479 | : ParamUnqualType == ArgUnqualType; | |||
1480 | if (Success) | |||
1481 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1482 | } | |||
1483 | ||||
1484 | switch (Param->getTypeClass()) { | |||
1485 | // Non-canonical types cannot appear here. | |||
1486 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) \ | |||
1487 | case Type::Class: llvm_unreachable("deducing non-canonical type: " #Class)::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("deducing non-canonical type: " #Class, "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1487); | |||
1488 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) | |||
1489 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | |||
1490 | ||||
1491 | case Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
1492 | case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
1493 | llvm_unreachable("Type nodes handled above")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Type nodes handled above", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1493); | |||
1494 | ||||
1495 | // These types cannot be dependent, so simply check whether the types are | |||
1496 | // the same. | |||
1497 | case Type::Builtin: | |||
1498 | case Type::VariableArray: | |||
1499 | case Type::Vector: | |||
1500 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
1501 | case Type::Record: | |||
1502 | case Type::Enum: | |||
1503 | case Type::ObjCObject: | |||
1504 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
1505 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
1506 | if (TDF & TDF_SkipNonDependent) | |||
1507 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1508 | ||||
1509 | if (TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers) { | |||
1510 | Param = Param.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1511 | Arg = Arg.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1512 | } | |||
1513 | ||||
1514 | return Param == Arg? Sema::TDK_Success : Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1515 | ||||
1516 | // _Complex T [placeholder extension] | |||
1517 | case Type::Complex: | |||
1518 | if (const ComplexType *ComplexArg = Arg->getAs<ComplexType>()) | |||
1519 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1520 | cast<ComplexType>(Param)->getElementType(), | |||
1521 | ComplexArg->getElementType(), | |||
1522 | Info, Deduced, TDF); | |||
1523 | ||||
1524 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1525 | ||||
1526 | // _Atomic T [extension] | |||
1527 | case Type::Atomic: | |||
1528 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicArg = Arg->getAs<AtomicType>()) | |||
1529 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1530 | cast<AtomicType>(Param)->getValueType(), | |||
1531 | AtomicArg->getValueType(), | |||
1532 | Info, Deduced, TDF); | |||
1533 | ||||
1534 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1535 | ||||
1536 | // T * | |||
1537 | case Type::Pointer: { | |||
1538 | QualType PointeeType; | |||
1539 | if (const PointerType *PointerArg = Arg->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
1540 | PointeeType = PointerArg->getPointeeType(); | |||
1541 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PointerArg | |||
1542 | = Arg->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | |||
1543 | PointeeType = PointerArg->getPointeeType(); | |||
1544 | } else { | |||
1545 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1546 | } | |||
1547 | ||||
1548 | unsigned SubTDF = TDF & (TDF_IgnoreQualifiers | TDF_DerivedClass); | |||
1549 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1550 | cast<PointerType>(Param)->getPointeeType(), | |||
1551 | PointeeType, | |||
1552 | Info, Deduced, SubTDF); | |||
1553 | } | |||
1554 | ||||
1555 | // T & | |||
1556 | case Type::LValueReference: { | |||
1557 | const LValueReferenceType *ReferenceArg = | |||
1558 | Arg->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | |||
1559 | if (!ReferenceArg) | |||
1560 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1561 | ||||
1562 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1563 | cast<LValueReferenceType>(Param)->getPointeeType(), | |||
1564 | ReferenceArg->getPointeeType(), Info, Deduced, 0); | |||
1565 | } | |||
1566 | ||||
1567 | // T && [C++0x] | |||
1568 | case Type::RValueReference: { | |||
1569 | const RValueReferenceType *ReferenceArg = | |||
1570 | Arg->getAs<RValueReferenceType>(); | |||
1571 | if (!ReferenceArg) | |||
1572 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1573 | ||||
1574 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1575 | cast<RValueReferenceType>(Param)->getPointeeType(), | |||
1576 | ReferenceArg->getPointeeType(), | |||
1577 | Info, Deduced, 0); | |||
1578 | } | |||
1579 | ||||
1580 | // T [] (implied, but not stated explicitly) | |||
1581 | case Type::IncompleteArray: { | |||
1582 | const IncompleteArrayType *IncompleteArrayArg = | |||
1583 | S.Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Arg); | |||
1584 | if (!IncompleteArrayArg) | |||
1585 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1586 | ||||
1587 | unsigned SubTDF = TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers; | |||
1588 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1589 | S.Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Param)->getElementType(), | |||
1590 | IncompleteArrayArg->getElementType(), | |||
1591 | Info, Deduced, SubTDF); | |||
1592 | } | |||
1593 | ||||
1594 | // T [integer-constant] | |||
1595 | case Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
1596 | const ConstantArrayType *ConstantArrayArg = | |||
1597 | S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Arg); | |||
1598 | if (!ConstantArrayArg) | |||
1599 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1600 | ||||
1601 | const ConstantArrayType *ConstantArrayParm = | |||
1602 | S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Param); | |||
1603 | if (ConstantArrayArg->getSize() != ConstantArrayParm->getSize()) | |||
1604 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1605 | ||||
1606 | unsigned SubTDF = TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers; | |||
1607 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1608 | ConstantArrayParm->getElementType(), | |||
1609 | ConstantArrayArg->getElementType(), | |||
1610 | Info, Deduced, SubTDF); | |||
1611 | } | |||
1612 | ||||
1613 | // type [i] | |||
1614 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: { | |||
1615 | const ArrayType *ArrayArg = S.Context.getAsArrayType(Arg); | |||
1616 | if (!ArrayArg) | |||
1617 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1618 | ||||
1619 | unsigned SubTDF = TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers; | |||
1620 | ||||
1621 | // Check the element type of the arrays | |||
1622 | const DependentSizedArrayType *DependentArrayParm | |||
1623 | = S.Context.getAsDependentSizedArrayType(Param); | |||
1624 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
1625 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1626 | DependentArrayParm->getElementType(), | |||
1627 | ArrayArg->getElementType(), | |||
1628 | Info, Deduced, SubTDF)) | |||
1629 | return Result; | |||
1630 | ||||
1631 | // Determine the array bound is something we can deduce. | |||
1632 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | |||
1633 | = getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, DependentArrayParm->getSizeExpr()); | |||
1634 | if (!NTTP) | |||
1635 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1636 | ||||
1637 | // We can perform template argument deduction for the given non-type | |||
1638 | // template parameter. | |||
1639 | assert(NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() &&((NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1640, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1640 | "saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth")((NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1640, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1641 | if (const ConstantArrayType *ConstantArrayArg | |||
1642 | = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ArrayArg)) { | |||
1643 | llvm::APSInt Size(ConstantArrayArg->getSize()); | |||
1644 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, Size, | |||
1645 | S.Context.getSizeType(), | |||
1646 | /*ArrayBound=*/true, | |||
1647 | Info, Deduced); | |||
1648 | } | |||
1649 | if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DependentArrayArg | |||
1650 | = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ArrayArg)) | |||
1651 | if (DependentArrayArg->getSizeExpr()) | |||
1652 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
1653 | DependentArrayArg->getSizeExpr(), | |||
1654 | Info, Deduced); | |||
1655 | ||||
1656 | // Incomplete type does not match a dependently-sized array type | |||
1657 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1658 | } | |||
1659 | ||||
1660 | // type(*)(T) | |||
1661 | // T(*)() | |||
1662 | // T(*)(T) | |||
1663 | case Type::FunctionProto: { | |||
1664 | unsigned SubTDF = TDF & TDF_TopLevelParameterTypeList; | |||
1665 | const FunctionProtoType *FunctionProtoArg = | |||
1666 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Arg); | |||
1667 | if (!FunctionProtoArg) | |||
1668 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1669 | ||||
1670 | const FunctionProtoType *FunctionProtoParam = | |||
1671 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(Param); | |||
1672 | ||||
1673 | if (FunctionProtoParam->getMethodQuals() | |||
1674 | != FunctionProtoArg->getMethodQuals() || | |||
1675 | FunctionProtoParam->getRefQualifier() | |||
1676 | != FunctionProtoArg->getRefQualifier() || | |||
1677 | FunctionProtoParam->isVariadic() != FunctionProtoArg->isVariadic()) | |||
1678 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1679 | ||||
1680 | // Check return types. | |||
1681 | if (auto Result = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
1682 | S, TemplateParams, FunctionProtoParam->getReturnType(), | |||
1683 | FunctionProtoArg->getReturnType(), Info, Deduced, 0)) | |||
1684 | return Result; | |||
1685 | ||||
1686 | // Check parameter types. | |||
1687 | if (auto Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | |||
1688 | S, TemplateParams, FunctionProtoParam->param_type_begin(), | |||
1689 | FunctionProtoParam->getNumParams(), | |||
1690 | FunctionProtoArg->param_type_begin(), | |||
1691 | FunctionProtoArg->getNumParams(), Info, Deduced, SubTDF)) | |||
1692 | return Result; | |||
1693 | ||||
1694 | if (TDF & TDF_AllowCompatibleFunctionType) | |||
1695 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1696 | ||||
1697 | // FIXME: Per core-2016/10/1019 (no corresponding core issue yet), permit | |||
1698 | // deducing through the noexcept-specifier if it's part of the canonical | |||
1699 | // type. libstdc++ relies on this. | |||
1700 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = FunctionProtoParam->getNoexceptExpr(); | |||
1701 | if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | |||
1702 | NoexceptExpr ? getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, NoexceptExpr) | |||
1703 | : nullptr) { | |||
1704 | assert(NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() &&((NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1705, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1705 | "saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth")((NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && "saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NTTP->getDepth() == Info.getDeducedDepth() && \"saw non-type template parameter with wrong depth\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1705, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1706 | ||||
1707 | llvm::APSInt Noexcept(1); | |||
1708 | switch (FunctionProtoArg->canThrow()) { | |||
1709 | case CT_Cannot: | |||
1710 | Noexcept = 1; | |||
1711 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
1712 | ||||
1713 | case CT_Can: | |||
1714 | // We give E in noexcept(E) the "deduced from array bound" treatment. | |||
1715 | // FIXME: Should we? | |||
1716 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
1717 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, Noexcept, S.Context.BoolTy, | |||
1718 | /*ArrayBound*/true, Info, Deduced); | |||
1719 | ||||
1720 | case CT_Dependent: | |||
1721 | if (Expr *ArgNoexceptExpr = FunctionProtoArg->getNoexceptExpr()) | |||
1722 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
1723 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, ArgNoexceptExpr, Info, Deduced); | |||
1724 | // Can't deduce anything from throw(T...). | |||
1725 | break; | |||
1726 | } | |||
1727 | } | |||
1728 | // FIXME: Detect non-deduced exception specification mismatches? | |||
1729 | // | |||
1730 | // Careful about [temp.deduct.call] and [temp.deduct.conv], which allow | |||
1731 | // top-level differences in noexcept-specifications. | |||
1732 | ||||
1733 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1734 | } | |||
1735 | ||||
1736 | case Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
1737 | // Treat a template's injected-class-name as if the template | |||
1738 | // specialization type had been used. | |||
1739 | Param = cast<InjectedClassNameType>(Param) | |||
1740 | ->getInjectedSpecializationType(); | |||
1741 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(Param) &&((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(Param) && "injected class name is not a template specialization type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(Param) && \"injected class name is not a template specialization type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1742 | "injected class name is not a template specialization type")((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(Param) && "injected class name is not a template specialization type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(Param) && \"injected class name is not a template specialization type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1743 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
1744 | ||||
1745 | // template-name<T> (where template-name refers to a class template) | |||
1746 | // template-name<i> | |||
1747 | // TT<T> | |||
1748 | // TT<i> | |||
1749 | // TT<> | |||
1750 | case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { | |||
1751 | const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecParam = | |||
1752 | cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(Param); | |||
1753 | ||||
1754 | // When Arg cannot be a derived class, we can just try to deduce template | |||
1755 | // arguments from the template-id. | |||
1756 | const RecordType *RecordT = Arg->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
1757 | if (!(TDF & TDF_DerivedClass) || !RecordT) | |||
1758 | return DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, SpecParam, Arg, Info, | |||
1759 | Deduced); | |||
1760 | ||||
1761 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 8> DeducedOrig(Deduced.begin(), | |||
1762 | Deduced.end()); | |||
1763 | ||||
1764 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | |||
1765 | S, TemplateParams, SpecParam, Arg, Info, Deduced); | |||
1766 | ||||
1767 | if (Result == Sema::TDK_Success) | |||
1768 | return Result; | |||
1769 | ||||
1770 | // We cannot inspect base classes as part of deduction when the type | |||
1771 | // is incomplete, so either instantiate any templates necessary to | |||
1772 | // complete the type, or skip over it if it cannot be completed. | |||
1773 | if (!S.isCompleteType(Info.getLocation(), Arg)) | |||
1774 | return Result; | |||
1775 | ||||
1776 | // C++14 [temp.deduct.call] p4b3: | |||
1777 | // If P is a class and P has the form simple-template-id, then the | |||
1778 | // transformed A can be a derived class of the deduced A. Likewise if | |||
1779 | // P is a pointer to a class of the form simple-template-id, the | |||
1780 | // transformed A can be a pointer to a derived class pointed to by the | |||
1781 | // deduced A. | |||
1782 | // | |||
1783 | // These alternatives are considered only if type deduction would | |||
1784 | // otherwise fail. If they yield more than one possible deduced A, the | |||
1785 | // type deduction fails. | |||
1786 | ||||
1787 | // Reset the incorrectly deduced argument from above. | |||
1788 | Deduced = DeducedOrig; | |||
1789 | ||||
1790 | // Use data recursion to crawl through the list of base classes. | |||
1791 | // Visited contains the set of nodes we have already visited, while | |||
1792 | // ToVisit is our stack of records that we still need to visit. | |||
1793 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const RecordType *, 8> Visited; | |||
1794 | SmallVector<const RecordType *, 8> ToVisit; | |||
1795 | ToVisit.push_back(RecordT); | |||
1796 | bool Successful = false; | |||
1797 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 8> SuccessfulDeduced; | |||
1798 | while (!ToVisit.empty()) { | |||
1799 | // Retrieve the next class in the inheritance hierarchy. | |||
1800 | const RecordType *NextT = ToVisit.pop_back_val(); | |||
1801 | ||||
1802 | // If we have already seen this type, skip it. | |||
1803 | if (!Visited.insert(NextT).second) | |||
1804 | continue; | |||
1805 | ||||
1806 | // If this is a base class, try to perform template argument | |||
1807 | // deduction from it. | |||
1808 | if (NextT != RecordT) { | |||
1809 | TemplateDeductionInfo BaseInfo(Info.getLocation()); | |||
1810 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult BaseResult = | |||
1811 | DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, SpecParam, | |||
1812 | QualType(NextT, 0), BaseInfo, Deduced); | |||
1813 | ||||
1814 | // If template argument deduction for this base was successful, | |||
1815 | // note that we had some success. Otherwise, ignore any deductions | |||
1816 | // from this base class. | |||
1817 | if (BaseResult == Sema::TDK_Success) { | |||
1818 | // If we've already seen some success, then deduction fails due to | |||
1819 | // an ambiguity (temp.deduct.call p5). | |||
1820 | if (Successful) | |||
1821 | return Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
1822 | ||||
1823 | Successful = true; | |||
1824 | std::swap(SuccessfulDeduced, Deduced); | |||
1825 | ||||
1826 | Info.Param = BaseInfo.Param; | |||
1827 | Info.FirstArg = BaseInfo.FirstArg; | |||
1828 | Info.SecondArg = BaseInfo.SecondArg; | |||
1829 | } | |||
1830 | ||||
1831 | Deduced = DeducedOrig; | |||
1832 | } | |||
1833 | ||||
1834 | // Visit base classes | |||
1835 | CXXRecordDecl *Next = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NextT->getDecl()); | |||
1836 | for (const auto &Base : Next->bases()) { | |||
1837 | assert(Base.getType()->isRecordType() &&((Base.getType()->isRecordType() && "Base class that isn't a record?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base.getType()->isRecordType() && \"Base class that isn't a record?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1838, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1838 | "Base class that isn't a record?")((Base.getType()->isRecordType() && "Base class that isn't a record?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Base.getType()->isRecordType() && \"Base class that isn't a record?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 1838, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1839 | ToVisit.push_back(Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()); | |||
1840 | } | |||
1841 | } | |||
1842 | ||||
1843 | if (Successful) { | |||
1844 | std::swap(SuccessfulDeduced, Deduced); | |||
1845 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1846 | } | |||
1847 | ||||
1848 | return Result; | |||
1849 | } | |||
1850 | ||||
1851 | // T type::* | |||
1852 | // T T::* | |||
1853 | // T (type::*)() | |||
1854 | // type (T::*)() | |||
1855 | // type (type::*)(T) | |||
1856 | // type (T::*)(T) | |||
1857 | // T (type::*)(T) | |||
1858 | // T (T::*)() | |||
1859 | // T (T::*)(T) | |||
1860 | case Type::MemberPointer: { | |||
1861 | const MemberPointerType *MemPtrParam = cast<MemberPointerType>(Param); | |||
1862 | const MemberPointerType *MemPtrArg = dyn_cast<MemberPointerType>(Arg); | |||
1863 | if (!MemPtrArg) | |||
1864 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1865 | ||||
1866 | QualType ParamPointeeType = MemPtrParam->getPointeeType(); | |||
1867 | if (ParamPointeeType->isFunctionType()) | |||
1868 | S.adjustMemberFunctionCC(ParamPointeeType, /*IsStatic=*/true, | |||
1869 | /*IsCtorOrDtor=*/false, Info.getLocation()); | |||
1870 | QualType ArgPointeeType = MemPtrArg->getPointeeType(); | |||
1871 | if (ArgPointeeType->isFunctionType()) | |||
1872 | S.adjustMemberFunctionCC(ArgPointeeType, /*IsStatic=*/true, | |||
1873 | /*IsCtorOrDtor=*/false, Info.getLocation()); | |||
1874 | ||||
1875 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
1876 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1877 | ParamPointeeType, | |||
1878 | ArgPointeeType, | |||
1879 | Info, Deduced, | |||
1880 | TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers)) | |||
1881 | return Result; | |||
1882 | ||||
1883 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1884 | QualType(MemPtrParam->getClass(), 0), | |||
1885 | QualType(MemPtrArg->getClass(), 0), | |||
1886 | Info, Deduced, | |||
1887 | TDF & TDF_IgnoreQualifiers); | |||
1888 | } | |||
1889 | ||||
1890 | // (clang extension) | |||
1891 | // | |||
1892 | // type(^)(T) | |||
1893 | // T(^)() | |||
1894 | // T(^)(T) | |||
1895 | case Type::BlockPointer: { | |||
1896 | const BlockPointerType *BlockPtrParam = cast<BlockPointerType>(Param); | |||
1897 | const BlockPointerType *BlockPtrArg = dyn_cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg); | |||
1898 | ||||
1899 | if (!BlockPtrArg) | |||
1900 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1901 | ||||
1902 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1903 | BlockPtrParam->getPointeeType(), | |||
1904 | BlockPtrArg->getPointeeType(), | |||
1905 | Info, Deduced, 0); | |||
1906 | } | |||
1907 | ||||
1908 | // (clang extension) | |||
1909 | // | |||
1910 | // T __attribute__(((ext_vector_type(<integral constant>)))) | |||
1911 | case Type::ExtVector: { | |||
1912 | const ExtVectorType *VectorParam = cast<ExtVectorType>(Param); | |||
1913 | if (const ExtVectorType *VectorArg = dyn_cast<ExtVectorType>(Arg)) { | |||
1914 | // Make sure that the vectors have the same number of elements. | |||
1915 | if (VectorParam->getNumElements() != VectorArg->getNumElements()) | |||
1916 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1917 | ||||
1918 | // Perform deduction on the element types. | |||
1919 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1920 | VectorParam->getElementType(), | |||
1921 | VectorArg->getElementType(), | |||
1922 | Info, Deduced, TDF); | |||
1923 | } | |||
1924 | ||||
1925 | if (const DependentSizedExtVectorType *VectorArg | |||
1926 | = dyn_cast<DependentSizedExtVectorType>(Arg)) { | |||
1927 | // We can't check the number of elements, since the argument has a | |||
1928 | // dependent number of elements. This can only occur during partial | |||
1929 | // ordering. | |||
1930 | ||||
1931 | // Perform deduction on the element types. | |||
1932 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
1933 | VectorParam->getElementType(), | |||
1934 | VectorArg->getElementType(), | |||
1935 | Info, Deduced, TDF); | |||
1936 | } | |||
1937 | ||||
1938 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1939 | } | |||
1940 | ||||
1941 | case Type::DependentVector: { | |||
1942 | const auto *VectorParam = cast<DependentVectorType>(Param); | |||
1943 | ||||
1944 | if (const auto *VectorArg = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Arg)) { | |||
1945 | // Perform deduction on the element types. | |||
1946 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result = | |||
1947 | DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
1948 | S, TemplateParams, VectorParam->getElementType(), | |||
1949 | VectorArg->getElementType(), Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
1950 | return Result; | |||
1951 | ||||
1952 | // Perform deduction on the vector size, if we can. | |||
1953 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | |||
1954 | getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, VectorParam->getSizeExpr()); | |||
1955 | if (!NTTP) | |||
1956 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1957 | ||||
1958 | llvm::APSInt ArgSize(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.IntTy), false); | |||
1959 | ArgSize = VectorArg->getNumElements(); | |||
1960 | // Note that we use the "array bound" rules here; just like in that | |||
1961 | // case, we don't have any particular type for the vector size, but | |||
1962 | // we can provide one if necessary. | |||
1963 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, ArgSize, | |||
1964 | S.Context.UnsignedIntTy, true, | |||
1965 | Info, Deduced); | |||
1966 | } | |||
1967 | ||||
1968 | if (const auto *VectorArg = dyn_cast<DependentVectorType>(Arg)) { | |||
1969 | // Perform deduction on the element types. | |||
1970 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result = | |||
1971 | DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
1972 | S, TemplateParams, VectorParam->getElementType(), | |||
1973 | VectorArg->getElementType(), Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
1974 | return Result; | |||
1975 | ||||
1976 | // Perform deduction on the vector size, if we can. | |||
1977 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = getDeducedParameterFromExpr( | |||
1978 | Info, VectorParam->getSizeExpr()); | |||
1979 | if (!NTTP) | |||
1980 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
1981 | ||||
1982 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
1983 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, VectorArg->getSizeExpr(), Info, Deduced); | |||
1984 | } | |||
1985 | ||||
1986 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
1987 | } | |||
1988 | ||||
1989 | // (clang extension) | |||
1990 | // | |||
1991 | // T __attribute__(((ext_vector_type(N)))) | |||
1992 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: { | |||
1993 | const DependentSizedExtVectorType *VectorParam | |||
1994 | = cast<DependentSizedExtVectorType>(Param); | |||
1995 | ||||
1996 | if (const ExtVectorType *VectorArg = dyn_cast<ExtVectorType>(Arg)) { | |||
1997 | // Perform deduction on the element types. | |||
1998 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
1999 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
2000 | VectorParam->getElementType(), | |||
2001 | VectorArg->getElementType(), | |||
2002 | Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
2003 | return Result; | |||
2004 | ||||
2005 | // Perform deduction on the vector size, if we can. | |||
2006 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | |||
2007 | = getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, VectorParam->getSizeExpr()); | |||
2008 | if (!NTTP) | |||
2009 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2010 | ||||
2011 | llvm::APSInt ArgSize(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.IntTy), false); | |||
2012 | ArgSize = VectorArg->getNumElements(); | |||
2013 | // Note that we use the "array bound" rules here; just like in that | |||
2014 | // case, we don't have any particular type for the vector size, but | |||
2015 | // we can provide one if necessary. | |||
2016 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, ArgSize, | |||
2017 | S.Context.IntTy, true, Info, | |||
2018 | Deduced); | |||
2019 | } | |||
2020 | ||||
2021 | if (const DependentSizedExtVectorType *VectorArg | |||
2022 | = dyn_cast<DependentSizedExtVectorType>(Arg)) { | |||
2023 | // Perform deduction on the element types. | |||
2024 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
2025 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
2026 | VectorParam->getElementType(), | |||
2027 | VectorArg->getElementType(), | |||
2028 | Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
2029 | return Result; | |||
2030 | ||||
2031 | // Perform deduction on the vector size, if we can. | |||
2032 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | |||
2033 | = getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, VectorParam->getSizeExpr()); | |||
2034 | if (!NTTP) | |||
2035 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2036 | ||||
2037 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
2038 | VectorArg->getSizeExpr(), | |||
2039 | Info, Deduced); | |||
2040 | } | |||
2041 | ||||
2042 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2043 | } | |||
2044 | ||||
2045 | // (clang extension) | |||
2046 | // | |||
2047 | // T __attribute__(((address_space(N)))) | |||
2048 | case Type::DependentAddressSpace: { | |||
2049 | const DependentAddressSpaceType *AddressSpaceParam = | |||
2050 | cast<DependentAddressSpaceType>(Param); | |||
2051 | ||||
2052 | if (const DependentAddressSpaceType *AddressSpaceArg = | |||
2053 | dyn_cast<DependentAddressSpaceType>(Arg)) { | |||
2054 | // Perform deduction on the pointer type. | |||
2055 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result = | |||
2056 | DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
2057 | S, TemplateParams, AddressSpaceParam->getPointeeType(), | |||
2058 | AddressSpaceArg->getPointeeType(), Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
2059 | return Result; | |||
2060 | ||||
2061 | // Perform deduction on the address space, if we can. | |||
2062 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = getDeducedParameterFromExpr( | |||
2063 | Info, AddressSpaceParam->getAddrSpaceExpr()); | |||
2064 | if (!NTTP) | |||
2065 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2066 | ||||
2067 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
2068 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, AddressSpaceArg->getAddrSpaceExpr(), Info, | |||
2069 | Deduced); | |||
2070 | } | |||
2071 | ||||
2072 | if (isTargetAddressSpace(Arg.getAddressSpace())) { | |||
2073 | llvm::APSInt ArgAddressSpace(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.IntTy), | |||
2074 | false); | |||
2075 | ArgAddressSpace = toTargetAddressSpace(Arg.getAddressSpace()); | |||
2076 | ||||
2077 | // Perform deduction on the pointer types. | |||
2078 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result = | |||
2079 | DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
2080 | S, TemplateParams, AddressSpaceParam->getPointeeType(), | |||
2081 | S.Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(Arg), Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
2082 | return Result; | |||
2083 | ||||
2084 | // Perform deduction on the address space, if we can. | |||
2085 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = getDeducedParameterFromExpr( | |||
2086 | Info, AddressSpaceParam->getAddrSpaceExpr()); | |||
2087 | if (!NTTP) | |||
2088 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2089 | ||||
2090 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
2091 | ArgAddressSpace, S.Context.IntTy, | |||
2092 | true, Info, Deduced); | |||
2093 | } | |||
2094 | ||||
2095 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2096 | } | |||
2097 | ||||
2098 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
2099 | case Type::TypeOf: | |||
2100 | case Type::DependentName: | |||
2101 | case Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
2102 | case Type::Decltype: | |||
2103 | case Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
2104 | case Type::Auto: | |||
2105 | case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
2106 | case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
2107 | case Type::PackExpansion: | |||
2108 | case Type::Pipe: | |||
2109 | // No template argument deduction for these types | |||
2110 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2111 | } | |||
2112 | ||||
2113 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type Class!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid Type Class!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2113); | |||
2114 | } | |||
2115 | ||||
2116 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
2117 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, | |||
2118 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
2119 | const TemplateArgument &Param, | |||
2120 | TemplateArgument Arg, | |||
2121 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
2122 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
2123 | // If the template argument is a pack expansion, perform template argument | |||
2124 | // deduction against the pattern of that expansion. This only occurs during | |||
2125 | // partial ordering. | |||
2126 | if (Arg.isPackExpansion()) | |||
2127 | Arg = Arg.getPackExpansionPattern(); | |||
2128 | ||||
2129 | switch (Param.getKind()) { | |||
2130 | case TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
2131 | llvm_unreachable("Null template argument in parameter list")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Null template argument in parameter list" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2131); | |||
2132 | ||||
2133 | case TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
2134 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
2135 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
2136 | Param.getAsType(), | |||
2137 | Arg.getAsType(), | |||
2138 | Info, Deduced, 0); | |||
2139 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2140 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2141 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2142 | ||||
2143 | case TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
2144 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) | |||
2145 | return DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, | |||
2146 | Param.getAsTemplate(), | |||
2147 | Arg.getAsTemplate(), Info, Deduced); | |||
2148 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2149 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2150 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2151 | ||||
2152 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | |||
2153 | llvm_unreachable("caller should handle pack expansions")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("caller should handle pack expansions" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2153); | |||
2154 | ||||
2155 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: | |||
2156 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration && | |||
2157 | isSameDeclaration(Param.getAsDecl(), Arg.getAsDecl())) | |||
2158 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2159 | ||||
2160 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2161 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2162 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2163 | ||||
2164 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | |||
2165 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::NullPtr && | |||
2166 | S.Context.hasSameType(Param.getNullPtrType(), Arg.getNullPtrType())) | |||
2167 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2168 | ||||
2169 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2170 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2171 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2172 | ||||
2173 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: | |||
2174 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral) { | |||
2175 | if (hasSameExtendedValue(Param.getAsIntegral(), Arg.getAsIntegral())) | |||
2176 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2177 | ||||
2178 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2179 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2180 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2181 | } | |||
2182 | ||||
2183 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) { | |||
2184 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2185 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2186 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2187 | } | |||
2188 | ||||
2189 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2190 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2191 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2192 | ||||
2193 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: | |||
2194 | if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | |||
2195 | = getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, Param.getAsExpr())) { | |||
2196 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral) | |||
2197 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
2198 | Arg.getAsIntegral(), | |||
2199 | Arg.getIntegralType(), | |||
2200 | /*ArrayBound=*/false, | |||
2201 | Info, Deduced); | |||
2202 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::NullPtr) | |||
2203 | return DeduceNullPtrTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
2204 | Arg.getNullPtrType(), | |||
2205 | Info, Deduced); | |||
2206 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) | |||
2207 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
2208 | Arg.getAsExpr(), Info, Deduced); | |||
2209 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) | |||
2210 | return DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument(S, TemplateParams, NTTP, | |||
2211 | Arg.getAsDecl(), | |||
2212 | Arg.getParamTypeForDecl(), | |||
2213 | Info, Deduced); | |||
2214 | ||||
2215 | Info.FirstArg = Param; | |||
2216 | Info.SecondArg = Arg; | |||
2217 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2218 | } | |||
2219 | ||||
2220 | // Can't deduce anything, but that's okay. | |||
2221 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2222 | ||||
2223 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: | |||
2224 | llvm_unreachable("Argument packs should be expanded by the caller!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Argument packs should be expanded by the caller!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2224); | |||
2225 | } | |||
2226 | ||||
2227 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2227); | |||
2228 | } | |||
2229 | ||||
2230 | /// Determine whether there is a template argument to be used for | |||
2231 | /// deduction. | |||
2232 | /// | |||
2233 | /// This routine "expands" argument packs in-place, overriding its input | |||
2234 | /// parameters so that \c Args[ArgIdx] will be the available template argument. | |||
2235 | /// | |||
2236 | /// \returns true if there is another template argument (which will be at | |||
2237 | /// \c Args[ArgIdx]), false otherwise. | |||
2238 | static bool hasTemplateArgumentForDeduction(ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> &Args, | |||
2239 | unsigned &ArgIdx) { | |||
2240 | if (ArgIdx == Args.size()) | |||
2241 | return false; | |||
2242 | ||||
2243 | const TemplateArgument &Arg = Args[ArgIdx]; | |||
2244 | if (Arg.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack) | |||
2245 | return true; | |||
2246 | ||||
2247 | assert(ArgIdx == Args.size() - 1 && "Pack not at the end of argument list?")((ArgIdx == Args.size() - 1 && "Pack not at the end of argument list?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgIdx == Args.size() - 1 && \"Pack not at the end of argument list?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2247, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2248 | Args = Arg.pack_elements(); | |||
2249 | ArgIdx = 0; | |||
2250 | return ArgIdx < Args.size(); | |||
2251 | } | |||
2252 | ||||
2253 | /// Determine whether the given set of template arguments has a pack | |||
2254 | /// expansion that is not the last template argument. | |||
2255 | static bool hasPackExpansionBeforeEnd(ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args) { | |||
2256 | bool FoundPackExpansion = false; | |||
2257 | for (const auto &A : Args) { | |||
2258 | if (FoundPackExpansion) | |||
2259 | return true; | |||
2260 | ||||
2261 | if (A.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) | |||
2262 | return hasPackExpansionBeforeEnd(A.pack_elements()); | |||
2263 | ||||
2264 | // FIXME: If this is a fixed-arity pack expansion from an outer level of | |||
2265 | // templates, it should not be treated as a pack expansion. | |||
2266 | if (A.isPackExpansion()) | |||
2267 | FoundPackExpansion = true; | |||
2268 | } | |||
2269 | ||||
2270 | return false; | |||
2271 | } | |||
2272 | ||||
2273 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
2274 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
2275 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Params, | |||
2276 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, | |||
2277 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
2278 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
2279 | bool NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch) { | |||
2280 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
2281 | // If the template argument list of P contains a pack expansion that is not | |||
2282 | // the last template argument, the entire template argument list is a | |||
2283 | // non-deduced context. | |||
2284 | if (hasPackExpansionBeforeEnd(Params)) | |||
2285 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2286 | ||||
2287 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
2288 | // If P has a form that contains <T> or <i>, then each argument Pi of the | |||
2289 | // respective template argument list P is compared with the corresponding | |||
2290 | // argument Ai of the corresponding template argument list of A. | |||
2291 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0, ParamIdx = 0; | |||
2292 | for (; hasTemplateArgumentForDeduction(Params, ParamIdx); ++ParamIdx) { | |||
2293 | if (!Params[ParamIdx].isPackExpansion()) { | |||
2294 | // The simple case: deduce template arguments by matching Pi and Ai. | |||
2295 | ||||
2296 | // Check whether we have enough arguments. | |||
2297 | if (!hasTemplateArgumentForDeduction(Args, ArgIdx)) | |||
2298 | return NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch | |||
2299 | ? Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure | |||
2300 | : Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2301 | ||||
2302 | // C++1z [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
2303 | // During partial ordering, if Ai was originally a pack expansion [and] | |||
2304 | // Pi is not a pack expansion, template argument deduction fails. | |||
2305 | if (Args[ArgIdx].isPackExpansion()) | |||
2306 | return Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
2307 | ||||
2308 | // Perform deduction for this Pi/Ai pair. | |||
2309 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
2310 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, | |||
2311 | Params[ParamIdx], Args[ArgIdx], | |||
2312 | Info, Deduced)) | |||
2313 | return Result; | |||
2314 | ||||
2315 | // Move to the next argument. | |||
2316 | ++ArgIdx; | |||
2317 | continue; | |||
2318 | } | |||
2319 | ||||
2320 | // The parameter is a pack expansion. | |||
2321 | ||||
2322 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
2323 | // If Pi is a pack expansion, then the pattern of Pi is compared with | |||
2324 | // each remaining argument in the template argument list of A. Each | |||
2325 | // comparison deduces template arguments for subsequent positions in the | |||
2326 | // template parameter packs expanded by Pi. | |||
2327 | TemplateArgument Pattern = Params[ParamIdx].getPackExpansionPattern(); | |||
2328 | ||||
2329 | // Prepare to deduce the packs within the pattern. | |||
2330 | PackDeductionScope PackScope(S, TemplateParams, Deduced, Info, Pattern); | |||
2331 | ||||
2332 | // Keep track of the deduced template arguments for each parameter pack | |||
2333 | // expanded by this pack expansion (the outer index) and for each | |||
2334 | // template argument (the inner SmallVectors). | |||
2335 | for (; hasTemplateArgumentForDeduction(Args, ArgIdx) && | |||
2336 | PackScope.hasNextElement(); | |||
2337 | ++ArgIdx) { | |||
2338 | // Deduce template arguments from the pattern. | |||
2339 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
2340 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, Pattern, Args[ArgIdx], | |||
2341 | Info, Deduced)) | |||
2342 | return Result; | |||
2343 | ||||
2344 | PackScope.nextPackElement(); | |||
2345 | } | |||
2346 | ||||
2347 | // Build argument packs for each of the parameter packs expanded by this | |||
2348 | // pack expansion. | |||
2349 | if (auto Result = PackScope.finish()) | |||
2350 | return Result; | |||
2351 | } | |||
2352 | ||||
2353 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2354 | } | |||
2355 | ||||
2356 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
2357 | DeduceTemplateArguments(Sema &S, | |||
2358 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
2359 | const TemplateArgumentList &ParamList, | |||
2360 | const TemplateArgumentList &ArgList, | |||
2361 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
2362 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced) { | |||
2363 | return DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, ParamList.asArray(), | |||
2364 | ArgList.asArray(), Info, Deduced, | |||
2365 | /*NumberOfArgumentsMustMatch*/false); | |||
2366 | } | |||
2367 | ||||
2368 | /// Determine whether two template arguments are the same. | |||
2369 | static bool isSameTemplateArg(ASTContext &Context, | |||
2370 | TemplateArgument X, | |||
2371 | const TemplateArgument &Y, | |||
2372 | bool PackExpansionMatchesPack = false) { | |||
2373 | // If we're checking deduced arguments (X) against original arguments (Y), | |||
2374 | // we will have flattened packs to non-expansions in X. | |||
2375 | if (PackExpansionMatchesPack && X.isPackExpansion() && !Y.isPackExpansion()) | |||
2376 | X = X.getPackExpansionPattern(); | |||
2377 | ||||
2378 | if (X.getKind() != Y.getKind()) | |||
2379 | return false; | |||
2380 | ||||
2381 | switch (X.getKind()) { | |||
2382 | case TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
2383 | llvm_unreachable("Comparing NULL template argument")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Comparing NULL template argument" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2383); | |||
2384 | ||||
2385 | case TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
2386 | return Context.getCanonicalType(X.getAsType()) == | |||
2387 | Context.getCanonicalType(Y.getAsType()); | |||
2388 | ||||
2389 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: | |||
2390 | return isSameDeclaration(X.getAsDecl(), Y.getAsDecl()); | |||
2391 | ||||
2392 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | |||
2393 | return Context.hasSameType(X.getNullPtrType(), Y.getNullPtrType()); | |||
2394 | ||||
2395 | case TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
2396 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | |||
2397 | return Context.getCanonicalTemplateName( | |||
2398 | X.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()).getAsVoidPointer() == | |||
2399 | Context.getCanonicalTemplateName( | |||
2400 | Y.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()).getAsVoidPointer(); | |||
2401 | ||||
2402 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: | |||
2403 | return hasSameExtendedValue(X.getAsIntegral(), Y.getAsIntegral()); | |||
2404 | ||||
2405 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: { | |||
2406 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID XID, YID; | |||
2407 | X.getAsExpr()->Profile(XID, Context, true); | |||
2408 | Y.getAsExpr()->Profile(YID, Context, true); | |||
2409 | return XID == YID; | |||
2410 | } | |||
2411 | ||||
2412 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: | |||
2413 | if (X.pack_size() != Y.pack_size()) | |||
2414 | return false; | |||
2415 | ||||
2416 | for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator XP = X.pack_begin(), | |||
2417 | XPEnd = X.pack_end(), | |||
2418 | YP = Y.pack_begin(); | |||
2419 | XP != XPEnd; ++XP, ++YP) | |||
2420 | if (!isSameTemplateArg(Context, *XP, *YP, PackExpansionMatchesPack)) | |||
2421 | return false; | |||
2422 | ||||
2423 | return true; | |||
2424 | } | |||
2425 | ||||
2426 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2426); | |||
2427 | } | |||
2428 | ||||
2429 | /// Allocate a TemplateArgumentLoc where all locations have | |||
2430 | /// been initialized to the given location. | |||
2431 | /// | |||
2432 | /// \param Arg The template argument we are producing template argument | |||
2433 | /// location information for. | |||
2434 | /// | |||
2435 | /// \param NTTPType For a declaration template argument, the type of | |||
2436 | /// the non-type template parameter that corresponds to this template | |||
2437 | /// argument. Can be null if no type sugar is available to add to the | |||
2438 | /// type from the template argument. | |||
2439 | /// | |||
2440 | /// \param Loc The source location to use for the resulting template | |||
2441 | /// argument. | |||
2442 | TemplateArgumentLoc | |||
2443 | Sema::getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, | |||
2444 | QualType NTTPType, SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
2445 | switch (Arg.getKind()) { | |||
2446 | case TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
2447 | llvm_unreachable("Can't get a NULL template argument here")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can't get a NULL template argument here" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2447); | |||
2448 | ||||
2449 | case TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
2450 | return TemplateArgumentLoc( | |||
2451 | Arg, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Arg.getAsType(), Loc)); | |||
2452 | ||||
2453 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { | |||
2454 | if (NTTPType.isNull()) | |||
2455 | NTTPType = Arg.getParamTypeForDecl(); | |||
2456 | Expr *E = BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(Arg, NTTPType, Loc) | |||
2457 | .getAs<Expr>(); | |||
2458 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgument(E), E); | |||
2459 | } | |||
2460 | ||||
2461 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: { | |||
2462 | if (NTTPType.isNull()) | |||
2463 | NTTPType = Arg.getNullPtrType(); | |||
2464 | Expr *E = BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(Arg, NTTPType, Loc) | |||
2465 | .getAs<Expr>(); | |||
2466 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgument(NTTPType, /*isNullPtr*/true), | |||
2467 | E); | |||
2468 | } | |||
2469 | ||||
2470 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: { | |||
2471 | Expr *E = | |||
2472 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(Arg, Loc).getAs<Expr>(); | |||
2473 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(TemplateArgument(E), E); | |||
2474 | } | |||
2475 | ||||
2476 | case TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
2477 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: { | |||
2478 | NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder Builder; | |||
2479 | TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplate(); | |||
2480 | if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName()) | |||
2481 | Builder.MakeTrivial(Context, DTN->getQualifier(), Loc); | |||
2482 | else if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = | |||
2483 | Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) | |||
2484 | Builder.MakeTrivial(Context, QTN->getQualifier(), Loc); | |||
2485 | ||||
2486 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) | |||
2487 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, Builder.getWithLocInContext(Context), | |||
2488 | Loc); | |||
2489 | ||||
2490 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, Builder.getWithLocInContext(Context), | |||
2491 | Loc, Loc); | |||
2492 | } | |||
2493 | ||||
2494 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: | |||
2495 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, Arg.getAsExpr()); | |||
2496 | ||||
2497 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: | |||
2498 | return TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, TemplateArgumentLocInfo()); | |||
2499 | } | |||
2500 | ||||
2501 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid TemplateArgument Kind!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2501); | |||
2502 | } | |||
2503 | ||||
2504 | /// Convert the given deduced template argument and add it to the set of | |||
2505 | /// fully-converted template arguments. | |||
2506 | static bool | |||
2507 | ConvertDeducedTemplateArgument(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Param, | |||
2508 | DeducedTemplateArgument Arg, | |||
2509 | NamedDecl *Template, | |||
2510 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
2511 | bool IsDeduced, | |||
2512 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Output) { | |||
2513 | auto ConvertArg = [&](DeducedTemplateArgument Arg, | |||
2514 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex) { | |||
2515 | // Convert the deduced template argument into a template | |||
2516 | // argument that we can check, almost as if the user had written | |||
2517 | // the template argument explicitly. | |||
2518 | TemplateArgumentLoc ArgLoc = | |||
2519 | S.getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, QualType(), Info.getLocation()); | |||
2520 | ||||
2521 | // Check the template argument, converting it as necessary. | |||
2522 | return S.CheckTemplateArgument( | |||
2523 | Param, ArgLoc, Template, Template->getLocation(), | |||
2524 | Template->getSourceRange().getEnd(), ArgumentPackIndex, Output, | |||
2525 | IsDeduced | |||
2526 | ? (Arg.wasDeducedFromArrayBound() ? Sema::CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound | |||
2527 | : Sema::CTAK_Deduced) | |||
2528 | : Sema::CTAK_Specified); | |||
2529 | }; | |||
2530 | ||||
2531 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) { | |||
2532 | // This is a template argument pack, so check each of its arguments against | |||
2533 | // the template parameter. | |||
2534 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 2> PackedArgsBuilder; | |||
2535 | for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements()) { | |||
2536 | // When converting the deduced template argument, append it to the | |||
2537 | // general output list. We need to do this so that the template argument | |||
2538 | // checking logic has all of the prior template arguments available. | |||
2539 | DeducedTemplateArgument InnerArg(P); | |||
2540 | InnerArg.setDeducedFromArrayBound(Arg.wasDeducedFromArrayBound()); | |||
2541 | assert(InnerArg.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack &&((InnerArg.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack && "deduced nested pack" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("InnerArg.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack && \"deduced nested pack\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2542, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
2542 | "deduced nested pack")((InnerArg.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack && "deduced nested pack" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("InnerArg.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Pack && \"deduced nested pack\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2542, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2543 | if (P.isNull()) { | |||
2544 | // We deduced arguments for some elements of this pack, but not for | |||
2545 | // all of them. This happens if we get a conditionally-non-deduced | |||
2546 | // context in a pack expansion (such as an overload set in one of the | |||
2547 | // arguments). | |||
2548 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), | |||
2549 | diag::err_template_arg_deduced_incomplete_pack) | |||
2550 | << Arg << Param; | |||
2551 | return true; | |||
2552 | } | |||
2553 | if (ConvertArg(InnerArg, PackedArgsBuilder.size())) | |||
2554 | return true; | |||
2555 | ||||
2556 | // Move the converted template argument into our argument pack. | |||
2557 | PackedArgsBuilder.push_back(Output.pop_back_val()); | |||
2558 | } | |||
2559 | ||||
2560 | // If the pack is empty, we still need to substitute into the parameter | |||
2561 | // itself, in case that substitution fails. | |||
2562 | if (PackedArgsBuilder.empty()) { | |||
2563 | LocalInstantiationScope Scope(S); | |||
2564 | TemplateArgumentList TemplateArgs(TemplateArgumentList::OnStack, Output); | |||
2565 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList Args(TemplateArgs); | |||
2566 | ||||
2567 | if (auto *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) { | |||
2568 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate Inst(S, Template->getLocation(), Template, | |||
2569 | NTTP, Output, | |||
2570 | Template->getSourceRange()); | |||
2571 | if (Inst.isInvalid() || | |||
2572 | S.SubstType(NTTP->getType(), Args, NTTP->getLocation(), | |||
2573 | NTTP->getDeclName()).isNull()) | |||
2574 | return true; | |||
2575 | } else if (auto *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Param)) { | |||
2576 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate Inst(S, Template->getLocation(), Template, | |||
2577 | TTP, Output, | |||
2578 | Template->getSourceRange()); | |||
2579 | if (Inst.isInvalid() || !S.SubstDecl(TTP, S.CurContext, Args)) | |||
2580 | return true; | |||
2581 | } | |||
2582 | // For type parameters, no substitution is ever required. | |||
2583 | } | |||
2584 | ||||
2585 | // Create the resulting argument pack. | |||
2586 | Output.push_back( | |||
2587 | TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(S.Context, PackedArgsBuilder)); | |||
2588 | return false; | |||
2589 | } | |||
2590 | ||||
2591 | return ConvertArg(Arg, 0); | |||
2592 | } | |||
2593 | ||||
2594 | // FIXME: This should not be a template, but | |||
2595 | // ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl sadly does not derive from | |||
2596 | // TemplateDecl. | |||
2597 | template<typename TemplateDeclT> | |||
2598 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult ConvertDeducedTemplateArguments( | |||
2599 | Sema &S, TemplateDeclT *Template, bool IsDeduced, | |||
2600 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
2601 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Builder, | |||
2602 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope = nullptr, | |||
2603 | unsigned NumAlreadyConverted = 0, bool PartialOverloading = false) { | |||
2604 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
2605 | ||||
2606 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateParams->size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
2607 | NamedDecl *Param = TemplateParams->getParam(I); | |||
2608 | ||||
2609 | // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3: | |||
2610 | // A trailing template parameter pack (14.5.3) not otherwise deduced will | |||
2611 | // be deduced to an empty sequence of template arguments. | |||
2612 | // FIXME: Where did the word "trailing" come from? | |||
2613 | if (Deduced[I].isNull() && Param->isTemplateParameterPack()) { | |||
2614 | if (auto Result = PackDeductionScope(S, TemplateParams, Deduced, Info, I) | |||
2615 | .finish(/*TreatNoDeductionsAsNonDeduced*/false)) | |||
2616 | return Result; | |||
2617 | } | |||
2618 | ||||
2619 | if (!Deduced[I].isNull()) { | |||
2620 | if (I < NumAlreadyConverted) { | |||
2621 | // We may have had explicitly-specified template arguments for a | |||
2622 | // template parameter pack (that may or may not have been extended | |||
2623 | // via additional deduced arguments). | |||
2624 | if (Param->isParameterPack() && CurrentInstantiationScope && | |||
2625 | CurrentInstantiationScope->getPartiallySubstitutedPack() == Param) { | |||
2626 | // Forget the partially-substituted pack; its substitution is now | |||
2627 | // complete. | |||
2628 | CurrentInstantiationScope->ResetPartiallySubstitutedPack(); | |||
2629 | // We still need to check the argument in case it was extended by | |||
2630 | // deduction. | |||
2631 | } else { | |||
2632 | // We have already fully type-checked and converted this | |||
2633 | // argument, because it was explicitly-specified. Just record the | |||
2634 | // presence of this argument. | |||
2635 | Builder.push_back(Deduced[I]); | |||
2636 | continue; | |||
2637 | } | |||
2638 | } | |||
2639 | ||||
2640 | // We may have deduced this argument, so it still needs to be | |||
2641 | // checked and converted. | |||
2642 | if (ConvertDeducedTemplateArgument(S, Param, Deduced[I], Template, Info, | |||
2643 | IsDeduced, Builder)) { | |||
2644 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(Param); | |||
2645 | // FIXME: These template arguments are temporary. Free them! | |||
2646 | Info.reset(TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(S.Context, Builder)); | |||
2647 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2648 | } | |||
2649 | ||||
2650 | continue; | |||
2651 | } | |||
2652 | ||||
2653 | // Substitute into the default template argument, if available. | |||
2654 | bool HasDefaultArg = false; | |||
2655 | TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Template); | |||
2656 | if (!TD) { | |||
2657 | assert(isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) ||((isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) || isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) || isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2658, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
2658 | isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template))((isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) || isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template) || isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Template)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 2658, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2659 | return Sema::TDK_Incomplete; | |||
2660 | } | |||
2661 | ||||
2662 | TemplateArgumentLoc DefArg = S.SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable( | |||
2663 | TD, TD->getLocation(), TD->getSourceRange().getEnd(), Param, Builder, | |||
2664 | HasDefaultArg); | |||
2665 | ||||
2666 | // If there was no default argument, deduction is incomplete. | |||
2667 | if (DefArg.getArgument().isNull()) { | |||
2668 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter( | |||
2669 | const_cast<NamedDecl *>(TemplateParams->getParam(I))); | |||
2670 | Info.reset(TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(S.Context, Builder)); | |||
2671 | if (PartialOverloading) break; | |||
2672 | ||||
2673 | return HasDefaultArg ? Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure | |||
2674 | : Sema::TDK_Incomplete; | |||
2675 | } | |||
2676 | ||||
2677 | // Check whether we can actually use the default argument. | |||
2678 | if (S.CheckTemplateArgument(Param, DefArg, TD, TD->getLocation(), | |||
2679 | TD->getSourceRange().getEnd(), 0, Builder, | |||
2680 | Sema::CTAK_Specified)) { | |||
2681 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter( | |||
2682 | const_cast<NamedDecl *>(TemplateParams->getParam(I))); | |||
2683 | // FIXME: These template arguments are temporary. Free them! | |||
2684 | Info.reset(TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(S.Context, Builder)); | |||
2685 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2686 | } | |||
2687 | ||||
2688 | // If we get here, we successfully used the default template argument. | |||
2689 | } | |||
2690 | ||||
2691 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2692 | } | |||
2693 | ||||
2694 | static DeclContext *getAsDeclContextOrEnclosing(Decl *D) { | |||
2695 | if (auto *DC = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D)) | |||
2696 | return DC; | |||
2697 | return D->getDeclContext(); | |||
2698 | } | |||
2699 | ||||
2700 | template<typename T> struct IsPartialSpecialization { | |||
2701 | static constexpr bool value = false; | |||
2702 | }; | |||
2703 | template<> | |||
2704 | struct IsPartialSpecialization<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl> { | |||
2705 | static constexpr bool value = true; | |||
2706 | }; | |||
2707 | template<> | |||
2708 | struct IsPartialSpecialization<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl> { | |||
2709 | static constexpr bool value = true; | |||
2710 | }; | |||
2711 | ||||
2712 | /// Complete template argument deduction for a partial specialization. | |||
2713 | template <typename T> | |||
2714 | static typename std::enable_if<IsPartialSpecialization<T>::value, | |||
2715 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>::type | |||
2716 | FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
2717 | Sema &S, T *Partial, bool IsPartialOrdering, | |||
2718 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | |||
2719 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
2720 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
2721 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
2722 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
2723 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
2724 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(S); | |||
2725 | ||||
2726 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext(S, getAsDeclContextOrEnclosing(Partial)); | |||
2727 | ||||
2728 | // C++ [temp.deduct.type]p2: | |||
2729 | // [...] or if any template argument remains neither deduced nor | |||
2730 | // explicitly specified, template argument deduction fails. | |||
2731 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> Builder; | |||
2732 | if (auto Result = ConvertDeducedTemplateArguments( | |||
2733 | S, Partial, IsPartialOrdering, Deduced, Info, Builder)) | |||
2734 | return Result; | |||
2735 | ||||
2736 | // Form the template argument list from the deduced template arguments. | |||
2737 | TemplateArgumentList *DeducedArgumentList | |||
2738 | = TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(S.Context, Builder); | |||
2739 | ||||
2740 | Info.reset(DeducedArgumentList); | |||
2741 | ||||
2742 | // Substitute the deduced template arguments into the template | |||
2743 | // arguments of the class template partial specialization, and | |||
2744 | // verify that the instantiated template arguments are both valid | |||
2745 | // and are equivalent to the template arguments originally provided | |||
2746 | // to the class template. | |||
2747 | LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(S); | |||
2748 | auto *Template = Partial->getSpecializedTemplate(); | |||
2749 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo *PartialTemplArgInfo = | |||
2750 | Partial->getTemplateArgsAsWritten(); | |||
2751 | const TemplateArgumentLoc *PartialTemplateArgs = | |||
2752 | PartialTemplArgInfo->getTemplateArgs(); | |||
2753 | ||||
2754 | TemplateArgumentListInfo InstArgs(PartialTemplArgInfo->LAngleLoc, | |||
2755 | PartialTemplArgInfo->RAngleLoc); | |||
2756 | ||||
2757 | if (S.Subst(PartialTemplateArgs, PartialTemplArgInfo->NumTemplateArgs, | |||
2758 | InstArgs, MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList(*DeducedArgumentList))) { | |||
2759 | unsigned ArgIdx = InstArgs.size(), ParamIdx = ArgIdx; | |||
2760 | if (ParamIdx >= Partial->getTemplateParameters()->size()) | |||
2761 | ParamIdx = Partial->getTemplateParameters()->size() - 1; | |||
2762 | ||||
2763 | Decl *Param = const_cast<NamedDecl *>( | |||
2764 | Partial->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(ParamIdx)); | |||
2765 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(Param); | |||
2766 | Info.FirstArg = PartialTemplateArgs[ArgIdx].getArgument(); | |||
2767 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2768 | } | |||
2769 | ||||
2770 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ConvertedInstArgs; | |||
2771 | if (S.CheckTemplateArgumentList(Template, Partial->getLocation(), InstArgs, | |||
2772 | false, ConvertedInstArgs)) | |||
2773 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2774 | ||||
2775 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
2776 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = TemplateParams->size(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
2777 | TemplateArgument InstArg = ConvertedInstArgs.data()[I]; | |||
2778 | if (!isSameTemplateArg(S.Context, TemplateArgs[I], InstArg)) { | |||
2779 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(TemplateParams->getParam(I)); | |||
2780 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgs[I]; | |||
2781 | Info.SecondArg = InstArg; | |||
2782 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2783 | } | |||
2784 | } | |||
2785 | ||||
2786 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
2787 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2788 | ||||
2789 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2790 | } | |||
2791 | ||||
2792 | /// Complete template argument deduction for a class or variable template, | |||
2793 | /// when partial ordering against a partial specialization. | |||
2794 | // FIXME: Factor out duplication with partial specialization version above. | |||
2795 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
2796 | Sema &S, TemplateDecl *Template, bool PartialOrdering, | |||
2797 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | |||
2798 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
2799 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
2800 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
2801 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
2802 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
2803 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(S); | |||
2804 | ||||
2805 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext(S, getAsDeclContextOrEnclosing(Template)); | |||
2806 | ||||
2807 | // C++ [temp.deduct.type]p2: | |||
2808 | // [...] or if any template argument remains neither deduced nor | |||
2809 | // explicitly specified, template argument deduction fails. | |||
2810 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> Builder; | |||
2811 | if (auto Result = ConvertDeducedTemplateArguments( | |||
2812 | S, Template, /*IsDeduced*/PartialOrdering, Deduced, Info, Builder)) | |||
2813 | return Result; | |||
2814 | ||||
2815 | // Check that we produced the correct argument list. | |||
2816 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = Template->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
2817 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = TemplateParams->size(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
2818 | TemplateArgument InstArg = Builder[I]; | |||
2819 | if (!isSameTemplateArg(S.Context, TemplateArgs[I], InstArg, | |||
2820 | /*PackExpansionMatchesPack*/true)) { | |||
2821 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(TemplateParams->getParam(I)); | |||
2822 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgs[I]; | |||
2823 | Info.SecondArg = InstArg; | |||
2824 | return Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch; | |||
2825 | } | |||
2826 | } | |||
2827 | ||||
2828 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
2829 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2830 | ||||
2831 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
2832 | } | |||
2833 | ||||
2834 | ||||
2835 | /// Perform template argument deduction to determine whether | |||
2836 | /// the given template arguments match the given class template | |||
2837 | /// partial specialization per C++ [temp.class.spec.match]. | |||
2838 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
2839 | Sema::DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, | |||
2840 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | |||
2841 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
2842 | if (Partial->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
2843 | return TDK_Invalid; | |||
2844 | ||||
2845 | // C++ [temp.class.spec.match]p2: | |||
2846 | // A partial specialization matches a given actual template | |||
2847 | // argument list if the template arguments of the partial | |||
2848 | // specialization can be deduced from the actual template argument | |||
2849 | // list (14.8.2). | |||
2850 | ||||
2851 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
2852 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
2853 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
2854 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
2855 | ||||
2856 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
2857 | Deduced.resize(Partial->getTemplateParameters()->size()); | |||
2858 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
2859 | = ::DeduceTemplateArguments(*this, | |||
2860 | Partial->getTemplateParameters(), | |||
2861 | Partial->getTemplateArgs(), | |||
2862 | TemplateArgs, Info, Deduced)) | |||
2863 | return Result; | |||
2864 | ||||
2865 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> DeducedArgs(Deduced.begin(), Deduced.end()); | |||
2866 | InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, Info.getLocation(), Partial, DeducedArgs, | |||
2867 | Info); | |||
2868 | if (Inst.isInvalid()) | |||
2869 | return TDK_InstantiationDepth; | |||
2870 | ||||
2871 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
2872 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2873 | ||||
2874 | return ::FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
2875 | *this, Partial, /*IsPartialOrdering=*/false, TemplateArgs, Deduced, Info); | |||
2876 | } | |||
2877 | ||||
2878 | /// Perform template argument deduction to determine whether | |||
2879 | /// the given template arguments match the given variable template | |||
2880 | /// partial specialization per C++ [temp.class.spec.match]. | |||
2881 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
2882 | Sema::DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, | |||
2883 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | |||
2884 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
2885 | if (Partial->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
2886 | return TDK_Invalid; | |||
2887 | ||||
2888 | // C++ [temp.class.spec.match]p2: | |||
2889 | // A partial specialization matches a given actual template | |||
2890 | // argument list if the template arguments of the partial | |||
2891 | // specialization can be deduced from the actual template argument | |||
2892 | // list (14.8.2). | |||
2893 | ||||
2894 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
2895 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
2896 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
2897 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
2898 | ||||
2899 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
2900 | Deduced.resize(Partial->getTemplateParameters()->size()); | |||
2901 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = ::DeduceTemplateArguments( | |||
2902 | *this, Partial->getTemplateParameters(), Partial->getTemplateArgs(), | |||
2903 | TemplateArgs, Info, Deduced)) | |||
2904 | return Result; | |||
2905 | ||||
2906 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> DeducedArgs(Deduced.begin(), Deduced.end()); | |||
2907 | InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, Info.getLocation(), Partial, DeducedArgs, | |||
2908 | Info); | |||
2909 | if (Inst.isInvalid()) | |||
2910 | return TDK_InstantiationDepth; | |||
2911 | ||||
2912 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
2913 | return Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
2914 | ||||
2915 | return ::FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
2916 | *this, Partial, /*IsPartialOrdering=*/false, TemplateArgs, Deduced, Info); | |||
2917 | } | |||
2918 | ||||
2919 | /// Determine whether the given type T is a simple-template-id type. | |||
2920 | static bool isSimpleTemplateIdType(QualType T) { | |||
2921 | if (const TemplateSpecializationType *Spec | |||
2922 | = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) | |||
2923 | return Spec->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl() != nullptr; | |||
2924 | ||||
2925 | // C++17 [temp.local]p2: | |||
2926 | // the injected-class-name [...] is equivalent to the template-name followed | |||
2927 | // by the template-arguments of the class template specialization or partial | |||
2928 | // specialization enclosed in <> | |||
2929 | // ... which means it's equivalent to a simple-template-id. | |||
2930 | // | |||
2931 | // This only arises during class template argument deduction for a copy | |||
2932 | // deduction candidate, where it permits slicing. | |||
2933 | if (T->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) | |||
2934 | return true; | |||
2935 | ||||
2936 | return false; | |||
2937 | } | |||
2938 | ||||
2939 | /// Substitute the explicitly-provided template arguments into the | |||
2940 | /// given function template according to C++ [temp.arg.explicit]. | |||
2941 | /// | |||
2942 | /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template into which the explicit | |||
2943 | /// template arguments will be substituted. | |||
2944 | /// | |||
2945 | /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-specified template | |||
2946 | /// arguments. | |||
2947 | /// | |||
2948 | /// \param Deduced the deduced template arguments, which will be populated | |||
2949 | /// with the converted and checked explicit template arguments. | |||
2950 | /// | |||
2951 | /// \param ParamTypes will be populated with the instantiated function | |||
2952 | /// parameters. | |||
2953 | /// | |||
2954 | /// \param FunctionType if non-NULL, the result type of the function template | |||
2955 | /// will also be instantiated and the pointed-to value will be updated with | |||
2956 | /// the instantiated function type. | |||
2957 | /// | |||
2958 | /// \param Info if substitution fails for any reason, this object will be | |||
2959 | /// populated with more information about the failure. | |||
2960 | /// | |||
2961 | /// \returns TDK_Success if substitution was successful, or some failure | |||
2962 | /// condition. | |||
2963 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
2964 | Sema::SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( | |||
2965 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
2966 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, | |||
2967 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
2968 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, | |||
2969 | QualType *FunctionType, | |||
2970 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
2971 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
2972 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | |||
2973 | = FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
2974 | ||||
2975 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs.size() == 0) { | |||
2976 | // No arguments to substitute; just copy over the parameter types and | |||
2977 | // fill in the function type. | |||
2978 | for (auto P : Function->parameters()) | |||
2979 | ParamTypes.push_back(P->getType()); | |||
2980 | ||||
2981 | if (FunctionType) | |||
2982 | *FunctionType = Function->getType(); | |||
2983 | return TDK_Success; | |||
2984 | } | |||
2985 | ||||
2986 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
2987 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
2988 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
2989 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
2990 | ||||
2991 | // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p3: | |||
2992 | // Template arguments that are present shall be specified in the | |||
2993 | // declaration order of their corresponding template-parameters. The | |||
2994 | // template argument list shall not specify more template-arguments than | |||
2995 | // there are corresponding template-parameters. | |||
2996 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> Builder; | |||
2997 | ||||
2998 | // Enter a new template instantiation context where we check the | |||
2999 | // explicitly-specified template arguments against this function template, | |||
3000 | // and then substitute them into the function parameter types. | |||
3001 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> DeducedArgs; | |||
3002 | InstantiatingTemplate Inst( | |||
3003 | *this, Info.getLocation(), FunctionTemplate, DeducedArgs, | |||
3004 | CodeSynthesisContext::ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, Info); | |||
3005 | if (Inst.isInvalid()) | |||
3006 | return TDK_InstantiationDepth; | |||
3007 | ||||
3008 | if (CheckTemplateArgumentList(FunctionTemplate, SourceLocation(), | |||
3009 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, true, Builder, false) || | |||
3010 | Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { | |||
3011 | unsigned Index = Builder.size(); | |||
3012 | if (Index >= TemplateParams->size()) | |||
3013 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3014 | Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(TemplateParams->getParam(Index)); | |||
3015 | return TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments; | |||
3016 | } | |||
3017 | ||||
3018 | // Form the template argument list from the explicitly-specified | |||
3019 | // template arguments. | |||
3020 | TemplateArgumentList *ExplicitArgumentList | |||
3021 | = TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(Context, Builder); | |||
3022 | Info.setExplicitArgs(ExplicitArgumentList); | |||
3023 | ||||
3024 | // Template argument deduction and the final substitution should be | |||
3025 | // done in the context of the templated declaration. Explicit | |||
3026 | // argument substitution, on the other hand, needs to happen in the | |||
3027 | // calling context. | |||
3028 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | |||
3029 | ||||
3030 | // If we deduced template arguments for a template parameter pack, | |||
3031 | // note that the template argument pack is partially substituted and record | |||
3032 | // the explicit template arguments. They'll be used as part of deduction | |||
3033 | // for this template parameter pack. | |||
3034 | unsigned PartiallySubstitutedPackIndex = -1u; | |||
3035 | if (!Builder.empty()) { | |||
3036 | const TemplateArgument &Arg = Builder.back(); | |||
3037 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) { | |||
3038 | auto *Param = TemplateParams->getParam(Builder.size() - 1); | |||
3039 | // If this is a fully-saturated fixed-size pack, it should be | |||
3040 | // fully-substituted, not partially-substituted. | |||
3041 | Optional<unsigned> Expansions = getExpandedPackSize(Param); | |||
3042 | if (!Expansions || Arg.pack_size() < *Expansions) { | |||
3043 | PartiallySubstitutedPackIndex = Builder.size() - 1; | |||
3044 | CurrentInstantiationScope->SetPartiallySubstitutedPack( | |||
3045 | Param, Arg.pack_begin(), Arg.pack_size()); | |||
3046 | } | |||
3047 | } | |||
3048 | } | |||
3049 | ||||
3050 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | |||
3051 | = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
3052 | assert(Proto && "Function template does not have a prototype?")((Proto && "Function template does not have a prototype?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Function template does not have a prototype?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 3052, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3053 | ||||
3054 | // Isolate our substituted parameters from our caller. | |||
3055 | LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(*this, /*MergeWithOuterScope*/true); | |||
3056 | ||||
3057 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder ExtParamInfos; | |||
3058 | ||||
3059 | // Instantiate the types of each of the function parameters given the | |||
3060 | // explicitly-specified template arguments. If the function has a trailing | |||
3061 | // return type, substitute it after the arguments to ensure we substitute | |||
3062 | // in lexical order. | |||
3063 | if (Proto->hasTrailingReturn()) { | |||
3064 | if (SubstParmTypes(Function->getLocation(), Function->parameters(), | |||
3065 | Proto->getExtParameterInfosOrNull(), | |||
3066 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList(*ExplicitArgumentList), | |||
3067 | ParamTypes, /*params*/ nullptr, ExtParamInfos)) | |||
3068 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3069 | } | |||
3070 | ||||
3071 | // Instantiate the return type. | |||
3072 | QualType ResultType; | |||
3073 | { | |||
3074 | // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: | |||
3075 | // If a declaration declares a member function or member function | |||
3076 | // template of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type | |||
3077 | // "pointer to cv-qualifier-seq X" between the optional cv-qualifer-seq | |||
3078 | // and the end of the function-definition, member-declarator, or | |||
3079 | // declarator. | |||
3080 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals; | |||
3081 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext = nullptr; | |||
3082 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | |||
3083 | ThisContext = Method->getParent(); | |||
3084 | ThisTypeQuals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | |||
3085 | } | |||
3086 | ||||
3087 | CXXThisScopeRAII ThisScope(*this, ThisContext, ThisTypeQuals, | |||
3088 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11); | |||
3089 | ||||
3090 | ResultType = | |||
3091 | SubstType(Proto->getReturnType(), | |||
3092 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList(*ExplicitArgumentList), | |||
3093 | Function->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), Function->getDeclName()); | |||
3094 | if (ResultType.isNull() || Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
3095 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3096 | // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type. | |||
3097 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | |||
3098 | if (Function->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>() && !ResultType->isVoidType()) { | |||
3099 | Diag(Function->getLocation(), diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) | |||
3100 | << Function->getType() << Function->getSourceRange(); | |||
3101 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3102 | } | |||
3103 | } | |||
3104 | ||||
3105 | // Instantiate the types of each of the function parameters given the | |||
3106 | // explicitly-specified template arguments if we didn't do so earlier. | |||
3107 | if (!Proto->hasTrailingReturn() && | |||
3108 | SubstParmTypes(Function->getLocation(), Function->parameters(), | |||
3109 | Proto->getExtParameterInfosOrNull(), | |||
3110 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList(*ExplicitArgumentList), | |||
3111 | ParamTypes, /*params*/ nullptr, ExtParamInfos)) | |||
3112 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3113 | ||||
3114 | if (FunctionType) { | |||
3115 | auto EPI = Proto->getExtProtoInfo(); | |||
3116 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = ExtParamInfos.getPointerOrNull(ParamTypes.size()); | |||
3117 | ||||
3118 | // In C++1z onwards, exception specifications are part of the function type, | |||
3119 | // so substitution into the type must also substitute into the exception | |||
3120 | // specification. | |||
3121 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> ExceptionStorage; | |||
3122 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && | |||
3123 | SubstExceptionSpec( | |||
3124 | Function->getLocation(), EPI.ExceptionSpec, ExceptionStorage, | |||
3125 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList(*ExplicitArgumentList))) | |||
3126 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3127 | ||||
3128 | *FunctionType = BuildFunctionType(ResultType, ParamTypes, | |||
3129 | Function->getLocation(), | |||
3130 | Function->getDeclName(), | |||
3131 | EPI); | |||
3132 | if (FunctionType->isNull() || Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
3133 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3134 | } | |||
3135 | ||||
3136 | // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p2: | |||
3137 | // Trailing template arguments that can be deduced (14.8.2) may be | |||
3138 | // omitted from the list of explicit template-arguments. If all of the | |||
3139 | // template arguments can be deduced, they may all be omitted; in this | |||
3140 | // case, the empty template argument list <> itself may also be omitted. | |||
3141 | // | |||
3142 | // Take all of the explicitly-specified arguments and put them into | |||
3143 | // the set of deduced template arguments. The partially-substituted | |||
3144 | // parameter pack, however, will be set to NULL since the deduction | |||
3145 | // mechanism handles the partially-substituted argument pack directly. | |||
3146 | Deduced.reserve(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
3147 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExplicitArgumentList->size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
3148 | const TemplateArgument &Arg = ExplicitArgumentList->get(I); | |||
3149 | if (I == PartiallySubstitutedPackIndex) | |||
3150 | Deduced.push_back(DeducedTemplateArgument()); | |||
3151 | else | |||
3152 | Deduced.push_back(Arg); | |||
3153 | } | |||
3154 | ||||
3155 | return TDK_Success; | |||
3156 | } | |||
3157 | ||||
3158 | /// Check whether the deduced argument type for a call to a function | |||
3159 | /// template matches the actual argument type per C++ [temp.deduct.call]p4. | |||
3160 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
3161 | CheckOriginalCallArgDeduction(Sema &S, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
3162 | Sema::OriginalCallArg OriginalArg, | |||
3163 | QualType DeducedA) { | |||
3164 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; | |||
3165 | ||||
3166 | auto Failed = [&]() -> Sema::TemplateDeductionResult { | |||
3167 | Info.FirstArg = TemplateArgument(DeducedA); | |||
3168 | Info.SecondArg = TemplateArgument(OriginalArg.OriginalArgType); | |||
3169 | Info.CallArgIndex = OriginalArg.ArgIdx; | |||
3170 | return OriginalArg.DecomposedParam ? Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested | |||
3171 | : Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch; | |||
3172 | }; | |||
3173 | ||||
3174 | QualType A = OriginalArg.OriginalArgType; | |||
3175 | QualType OriginalParamType = OriginalArg.OriginalParamType; | |||
3176 | ||||
3177 | // Check for type equality (top-level cv-qualifiers are ignored). | |||
3178 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(A, DeducedA)) | |||
3179 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3180 | ||||
3181 | // Strip off references on the argument types; they aren't needed for | |||
3182 | // the following checks. | |||
3183 | if (const ReferenceType *DeducedARef = DeducedA->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | |||
3184 | DeducedA = DeducedARef->getPointeeType(); | |||
3185 | if (const ReferenceType *ARef = A->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | |||
3186 | A = ARef->getPointeeType(); | |||
3187 | ||||
3188 | // C++ [temp.deduct.call]p4: | |||
3189 | // [...] However, there are three cases that allow a difference: | |||
3190 | // - If the original P is a reference type, the deduced A (i.e., the | |||
3191 | // type referred to by the reference) can be more cv-qualified than | |||
3192 | // the transformed A. | |||
3193 | if (const ReferenceType *OriginalParamRef | |||
3194 | = OriginalParamType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | |||
3195 | // We don't want to keep the reference around any more. | |||
3196 | OriginalParamType = OriginalParamRef->getPointeeType(); | |||
3197 | ||||
3198 | // FIXME: Resolve core issue (no number yet): if the original P is a | |||
3199 | // reference type and the transformed A is function type "noexcept F", | |||
3200 | // the deduced A can be F. | |||
3201 | QualType Tmp; | |||
3202 | if (A->isFunctionType() && S.IsFunctionConversion(A, DeducedA, Tmp)) | |||
3203 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3204 | ||||
3205 | Qualifiers AQuals = A.getQualifiers(); | |||
3206 | Qualifiers DeducedAQuals = DeducedA.getQualifiers(); | |||
3207 | ||||
3208 | // Under Objective-C++ ARC, the deduced type may have implicitly | |||
3209 | // been given strong or (when dealing with a const reference) | |||
3210 | // unsafe_unretained lifetime. If so, update the original | |||
3211 | // qualifiers to include this lifetime. | |||
3212 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | |||
3213 | ((DeducedAQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | |||
3214 | AQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) || | |||
3215 | (DeducedAQuals.hasConst() && | |||
3216 | DeducedAQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone))) { | |||
3217 | AQuals.setObjCLifetime(DeducedAQuals.getObjCLifetime()); | |||
3218 | } | |||
3219 | ||||
3220 | if (AQuals == DeducedAQuals) { | |||
3221 | // Qualifiers match; there's nothing to do. | |||
3222 | } else if (!DeducedAQuals.compatiblyIncludes(AQuals)) { | |||
3223 | return Failed(); | |||
3224 | } else { | |||
3225 | // Qualifiers are compatible, so have the argument type adopt the | |||
3226 | // deduced argument type's qualifiers as if we had performed the | |||
3227 | // qualification conversion. | |||
3228 | A = Context.getQualifiedType(A.getUnqualifiedType(), DeducedAQuals); | |||
3229 | } | |||
3230 | } | |||
3231 | ||||
3232 | // - The transformed A can be another pointer or pointer to member | |||
3233 | // type that can be converted to the deduced A via a function pointer | |||
3234 | // conversion and/or a qualification conversion. | |||
3235 | // | |||
3236 | // Also allow conversions which merely strip __attribute__((noreturn)) from | |||
3237 | // function types (recursively). | |||
3238 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | |||
3239 | QualType ResultTy; | |||
3240 | if ((A->isAnyPointerType() || A->isMemberPointerType()) && | |||
3241 | (S.IsQualificationConversion(A, DeducedA, false, | |||
3242 | ObjCLifetimeConversion) || | |||
3243 | S.IsFunctionConversion(A, DeducedA, ResultTy))) | |||
3244 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3245 | ||||
3246 | // - If P is a class and P has the form simple-template-id, then the | |||
3247 | // transformed A can be a derived class of the deduced A. [...] | |||
3248 | // [...] Likewise, if P is a pointer to a class of the form | |||
3249 | // simple-template-id, the transformed A can be a pointer to a | |||
3250 | // derived class pointed to by the deduced A. | |||
3251 | if (const PointerType *OriginalParamPtr | |||
3252 | = OriginalParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
3253 | if (const PointerType *DeducedAPtr = DeducedA->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
3254 | if (const PointerType *APtr = A->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
3255 | if (A->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) { | |||
3256 | OriginalParamType = OriginalParamPtr->getPointeeType(); | |||
3257 | DeducedA = DeducedAPtr->getPointeeType(); | |||
3258 | A = APtr->getPointeeType(); | |||
3259 | } | |||
3260 | } | |||
3261 | } | |||
3262 | } | |||
3263 | ||||
3264 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(A, DeducedA)) | |||
3265 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3266 | ||||
3267 | if (A->isRecordType() && isSimpleTemplateIdType(OriginalParamType) && | |||
3268 | S.IsDerivedFrom(Info.getLocation(), A, DeducedA)) | |||
3269 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3270 | ||||
3271 | return Failed(); | |||
3272 | } | |||
3273 | ||||
3274 | /// Find the pack index for a particular parameter index in an instantiation of | |||
3275 | /// a function template with specific arguments. | |||
3276 | /// | |||
3277 | /// \return The pack index for whichever pack produced this parameter, or -1 | |||
3278 | /// if this was not produced by a parameter. Intended to be used as the | |||
3279 | /// ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for further substitutions. | |||
3280 | // FIXME: We should track this in OriginalCallArgs so we don't need to | |||
3281 | // reconstruct it here. | |||
3282 | static unsigned getPackIndexForParam(Sema &S, | |||
3283 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
3284 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args, | |||
3285 | unsigned ParamIdx) { | |||
3286 | unsigned Idx = 0; | |||
3287 | for (auto *PD : FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->parameters()) { | |||
3288 | if (PD->isParameterPack()) { | |||
3289 | unsigned NumExpansions = | |||
3290 | S.getNumArgumentsInExpansion(PD->getType(), Args).getValueOr(1); | |||
3291 | if (Idx + NumExpansions > ParamIdx) | |||
3292 | return ParamIdx - Idx; | |||
3293 | Idx += NumExpansions; | |||
3294 | } else { | |||
3295 | if (Idx == ParamIdx) | |||
3296 | return -1; // Not a pack expansion | |||
3297 | ++Idx; | |||
3298 | } | |||
3299 | } | |||
3300 | ||||
3301 | llvm_unreachable("parameter index would not be produced from template")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("parameter index would not be produced from template" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 3301); | |||
3302 | } | |||
3303 | ||||
3304 | /// Finish template argument deduction for a function template, | |||
3305 | /// checking the deduced template arguments for completeness and forming | |||
3306 | /// the function template specialization. | |||
3307 | /// | |||
3308 | /// \param OriginalCallArgs If non-NULL, the original call arguments against | |||
3309 | /// which the deduced argument types should be compared. | |||
3310 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Sema::FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
3311 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
3312 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
3313 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, | |||
3314 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
3315 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs, | |||
3316 | bool PartialOverloading, llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent) { | |||
3317 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
3318 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
3319 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
3320 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
3321 | ||||
3322 | // Enter a new template instantiation context while we instantiate the | |||
3323 | // actual function declaration. | |||
3324 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> DeducedArgs(Deduced.begin(), Deduced.end()); | |||
3325 | InstantiatingTemplate Inst( | |||
3326 | *this, Info.getLocation(), FunctionTemplate, DeducedArgs, | |||
3327 | CodeSynthesisContext::DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, Info); | |||
3328 | if (Inst.isInvalid()) | |||
3329 | return TDK_InstantiationDepth; | |||
3330 | ||||
3331 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | |||
3332 | ||||
3333 | // C++ [temp.deduct.type]p2: | |||
3334 | // [...] or if any template argument remains neither deduced nor | |||
3335 | // explicitly specified, template argument deduction fails. | |||
3336 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> Builder; | |||
3337 | if (auto Result = ConvertDeducedTemplateArguments( | |||
3338 | *this, FunctionTemplate, /*IsDeduced*/true, Deduced, Info, Builder, | |||
3339 | CurrentInstantiationScope, NumExplicitlySpecified, | |||
3340 | PartialOverloading)) | |||
3341 | return Result; | |||
3342 | ||||
3343 | // C++ [temp.deduct.call]p10: [DR1391] | |||
3344 | // If deduction succeeds for all parameters that contain | |||
3345 | // template-parameters that participate in template argument deduction, | |||
3346 | // and all template arguments are explicitly specified, deduced, or | |||
3347 | // obtained from default template arguments, remaining parameters are then | |||
3348 | // compared with the corresponding arguments. For each remaining parameter | |||
3349 | // P with a type that was non-dependent before substitution of any | |||
3350 | // explicitly-specified template arguments, if the corresponding argument | |||
3351 | // A cannot be implicitly converted to P, deduction fails. | |||
3352 | if (CheckNonDependent()) | |||
3353 | return TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure; | |||
3354 | ||||
3355 | // Form the template argument list from the deduced template arguments. | |||
3356 | TemplateArgumentList *DeducedArgumentList | |||
3357 | = TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(Context, Builder); | |||
3358 | Info.reset(DeducedArgumentList); | |||
3359 | ||||
3360 | // Substitute the deduced template arguments into the function template | |||
3361 | // declaration to produce the function template specialization. | |||
3362 | DeclContext *Owner = FunctionTemplate->getDeclContext(); | |||
3363 | if (FunctionTemplate->getFriendObjectKind()) | |||
3364 | Owner = FunctionTemplate->getLexicalDeclContext(); | |||
3365 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList SubstArgs(*DeducedArgumentList); | |||
3366 | Specialization = cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>( | |||
3367 | SubstDecl(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), Owner, SubstArgs)); | |||
3368 | if (!Specialization || Specialization->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
3369 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3370 | ||||
3371 | assert(Specialization->getPrimaryTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==((Specialization->getPrimaryTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl () == FunctionTemplate->getCanonicalDecl()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization->getPrimaryTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == FunctionTemplate->getCanonicalDecl()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 3372, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
3372 | FunctionTemplate->getCanonicalDecl())((Specialization->getPrimaryTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl () == FunctionTemplate->getCanonicalDecl()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization->getPrimaryTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == FunctionTemplate->getCanonicalDecl()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 3372, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3373 | ||||
3374 | // If the template argument list is owned by the function template | |||
3375 | // specialization, release it. | |||
3376 | if (Specialization->getTemplateSpecializationArgs() == DeducedArgumentList && | |||
3377 | !Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
3378 | Info.take(); | |||
3379 | ||||
3380 | // There may have been an error that did not prevent us from constructing a | |||
3381 | // declaration. Mark the declaration invalid and return with a substitution | |||
3382 | // failure. | |||
3383 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { | |||
3384 | Specialization->setInvalidDecl(true); | |||
3385 | return TDK_SubstitutionFailure; | |||
3386 | } | |||
3387 | ||||
3388 | if (OriginalCallArgs) { | |||
3389 | // C++ [temp.deduct.call]p4: | |||
3390 | // In general, the deduction process attempts to find template argument | |||
3391 | // values that will make the deduced A identical to A (after the type A | |||
3392 | // is transformed as described above). [...] | |||
3393 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<std::pair<unsigned, QualType>, QualType> DeducedATypes; | |||
3394 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = OriginalCallArgs->size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
3395 | OriginalCallArg OriginalArg = (*OriginalCallArgs)[I]; | |||
3396 | ||||
3397 | auto ParamIdx = OriginalArg.ArgIdx; | |||
3398 | if (ParamIdx >= Specialization->getNumParams()) | |||
3399 | // FIXME: This presumably means a pack ended up smaller than we | |||
3400 | // expected while deducing. Should this not result in deduction | |||
3401 | // failure? Can it even happen? | |||
3402 | continue; | |||
3403 | ||||
3404 | QualType DeducedA; | |||
3405 | if (!OriginalArg.DecomposedParam) { | |||
3406 | // P is one of the function parameters, just look up its substituted | |||
3407 | // type. | |||
3408 | DeducedA = Specialization->getParamDecl(ParamIdx)->getType(); | |||
3409 | } else { | |||
3410 | // P is a decomposed element of a parameter corresponding to a | |||
3411 | // braced-init-list argument. Substitute back into P to find the | |||
3412 | // deduced A. | |||
3413 | QualType &CacheEntry = | |||
3414 | DeducedATypes[{ParamIdx, OriginalArg.OriginalParamType}]; | |||
3415 | if (CacheEntry.isNull()) { | |||
3416 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII PackIndex( | |||
3417 | *this, getPackIndexForParam(*this, FunctionTemplate, SubstArgs, | |||
3418 | ParamIdx)); | |||
3419 | CacheEntry = | |||
3420 | SubstType(OriginalArg.OriginalParamType, SubstArgs, | |||
3421 | Specialization->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), | |||
3422 | Specialization->getDeclName()); | |||
3423 | } | |||
3424 | DeducedA = CacheEntry; | |||
3425 | } | |||
3426 | ||||
3427 | if (auto TDK = | |||
3428 | CheckOriginalCallArgDeduction(*this, Info, OriginalArg, DeducedA)) | |||
3429 | return TDK; | |||
3430 | } | |||
3431 | } | |||
3432 | ||||
3433 | // If we suppressed any diagnostics while performing template argument | |||
3434 | // deduction, and if we haven't already instantiated this declaration, | |||
3435 | // keep track of these diagnostics. They'll be emitted if this specialization | |||
3436 | // is actually used. | |||
3437 | if (Info.diag_begin() != Info.diag_end()) { | |||
3438 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap::iterator | |||
3439 | Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()); | |||
3440 | if (Pos == SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) | |||
3441 | SuppressedDiagnostics[Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()] | |||
3442 | .append(Info.diag_begin(), Info.diag_end()); | |||
3443 | } | |||
3444 | ||||
3445 | return TDK_Success; | |||
3446 | } | |||
3447 | ||||
3448 | /// Gets the type of a function for template-argument-deducton | |||
3449 | /// purposes when it's considered as part of an overload set. | |||
3450 | static QualType GetTypeOfFunction(Sema &S, const OverloadExpr::FindResult &R, | |||
3451 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | |||
3452 | // We may need to deduce the return type of the function now. | |||
3453 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && Fn->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | |||
3454 | S.DeduceReturnType(Fn, R.Expression->getExprLoc(), /*Diagnose*/ false)) | |||
3455 | return {}; | |||
3456 | ||||
3457 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) | |||
3458 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | |||
3459 | // An instance method that's referenced in a form that doesn't | |||
3460 | // look like a member pointer is just invalid. | |||
3461 | if (!R.HasFormOfMemberPointer) | |||
3462 | return {}; | |||
3463 | ||||
3464 | return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), | |||
3465 | S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr()); | |||
3466 | } | |||
3467 | ||||
3468 | if (!R.IsAddressOfOperand) return Fn->getType(); | |||
3469 | return S.Context.getPointerType(Fn->getType()); | |||
3470 | } | |||
3471 | ||||
3472 | /// Apply the deduction rules for overload sets. | |||
3473 | /// | |||
3474 | /// \return the null type if this argument should be treated as an | |||
3475 | /// undeduced context | |||
3476 | static QualType | |||
3477 | ResolveOverloadForDeduction(Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, | |||
3478 | Expr *Arg, QualType ParamType, | |||
3479 | bool ParamWasReference) { | |||
3480 | ||||
3481 | OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(Arg); | |||
3482 | ||||
3483 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression; | |||
3484 | ||||
3485 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.call]p4 | |||
3486 | unsigned TDF = 0; | |||
3487 | if (ParamWasReference) | |||
3488 | TDF |= TDF_ParamWithReferenceType; | |||
3489 | if (R.IsAddressOfOperand) | |||
3490 | TDF |= TDF_IgnoreQualifiers; | |||
3491 | ||||
3492 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.call]p6: | |||
3493 | // When P is a function type, pointer to function type, or pointer | |||
3494 | // to member function type: | |||
3495 | ||||
3496 | if (!ParamType->isFunctionType() && | |||
3497 | !ParamType->isFunctionPointerType() && | |||
3498 | !ParamType->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { | |||
3499 | if (Ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | |||
3500 | // But we can still look for an explicit specialization. | |||
3501 | if (FunctionDecl *ExplicitSpec | |||
3502 | = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) | |||
3503 | return GetTypeOfFunction(S, R, ExplicitSpec); | |||
3504 | } | |||
3505 | ||||
3506 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | |||
3507 | if (FunctionDecl *Viable = | |||
3508 | S.resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Arg, DAP)) | |||
3509 | return GetTypeOfFunction(S, R, Viable); | |||
3510 | ||||
3511 | return {}; | |||
3512 | } | |||
3513 | ||||
3514 | // Gather the explicit template arguments, if any. | |||
3515 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; | |||
3516 | if (Ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3517 | Ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); | |||
3518 | QualType Match; | |||
3519 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Ovl->decls_begin(), | |||
3520 | E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
3521 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | |||
3522 | ||||
3523 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { | |||
3524 | // - If the argument is an overload set containing one or more | |||
3525 | // function templates, the parameter is treated as a | |||
3526 | // non-deduced context. | |||
3527 | if (!Ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3528 | return {}; | |||
3529 | ||||
3530 | // Otherwise, see if we can resolve a function type | |||
3531 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | |||
3532 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Ovl->getNameLoc()); | |||
3533 | if (S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunTmpl, &ExplicitTemplateArgs, | |||
3534 | Specialization, Info)) | |||
3535 | continue; | |||
3536 | ||||
3537 | D = Specialization; | |||
3538 | } | |||
3539 | ||||
3540 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
3541 | QualType ArgType = GetTypeOfFunction(S, R, Fn); | |||
3542 | if (ArgType.isNull()) continue; | |||
3543 | ||||
3544 | // Function-to-pointer conversion. | |||
3545 | if (!ParamWasReference && ParamType->isPointerType() && | |||
3546 | ArgType->isFunctionType()) | |||
3547 | ArgType = S.Context.getPointerType(ArgType); | |||
3548 | ||||
3549 | // - If the argument is an overload set (not containing function | |||
3550 | // templates), trial argument deduction is attempted using each | |||
3551 | // of the members of the set. If deduction succeeds for only one | |||
3552 | // of the overload set members, that member is used as the | |||
3553 | // argument value for the deduction. If deduction succeeds for | |||
3554 | // more than one member of the overload set the parameter is | |||
3555 | // treated as a non-deduced context. | |||
3556 | ||||
3557 | // We do all of this in a fresh context per C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p2: | |||
3558 | // Type deduction is done independently for each P/A pair, and | |||
3559 | // the deduced template argument values are then combined. | |||
3560 | // So we do not reject deductions which were made elsewhere. | |||
3561 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 8> | |||
3562 | Deduced(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
3563 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Ovl->getNameLoc()); | |||
3564 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
3565 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, ParamType, | |||
3566 | ArgType, Info, Deduced, TDF); | |||
3567 | if (Result) continue; | |||
3568 | if (!Match.isNull()) | |||
3569 | return {}; | |||
3570 | Match = ArgType; | |||
3571 | } | |||
3572 | ||||
3573 | return Match; | |||
3574 | } | |||
3575 | ||||
3576 | /// Perform the adjustments to the parameter and argument types | |||
3577 | /// described in C++ [temp.deduct.call]. | |||
3578 | /// | |||
3579 | /// \returns true if the caller should not attempt to perform any template | |||
3580 | /// argument deduction based on this P/A pair because the argument is an | |||
3581 | /// overloaded function set that could not be resolved. | |||
3582 | static bool AdjustFunctionParmAndArgTypesForDeduction( | |||
3583 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, unsigned FirstInnerIndex, | |||
3584 | QualType &ParamType, QualType &ArgType, Expr *Arg, unsigned &TDF) { | |||
3585 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.call]p3: | |||
3586 | // If P is a cv-qualified type, the top level cv-qualifiers of P's type | |||
3587 | // are ignored for type deduction. | |||
3588 | if (ParamType.hasQualifiers()) | |||
3589 | ParamType = ParamType.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
3590 | ||||
3591 | // [...] If P is a reference type, the type referred to by P is | |||
3592 | // used for type deduction. | |||
3593 | const ReferenceType *ParamRefType = ParamType->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | |||
3594 | if (ParamRefType) | |||
3595 | ParamType = ParamRefType->getPointeeType(); | |||
3596 | ||||
3597 | // Overload sets usually make this parameter an undeduced context, | |||
3598 | // but there are sometimes special circumstances. Typically | |||
3599 | // involving a template-id-expr. | |||
3600 | if (ArgType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | |||
3601 | ArgType = ResolveOverloadForDeduction(S, TemplateParams, | |||
3602 | Arg, ParamType, | |||
3603 | ParamRefType != nullptr); | |||
3604 | if (ArgType.isNull()) | |||
3605 | return true; | |||
3606 | } | |||
3607 | ||||
3608 | if (ParamRefType) { | |||
3609 | // If the argument has incomplete array type, try to complete its type. | |||
3610 | if (ArgType->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | |||
3611 | S.completeExprArrayBound(Arg); | |||
3612 | ArgType = Arg->getType(); | |||
3613 | } | |||
3614 | ||||
3615 | // C++1z [temp.deduct.call]p3: | |||
3616 | // If P is a forwarding reference and the argument is an lvalue, the type | |||
3617 | // "lvalue reference to A" is used in place of A for type deduction. | |||
3618 | if (isForwardingReference(QualType(ParamRefType, 0), FirstInnerIndex) && | |||
3619 | Arg->isLValue()) | |||
3620 | ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType); | |||
3621 | } else { | |||
3622 | // C++ [temp.deduct.call]p2: | |||
3623 | // If P is not a reference type: | |||
3624 | // - If A is an array type, the pointer type produced by the | |||
3625 | // array-to-pointer standard conversion (4.2) is used in place of | |||
3626 | // A for type deduction; otherwise, | |||
3627 | if (ArgType->isArrayType()) | |||
3628 | ArgType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgType); | |||
3629 | // - If A is a function type, the pointer type produced by the | |||
3630 | // function-to-pointer standard conversion (4.3) is used in place | |||
3631 | // of A for type deduction; otherwise, | |||
3632 | else if (ArgType->isFunctionType()) | |||
3633 | ArgType = S.Context.getPointerType(ArgType); | |||
3634 | else { | |||
3635 | // - If A is a cv-qualified type, the top level cv-qualifiers of A's | |||
3636 | // type are ignored for type deduction. | |||
3637 | ArgType = ArgType.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
3638 | } | |||
3639 | } | |||
3640 | ||||
3641 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.call]p4: | |||
3642 | // In general, the deduction process attempts to find template argument | |||
3643 | // values that will make the deduced A identical to A (after the type A | |||
3644 | // is transformed as described above). [...] | |||
3645 | TDF = TDF_SkipNonDependent; | |||
3646 | ||||
3647 | // - If the original P is a reference type, the deduced A (i.e., the | |||
3648 | // type referred to by the reference) can be more cv-qualified than | |||
3649 | // the transformed A. | |||
3650 | if (ParamRefType) | |||
3651 | TDF |= TDF_ParamWithReferenceType; | |||
3652 | // - The transformed A can be another pointer or pointer to member | |||
3653 | // type that can be converted to the deduced A via a qualification | |||
3654 | // conversion (4.4). | |||
3655 | if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->isMemberPointerType() || | |||
3656 | ArgType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | |||
3657 | TDF |= TDF_IgnoreQualifiers; | |||
3658 | // - If P is a class and P has the form simple-template-id, then the | |||
3659 | // transformed A can be a derived class of the deduced A. Likewise, | |||
3660 | // if P is a pointer to a class of the form simple-template-id, the | |||
3661 | // transformed A can be a pointer to a derived class pointed to by | |||
3662 | // the deduced A. | |||
3663 | if (isSimpleTemplateIdType(ParamType) || | |||
3664 | (isa<PointerType>(ParamType) && | |||
3665 | isSimpleTemplateIdType( | |||
3666 | ParamType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()))) | |||
3667 | TDF |= TDF_DerivedClass; | |||
3668 | ||||
3669 | return false; | |||
3670 | } | |||
3671 | ||||
3672 | static bool | |||
3673 | hasDeducibleTemplateParameters(Sema &S, FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
3674 | QualType T); | |||
3675 | ||||
3676 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromCallArgument( | |||
3677 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, unsigned FirstInnerIndex, | |||
3678 | QualType ParamType, Expr *Arg, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
3679 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
3680 | SmallVectorImpl<Sema::OriginalCallArg> &OriginalCallArgs, | |||
3681 | bool DecomposedParam, unsigned ArgIdx, unsigned TDF); | |||
3682 | ||||
3683 | /// Attempt template argument deduction from an initializer list | |||
3684 | /// deemed to be an argument in a function call. | |||
3685 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceFromInitializerList( | |||
3686 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, QualType AdjustedParamType, | |||
3687 | InitListExpr *ILE, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
3688 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
3689 | SmallVectorImpl<Sema::OriginalCallArg> &OriginalCallArgs, unsigned ArgIdx, | |||
3690 | unsigned TDF) { | |||
3691 | // C++ [temp.deduct.call]p1: (CWG 1591) | |||
3692 | // If removing references and cv-qualifiers from P gives | |||
3693 | // std::initializer_list<P0> or P0[N] for some P0 and N and the argument is | |||
3694 | // a non-empty initializer list, then deduction is performed instead for | |||
3695 | // each element of the initializer list, taking P0 as a function template | |||
3696 | // parameter type and the initializer element as its argument | |||
3697 | // | |||
3698 | // We've already removed references and cv-qualifiers here. | |||
3699 | if (!ILE->getNumInits()) | |||
3700 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3701 | ||||
3702 | QualType ElTy; | |||
3703 | auto *ArrTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(AdjustedParamType); | |||
3704 | if (ArrTy) | |||
3705 | ElTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); | |||
3706 | else if (!S.isStdInitializerList(AdjustedParamType, &ElTy)) { | |||
3707 | // Otherwise, an initializer list argument causes the parameter to be | |||
3708 | // considered a non-deduced context | |||
3709 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3710 | } | |||
3711 | ||||
3712 | // Resolving a core issue: a braced-init-list containing any designators is | |||
3713 | // a non-deduced context. | |||
3714 | for (Expr *E : ILE->inits()) | |||
3715 | if (isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(E)) | |||
3716 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3717 | ||||
3718 | // Deduction only needs to be done for dependent types. | |||
3719 | if (ElTy->isDependentType()) { | |||
3720 | for (Expr *E : ILE->inits()) { | |||
3721 | if (auto Result = DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromCallArgument( | |||
3722 | S, TemplateParams, 0, ElTy, E, Info, Deduced, OriginalCallArgs, true, | |||
3723 | ArgIdx, TDF)) | |||
3724 | return Result; | |||
3725 | } | |||
3726 | } | |||
3727 | ||||
3728 | // in the P0[N] case, if N is a non-type template parameter, N is deduced | |||
3729 | // from the length of the initializer list. | |||
3730 | if (auto *DependentArrTy = dyn_cast_or_null<DependentSizedArrayType>(ArrTy)) { | |||
3731 | // Determine the array bound is something we can deduce. | |||
3732 | if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = | |||
3733 | getDeducedParameterFromExpr(Info, DependentArrTy->getSizeExpr())) { | |||
3734 | // We can perform template argument deduction for the given non-type | |||
3735 | // template parameter. | |||
3736 | // C++ [temp.deduct.type]p13: | |||
3737 | // The type of N in the type T[N] is std::size_t. | |||
3738 | QualType T = S.Context.getSizeType(); | |||
3739 | llvm::APInt Size(S.Context.getIntWidth(T), ILE->getNumInits()); | |||
3740 | if (auto Result = DeduceNonTypeTemplateArgument( | |||
3741 | S, TemplateParams, NTTP, llvm::APSInt(Size), T, | |||
3742 | /*ArrayBound=*/true, Info, Deduced)) | |||
3743 | return Result; | |||
3744 | } | |||
3745 | } | |||
3746 | ||||
3747 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3748 | } | |||
3749 | ||||
3750 | /// Perform template argument deduction per [temp.deduct.call] for a | |||
3751 | /// single parameter / argument pair. | |||
3752 | static Sema::TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromCallArgument( | |||
3753 | Sema &S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, unsigned FirstInnerIndex, | |||
3754 | QualType ParamType, Expr *Arg, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
3755 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, | |||
3756 | SmallVectorImpl<Sema::OriginalCallArg> &OriginalCallArgs, | |||
3757 | bool DecomposedParam, unsigned ArgIdx, unsigned TDF) { | |||
3758 | QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); | |||
3759 | QualType OrigParamType = ParamType; | |||
3760 | ||||
3761 | // If P is a reference type [...] | |||
3762 | // If P is a cv-qualified type [...] | |||
3763 | if (AdjustFunctionParmAndArgTypesForDeduction( | |||
3764 | S, TemplateParams, FirstInnerIndex, ParamType, ArgType, Arg, TDF)) | |||
3765 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3766 | ||||
3767 | // If [...] the argument is a non-empty initializer list [...] | |||
3768 | if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Arg)) | |||
3769 | return DeduceFromInitializerList(S, TemplateParams, ParamType, ILE, Info, | |||
3770 | Deduced, OriginalCallArgs, ArgIdx, TDF); | |||
3771 | ||||
3772 | // [...] the deduction process attempts to find template argument values | |||
3773 | // that will make the deduced A identical to A | |||
3774 | // | |||
3775 | // Keep track of the argument type and corresponding parameter index, | |||
3776 | // so we can check for compatibility between the deduced A and A. | |||
3777 | OriginalCallArgs.push_back( | |||
3778 | Sema::OriginalCallArg(OrigParamType, DecomposedParam, ArgIdx, ArgType)); | |||
3779 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, ParamType, | |||
3780 | ArgType, Info, Deduced, TDF); | |||
3781 | } | |||
3782 | ||||
3783 | /// Perform template argument deduction from a function call | |||
3784 | /// (C++ [temp.deduct.call]). | |||
3785 | /// | |||
3786 | /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template for which we are performing | |||
3787 | /// template argument deduction. | |||
3788 | /// | |||
3789 | /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicit template arguments provided | |||
3790 | /// for this call. | |||
3791 | /// | |||
3792 | /// \param Args the function call arguments | |||
3793 | /// | |||
3794 | /// \param Specialization if template argument deduction was successful, | |||
3795 | /// this will be set to the function template specialization produced by | |||
3796 | /// template argument deduction. | |||
3797 | /// | |||
3798 | /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information | |||
3799 | /// about template argument deduction. | |||
3800 | /// | |||
3801 | /// \param CheckNonDependent A callback to invoke to check conversions for | |||
3802 | /// non-dependent parameters, between deduction and substitution, per DR1391. | |||
3803 | /// If this returns true, substitution will be skipped and we return | |||
3804 | /// TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure. The callback is passed the parameter | |||
3805 | /// types (after substituting explicit template arguments). | |||
3806 | /// | |||
3807 | /// \returns the result of template argument deduction. | |||
3808 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Sema::DeduceTemplateArguments( | |||
3809 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
3810 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | |||
3811 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
3812 | bool PartialOverloading, | |||
3813 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent) { | |||
3814 | if (FunctionTemplate->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
| ||||
3815 | return TDK_Invalid; | |||
3816 | ||||
3817 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
3818 | unsigned NumParams = Function->getNumParams(); | |||
3819 | ||||
3820 | unsigned FirstInnerIndex = getFirstInnerIndex(FunctionTemplate); | |||
3821 | ||||
3822 | // C++ [temp.deduct.call]p1: | |||
3823 | // Template argument deduction is done by comparing each function template | |||
3824 | // parameter type (call it P) with the type of the corresponding argument | |||
3825 | // of the call (call it A) as described below. | |||
3826 | if (Args.size() < Function->getMinRequiredArguments() && !PartialOverloading) | |||
3827 | return TDK_TooFewArguments; | |||
3828 | else if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading)) { | |||
3829 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | |||
3830 | = Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
3831 | if (Proto->isTemplateVariadic()) | |||
| ||||
3832 | /* Do nothing */; | |||
3833 | else if (!Proto->isVariadic()) | |||
3834 | return TDK_TooManyArguments; | |||
3835 | } | |||
3836 | ||||
3837 | // The types of the parameters from which we will perform template argument | |||
3838 | // deduction. | |||
3839 | LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(*this); | |||
3840 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | |||
3841 | = FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
3842 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
3843 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ParamTypes; | |||
3844 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified = 0; | |||
3845 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | |||
3846 | TemplateDeductionResult Result = | |||
3847 | SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, | |||
3848 | *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | |||
3849 | Deduced, | |||
3850 | ParamTypes, | |||
3851 | nullptr, | |||
3852 | Info); | |||
3853 | if (Result) | |||
3854 | return Result; | |||
3855 | ||||
3856 | NumExplicitlySpecified = Deduced.size(); | |||
3857 | } else { | |||
3858 | // Just fill in the parameter types from the function declaration. | |||
3859 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) | |||
3860 | ParamTypes.push_back(Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType()); | |||
3861 | } | |||
3862 | ||||
3863 | SmallVector<OriginalCallArg, 8> OriginalCallArgs; | |||
3864 | ||||
3865 | // Deduce an argument of type ParamType from an expression with index ArgIdx. | |||
3866 | auto DeduceCallArgument = [&](QualType ParamType, unsigned ArgIdx) { | |||
3867 | // C++ [demp.deduct.call]p1: (DR1391) | |||
3868 | // Template argument deduction is done by comparing each function template | |||
3869 | // parameter that contains template-parameters that participate in | |||
3870 | // template argument deduction ... | |||
3871 | if (!hasDeducibleTemplateParameters(*this, FunctionTemplate, ParamType)) | |||
3872 | return Sema::TDK_Success; | |||
3873 | ||||
3874 | // ... with the type of the corresponding argument | |||
3875 | return DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromCallArgument( | |||
3876 | *this, TemplateParams, FirstInnerIndex, ParamType, Args[ArgIdx], Info, Deduced, | |||
3877 | OriginalCallArgs, /*Decomposed*/false, ArgIdx, /*TDF*/ 0); | |||
3878 | }; | |||
3879 | ||||
3880 | // Deduce template arguments from the function parameters. | |||
3881 | Deduced.resize(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
3882 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ParamTypesForArgChecking; | |||
3883 | for (unsigned ParamIdx = 0, NumParamTypes = ParamTypes.size(), ArgIdx = 0; | |||
3884 | ParamIdx != NumParamTypes; ++ParamIdx) { | |||
3885 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[ParamIdx]; | |||
3886 | ||||
3887 | const PackExpansionType *ParamExpansion = | |||
3888 | dyn_cast<PackExpansionType>(ParamType); | |||
3889 | if (!ParamExpansion) { | |||
3890 | // Simple case: matching a function parameter to a function argument. | |||
3891 | if (ArgIdx >= Args.size()) | |||
3892 | break; | |||
3893 | ||||
3894 | ParamTypesForArgChecking.push_back(ParamType); | |||
3895 | if (auto Result = DeduceCallArgument(ParamType, ArgIdx++)) | |||
3896 | return Result; | |||
3897 | ||||
3898 | continue; | |||
3899 | } | |||
3900 | ||||
3901 | QualType ParamPattern = ParamExpansion->getPattern(); | |||
3902 | PackDeductionScope PackScope(*this, TemplateParams, Deduced, Info, | |||
3903 | ParamPattern); | |||
3904 | ||||
3905 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.call]p1: | |||
3906 | // For a function parameter pack that occurs at the end of the | |||
3907 | // parameter-declaration-list, the type A of each remaining argument of | |||
3908 | // the call is compared with the type P of the declarator-id of the | |||
3909 | // function parameter pack. Each comparison deduces template arguments | |||
3910 | // for subsequent positions in the template parameter packs expanded by | |||
3911 | // the function parameter pack. When a function parameter pack appears | |||
3912 | // in a non-deduced context [not at the end of the list], the type of | |||
3913 | // that parameter pack is never deduced. | |||
3914 | // | |||
3915 | // FIXME: The above rule allows the size of the parameter pack to change | |||
3916 | // after we skip it (in the non-deduced case). That makes no sense, so | |||
3917 | // we instead notionally deduce the pack against N arguments, where N is | |||
3918 | // the length of the explicitly-specified pack if it's expanded by the | |||
3919 | // parameter pack and 0 otherwise, and we treat each deduction as a | |||
3920 | // non-deduced context. | |||
3921 | if (ParamIdx + 1 == NumParamTypes || PackScope.hasFixedArity()) { | |||
3922 | for (; ArgIdx < Args.size() && PackScope.hasNextElement(); | |||
3923 | PackScope.nextPackElement(), ++ArgIdx) { | |||
3924 | ParamTypesForArgChecking.push_back(ParamPattern); | |||
3925 | if (auto Result = DeduceCallArgument(ParamPattern, ArgIdx)) | |||
3926 | return Result; | |||
3927 | } | |||
3928 | } else { | |||
3929 | // If the parameter type contains an explicitly-specified pack that we | |||
3930 | // could not expand, skip the number of parameters notionally created | |||
3931 | // by the expansion. | |||
3932 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions = ParamExpansion->getNumExpansions(); | |||
3933 | if (NumExpansions && !PackScope.isPartiallyExpanded()) { | |||
3934 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != *NumExpansions && ArgIdx < Args.size(); | |||
3935 | ++I, ++ArgIdx) { | |||
3936 | ParamTypesForArgChecking.push_back(ParamPattern); | |||
3937 | // FIXME: Should we add OriginalCallArgs for these? What if the | |||
3938 | // corresponding argument is a list? | |||
3939 | PackScope.nextPackElement(); | |||
3940 | } | |||
3941 | } | |||
3942 | } | |||
3943 | ||||
3944 | // Build argument packs for each of the parameter packs expanded by this | |||
3945 | // pack expansion. | |||
3946 | if (auto Result = PackScope.finish()) | |||
3947 | return Result; | |||
3948 | } | |||
3949 | ||||
3950 | // Capture the context in which the function call is made. This is the context | |||
3951 | // that is needed when the accessibility of template arguments is checked. | |||
3952 | DeclContext *CallingCtx = CurContext; | |||
3953 | ||||
3954 | return FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
3955 | FunctionTemplate, Deduced, NumExplicitlySpecified, Specialization, Info, | |||
3956 | &OriginalCallArgs, PartialOverloading, [&, CallingCtx]() { | |||
3957 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, CallingCtx); | |||
3958 | return CheckNonDependent(ParamTypesForArgChecking); | |||
3959 | }); | |||
3960 | } | |||
3961 | ||||
3962 | QualType Sema::adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, | |||
3963 | QualType FunctionType, | |||
3964 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec) { | |||
3965 | if (ArgFunctionType.isNull()) | |||
3966 | return ArgFunctionType; | |||
3967 | ||||
3968 | const FunctionProtoType *FunctionTypeP = | |||
3969 | FunctionType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
3970 | const FunctionProtoType *ArgFunctionTypeP = | |||
3971 | ArgFunctionType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
3972 | ||||
3973 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ArgFunctionTypeP->getExtProtoInfo(); | |||
3974 | bool Rebuild = false; | |||
3975 | ||||
3976 | CallingConv CC = FunctionTypeP->getCallConv(); | |||
3977 | if (EPI.ExtInfo.getCC() != CC) { | |||
3978 | EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC); | |||
3979 | Rebuild = true; | |||
3980 | } | |||
3981 | ||||
3982 | bool NoReturn = FunctionTypeP->getNoReturnAttr(); | |||
3983 | if (EPI.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) { | |||
3984 | EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); | |||
3985 | Rebuild = true; | |||
3986 | } | |||
3987 | ||||
3988 | if (AdjustExceptionSpec && (FunctionTypeP->hasExceptionSpec() || | |||
3989 | ArgFunctionTypeP->hasExceptionSpec())) { | |||
3990 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionTypeP->getExtProtoInfo().ExceptionSpec; | |||
3991 | Rebuild = true; | |||
3992 | } | |||
3993 | ||||
3994 | if (!Rebuild) | |||
3995 | return ArgFunctionType; | |||
3996 | ||||
3997 | return Context.getFunctionType(ArgFunctionTypeP->getReturnType(), | |||
3998 | ArgFunctionTypeP->getParamTypes(), EPI); | |||
3999 | } | |||
4000 | ||||
4001 | /// Deduce template arguments when taking the address of a function | |||
4002 | /// template (C++ [temp.deduct.funcaddr]) or matching a specialization to | |||
4003 | /// a template. | |||
4004 | /// | |||
4005 | /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template for which we are performing | |||
4006 | /// template argument deduction. | |||
4007 | /// | |||
4008 | /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-specified template | |||
4009 | /// arguments. | |||
4010 | /// | |||
4011 | /// \param ArgFunctionType the function type that will be used as the | |||
4012 | /// "argument" type (A) when performing template argument deduction from the | |||
4013 | /// function template's function type. This type may be NULL, if there is no | |||
4014 | /// argument type to compare against, in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3. | |||
4015 | /// | |||
4016 | /// \param Specialization if template argument deduction was successful, | |||
4017 | /// this will be set to the function template specialization produced by | |||
4018 | /// template argument deduction. | |||
4019 | /// | |||
4020 | /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information | |||
4021 | /// about template argument deduction. | |||
4022 | /// | |||
4023 | /// \param IsAddressOfFunction If \c true, we are deducing as part of taking | |||
4024 | /// the address of a function template per [temp.deduct.funcaddr] and | |||
4025 | /// [over.over]. If \c false, we are looking up a function template | |||
4026 | /// specialization based on its signature, per [temp.deduct.decl]. | |||
4027 | /// | |||
4028 | /// \returns the result of template argument deduction. | |||
4029 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Sema::DeduceTemplateArguments( | |||
4030 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
4031 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ArgFunctionType, | |||
4032 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
4033 | bool IsAddressOfFunction) { | |||
4034 | if (FunctionTemplate->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
4035 | return TDK_Invalid; | |||
4036 | ||||
4037 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
4038 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | |||
4039 | = FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
4040 | QualType FunctionType = Function->getType(); | |||
4041 | ||||
4042 | // Substitute any explicit template arguments. | |||
4043 | LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(*this); | |||
4044 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
4045 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified = 0; | |||
4046 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> ParamTypes; | |||
4047 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | |||
4048 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
4049 | = SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, | |||
4050 | *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | |||
4051 | Deduced, ParamTypes, | |||
4052 | &FunctionType, Info)) | |||
4053 | return Result; | |||
4054 | ||||
4055 | NumExplicitlySpecified = Deduced.size(); | |||
4056 | } | |||
4057 | ||||
4058 | // When taking the address of a function, we require convertibility of | |||
4059 | // the resulting function type. Otherwise, we allow arbitrary mismatches | |||
4060 | // of calling convention and noreturn. | |||
4061 | if (!IsAddressOfFunction) | |||
4062 | ArgFunctionType = adjustCCAndNoReturn(ArgFunctionType, FunctionType, | |||
4063 | /*AdjustExceptionSpec*/false); | |||
4064 | ||||
4065 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
4066 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
4067 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
4068 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
4069 | ||||
4070 | Deduced.resize(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
4071 | ||||
4072 | // If the function has a deduced return type, substitute it for a dependent | |||
4073 | // type so that we treat it as a non-deduced context in what follows. If we | |||
4074 | // are looking up by signature, the signature type should also have a deduced | |||
4075 | // return type, which we instead expect to exactly match. | |||
4076 | bool HasDeducedReturnType = false; | |||
4077 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && IsAddressOfFunction && | |||
4078 | Function->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType()) { | |||
4079 | FunctionType = SubstAutoType(FunctionType, Context.DependentTy); | |||
4080 | HasDeducedReturnType = true; | |||
4081 | } | |||
4082 | ||||
4083 | if (!ArgFunctionType.isNull()) { | |||
4084 | unsigned TDF = | |||
4085 | TDF_TopLevelParameterTypeList | TDF_AllowCompatibleFunctionType; | |||
4086 | // Deduce template arguments from the function type. | |||
4087 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
4088 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(*this, TemplateParams, | |||
4089 | FunctionType, ArgFunctionType, | |||
4090 | Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
4091 | return Result; | |||
4092 | } | |||
4093 | ||||
4094 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
4095 | = FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplate, Deduced, | |||
4096 | NumExplicitlySpecified, | |||
4097 | Specialization, Info)) | |||
4098 | return Result; | |||
4099 | ||||
4100 | // If the function has a deduced return type, deduce it now, so we can check | |||
4101 | // that the deduced function type matches the requested type. | |||
4102 | if (HasDeducedReturnType && | |||
4103 | Specialization->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | |||
4104 | DeduceReturnType(Specialization, Info.getLocation(), false)) | |||
4105 | return TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
4106 | ||||
4107 | // If the function has a dependent exception specification, resolve it now, | |||
4108 | // so we can check that the exception specification matches. | |||
4109 | auto *SpecializationFPT = | |||
4110 | Specialization->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4111 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && | |||
4112 | isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(SpecializationFPT->getExceptionSpecType()) && | |||
4113 | !ResolveExceptionSpec(Info.getLocation(), SpecializationFPT)) | |||
4114 | return TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
4115 | ||||
4116 | // Adjust the exception specification of the argument to match the | |||
4117 | // substituted and resolved type we just formed. (Calling convention and | |||
4118 | // noreturn can't be dependent, so we don't actually need this for them | |||
4119 | // right now.) | |||
4120 | QualType SpecializationType = Specialization->getType(); | |||
4121 | if (!IsAddressOfFunction) | |||
4122 | ArgFunctionType = adjustCCAndNoReturn(ArgFunctionType, SpecializationType, | |||
4123 | /*AdjustExceptionSpec*/true); | |||
4124 | ||||
4125 | // If the requested function type does not match the actual type of the | |||
4126 | // specialization with respect to arguments of compatible pointer to function | |||
4127 | // types, template argument deduction fails. | |||
4128 | if (!ArgFunctionType.isNull()) { | |||
4129 | if (IsAddressOfFunction && | |||
4130 | !isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( | |||
4131 | Context.getCanonicalType(SpecializationType), | |||
4132 | Context.getCanonicalType(ArgFunctionType))) | |||
4133 | return TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
4134 | ||||
4135 | if (!IsAddressOfFunction && | |||
4136 | !Context.hasSameType(SpecializationType, ArgFunctionType)) | |||
4137 | return TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure; | |||
4138 | } | |||
4139 | ||||
4140 | return TDK_Success; | |||
4141 | } | |||
4142 | ||||
4143 | /// Deduce template arguments for a templated conversion | |||
4144 | /// function (C++ [temp.deduct.conv]) and, if successful, produce a | |||
4145 | /// conversion function template specialization. | |||
4146 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult | |||
4147 | Sema::DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *ConversionTemplate, | |||
4148 | QualType ToType, | |||
4149 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, | |||
4150 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
4151 | if (ConversionTemplate->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
4152 | return TDK_Invalid; | |||
4153 | ||||
4154 | CXXConversionDecl *ConversionGeneric | |||
4155 | = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConversionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | |||
4156 | ||||
4157 | QualType FromType = ConversionGeneric->getConversionType(); | |||
4158 | ||||
4159 | // Canonicalize the types for deduction. | |||
4160 | QualType P = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | |||
4161 | QualType A = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | |||
4162 | ||||
4163 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.conv]p2: | |||
4164 | // If P is a reference type, the type referred to by P is used for | |||
4165 | // type deduction. | |||
4166 | if (const ReferenceType *PRef = P->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | |||
4167 | P = PRef->getPointeeType(); | |||
4168 | ||||
4169 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.conv]p4: | |||
4170 | // [...] If A is a reference type, the type referred to by A is used | |||
4171 | // for type deduction. | |||
4172 | if (const ReferenceType *ARef = A->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | |||
4173 | A = ARef->getPointeeType(); | |||
4174 | // We work around a defect in the standard here: cv-qualifiers are also | |||
4175 | // removed from P and A in this case, unless P was a reference type. This | |||
4176 | // seems to mostly match what other compilers are doing. | |||
4177 | if (!FromType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | |||
4178 | A = A.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
4179 | P = P.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
4180 | } | |||
4181 | ||||
4182 | // C++ [temp.deduct.conv]p3: | |||
4183 | // | |||
4184 | // If A is not a reference type: | |||
4185 | } else { | |||
4186 | assert(!A->isReferenceType() && "Reference types were handled above")((!A->isReferenceType() && "Reference types were handled above" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!A->isReferenceType() && \"Reference types were handled above\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4186, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4187 | ||||
4188 | // - If P is an array type, the pointer type produced by the | |||
4189 | // array-to-pointer standard conversion (4.2) is used in place | |||
4190 | // of P for type deduction; otherwise, | |||
4191 | if (P->isArrayType()) | |||
4192 | P = Context.getArrayDecayedType(P); | |||
4193 | // - If P is a function type, the pointer type produced by the | |||
4194 | // function-to-pointer standard conversion (4.3) is used in | |||
4195 | // place of P for type deduction; otherwise, | |||
4196 | else if (P->isFunctionType()) | |||
4197 | P = Context.getPointerType(P); | |||
4198 | // - If P is a cv-qualified type, the top level cv-qualifiers of | |||
4199 | // P's type are ignored for type deduction. | |||
4200 | else | |||
4201 | P = P.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
4202 | ||||
4203 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.conv]p4: | |||
4204 | // If A is a cv-qualified type, the top level cv-qualifiers of A's | |||
4205 | // type are ignored for type deduction. If A is a reference type, the type | |||
4206 | // referred to by A is used for type deduction. | |||
4207 | A = A.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
4208 | } | |||
4209 | ||||
4210 | // Unevaluated SFINAE context. | |||
4211 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | |||
4212 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | |||
4213 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
4214 | ||||
4215 | // C++ [temp.deduct.conv]p1: | |||
4216 | // Template argument deduction is done by comparing the return | |||
4217 | // type of the template conversion function (call it P) with the | |||
4218 | // type that is required as the result of the conversion (call it | |||
4219 | // A) as described in 14.8.2.4. | |||
4220 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | |||
4221 | = ConversionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
4222 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
4223 | Deduced.resize(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
4224 | ||||
4225 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.conv]p4: | |||
4226 | // In general, the deduction process attempts to find template | |||
4227 | // argument values that will make the deduced A identical to | |||
4228 | // A. However, there are two cases that allow a difference: | |||
4229 | unsigned TDF = 0; | |||
4230 | // - If the original A is a reference type, A can be more | |||
4231 | // cv-qualified than the deduced A (i.e., the type referred to | |||
4232 | // by the reference) | |||
4233 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | |||
4234 | TDF |= TDF_ArgWithReferenceType; | |||
4235 | // - The deduced A can be another pointer or pointer to member | |||
4236 | // type that can be converted to A via a qualification | |||
4237 | // conversion. | |||
4238 | // | |||
4239 | // (C++0x [temp.deduct.conv]p6 clarifies that this only happens when | |||
4240 | // both P and A are pointers or member pointers. In this case, we | |||
4241 | // just ignore cv-qualifiers completely). | |||
4242 | if ((P->isPointerType() && A->isPointerType()) || | |||
4243 | (P->isMemberPointerType() && A->isMemberPointerType())) | |||
4244 | TDF |= TDF_IgnoreQualifiers; | |||
4245 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
4246 | = DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(*this, TemplateParams, | |||
4247 | P, A, Info, Deduced, TDF)) | |||
4248 | return Result; | |||
4249 | ||||
4250 | // Create an Instantiation Scope for finalizing the operator. | |||
4251 | LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(*this); | |||
4252 | // Finish template argument deduction. | |||
4253 | FunctionDecl *ConversionSpecialized = nullptr; | |||
4254 | TemplateDeductionResult Result | |||
4255 | = FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(ConversionTemplate, Deduced, 0, | |||
4256 | ConversionSpecialized, Info); | |||
4257 | Specialization = cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(ConversionSpecialized); | |||
4258 | return Result; | |||
4259 | } | |||
4260 | ||||
4261 | /// Deduce template arguments for a function template when there is | |||
4262 | /// nothing to deduce against (C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3). | |||
4263 | /// | |||
4264 | /// \param FunctionTemplate the function template for which we are performing | |||
4265 | /// template argument deduction. | |||
4266 | /// | |||
4267 | /// \param ExplicitTemplateArgs the explicitly-specified template | |||
4268 | /// arguments. | |||
4269 | /// | |||
4270 | /// \param Specialization if template argument deduction was successful, | |||
4271 | /// this will be set to the function template specialization produced by | |||
4272 | /// template argument deduction. | |||
4273 | /// | |||
4274 | /// \param Info the argument will be updated to provide additional information | |||
4275 | /// about template argument deduction. | |||
4276 | /// | |||
4277 | /// \param IsAddressOfFunction If \c true, we are deducing as part of taking | |||
4278 | /// the address of a function template in a context where we do not have a | |||
4279 | /// target type, per [over.over]. If \c false, we are looking up a function | |||
4280 | /// template specialization based on its signature, which only happens when | |||
4281 | /// deducing a function parameter type from an argument that is a template-id | |||
4282 | /// naming a function template specialization. | |||
4283 | /// | |||
4284 | /// \returns the result of template argument deduction. | |||
4285 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Sema::DeduceTemplateArguments( | |||
4286 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
4287 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | |||
4288 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
4289 | bool IsAddressOfFunction) { | |||
4290 | return DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | |||
4291 | QualType(), Specialization, Info, | |||
4292 | IsAddressOfFunction); | |||
4293 | } | |||
4294 | ||||
4295 | namespace { | |||
4296 | struct DependentAuto { bool IsPack; }; | |||
4297 | ||||
4298 | /// Substitute the 'auto' specifier or deduced template specialization type | |||
4299 | /// specifier within a type for a given replacement type. | |||
4300 | class SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform : | |||
4301 | public TreeTransform<SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform> { | |||
4302 | QualType Replacement; | |||
4303 | bool ReplacementIsPack; | |||
4304 | bool UseTypeSugar; | |||
4305 | ||||
4306 | public: | |||
4307 | SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(Sema &SemaRef, DependentAuto DA) | |||
4308 | : TreeTransform<SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform>(SemaRef), Replacement(), | |||
4309 | ReplacementIsPack(DA.IsPack), UseTypeSugar(true) {} | |||
4310 | ||||
4311 | SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(Sema &SemaRef, QualType Replacement, | |||
4312 | bool UseTypeSugar = true) | |||
4313 | : TreeTransform<SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform>(SemaRef), | |||
4314 | Replacement(Replacement), ReplacementIsPack(false), | |||
4315 | UseTypeSugar(UseTypeSugar) {} | |||
4316 | ||||
4317 | QualType TransformDesugared(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, DeducedTypeLoc TL) { | |||
4318 | assert(isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(Replacement) &&((isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(Replacement) && "unexpected unsugared replacement kind" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(Replacement) && \"unexpected unsugared replacement kind\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4319, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4319 | "unexpected unsugared replacement kind")((isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(Replacement) && "unexpected unsugared replacement kind" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(Replacement) && \"unexpected unsugared replacement kind\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4319, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4320 | QualType Result = Replacement; | |||
4321 | TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc NewTL = TLB.push<TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(Result); | |||
4322 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | |||
4323 | return Result; | |||
4324 | } | |||
4325 | ||||
4326 | QualType TransformAutoType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB, AutoTypeLoc TL) { | |||
4327 | // If we're building the type pattern to deduce against, don't wrap the | |||
4328 | // substituted type in an AutoType. Certain template deduction rules | |||
4329 | // apply only when a template type parameter appears directly (and not if | |||
4330 | // the parameter is found through desugaring). For instance: | |||
4331 | // auto &&lref = lvalue; | |||
4332 | // must transform into "rvalue reference to T" not "rvalue reference to | |||
4333 | // auto type deduced as T" in order for [temp.deduct.call]p3 to apply. | |||
4334 | // | |||
4335 | // FIXME: Is this still necessary? | |||
4336 | if (!UseTypeSugar) | |||
4337 | return TransformDesugared(TLB, TL); | |||
4338 | ||||
4339 | QualType Result = SemaRef.Context.getAutoType( | |||
4340 | Replacement, TL.getTypePtr()->getKeyword(), Replacement.isNull(), | |||
4341 | ReplacementIsPack); | |||
4342 | auto NewTL = TLB.push<AutoTypeLoc>(Result); | |||
4343 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | |||
4344 | return Result; | |||
4345 | } | |||
4346 | ||||
4347 | QualType TransformDeducedTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
4348 | TypeLocBuilder &TLB, DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL) { | |||
4349 | if (!UseTypeSugar) | |||
4350 | return TransformDesugared(TLB, TL); | |||
4351 | ||||
4352 | QualType Result = SemaRef.Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
4353 | TL.getTypePtr()->getTemplateName(), | |||
4354 | Replacement, Replacement.isNull()); | |||
4355 | auto NewTL = TLB.push<DeducedTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(Result); | |||
4356 | NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getNameLoc()); | |||
4357 | return Result; | |||
4358 | } | |||
4359 | ||||
4360 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { | |||
4361 | // Lambdas never need to be transformed. | |||
4362 | return E; | |||
4363 | } | |||
4364 | ||||
4365 | QualType Apply(TypeLoc TL) { | |||
4366 | // Create some scratch storage for the transformed type locations. | |||
4367 | // FIXME: We're just going to throw this information away. Don't build it. | |||
4368 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | |||
4369 | TLB.reserve(TL.getFullDataSize()); | |||
4370 | return TransformType(TLB, TL); | |||
4371 | } | |||
4372 | }; | |||
4373 | ||||
4374 | } // namespace | |||
4375 | ||||
4376 | Sema::DeduceAutoResult | |||
4377 | Sema::DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *Type, Expr *&Init, QualType &Result, | |||
4378 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth) { | |||
4379 | return DeduceAutoType(Type->getTypeLoc(), Init, Result, | |||
4380 | DependentDeductionDepth); | |||
4381 | } | |||
4382 | ||||
4383 | /// Attempt to produce an informative diagostic explaining why auto deduction | |||
4384 | /// failed. | |||
4385 | /// \return \c true if diagnosed, \c false if not. | |||
4386 | static bool diagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(Sema &S, | |||
4387 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | |||
4388 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, | |||
4389 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Ranges) { | |||
4390 | switch (TDK) { | |||
4391 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: { | |||
4392 | // Inconsistent deduction means we were deducing from an initializer list. | |||
4393 | auto D = S.Diag(Info.getLocation(), diag::err_auto_inconsistent_deduction); | |||
4394 | D << Info.FirstArg << Info.SecondArg; | |||
4395 | for (auto R : Ranges) | |||
4396 | D << R; | |||
4397 | return true; | |||
4398 | } | |||
4399 | ||||
4400 | // FIXME: Are there other cases for which a custom diagnostic is more useful | |||
4401 | // than the basic "types don't match" diagnostic? | |||
4402 | ||||
4403 | default: | |||
4404 | return false; | |||
4405 | } | |||
4406 | } | |||
4407 | ||||
4408 | /// Deduce the type for an auto type-specifier (C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6) | |||
4409 | /// | |||
4410 | /// Note that this is done even if the initializer is dependent. (This is | |||
4411 | /// necessary to support partial ordering of templates using 'auto'.) | |||
4412 | /// A dependent type will be produced when deducing from a dependent type. | |||
4413 | /// | |||
4414 | /// \param Type the type pattern using the auto type-specifier. | |||
4415 | /// \param Init the initializer for the variable whose type is to be deduced. | |||
4416 | /// \param Result if type deduction was successful, this will be set to the | |||
4417 | /// deduced type. | |||
4418 | /// \param DependentDeductionDepth Set if we should permit deduction in | |||
4419 | /// dependent cases. This is necessary for template partial ordering with | |||
4420 | /// 'auto' template parameters. The value specified is the template | |||
4421 | /// parameter depth at which we should perform 'auto' deduction. | |||
4422 | Sema::DeduceAutoResult | |||
4423 | Sema::DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc Type, Expr *&Init, QualType &Result, | |||
4424 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth) { | |||
4425 | if (Init->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | |||
4426 | ExprResult NonPlaceholder = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Init); | |||
4427 | if (NonPlaceholder.isInvalid()) | |||
4428 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4429 | Init = NonPlaceholder.get(); | |||
4430 | } | |||
4431 | ||||
4432 | DependentAuto DependentResult = { | |||
4433 | /*.IsPack = */ (bool)Type.getAs<PackExpansionTypeLoc>()}; | |||
4434 | ||||
4435 | if (!DependentDeductionDepth && | |||
4436 | (Type.getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isTypeDependent())) { | |||
4437 | Result = SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, DependentResult).Apply(Type); | |||
4438 | assert(!Result.isNull() && "substituting DependentTy can't fail")((!Result.isNull() && "substituting DependentTy can't fail" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isNull() && \"substituting DependentTy can't fail\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4438, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4439 | return DAR_Succeeded; | |||
4440 | } | |||
4441 | ||||
4442 | // Find the depth of template parameter to synthesize. | |||
4443 | unsigned Depth = DependentDeductionDepth.getValueOr(0); | |||
4444 | ||||
4445 | // If this is a 'decltype(auto)' specifier, do the decltype dance. | |||
4446 | // Since 'decltype(auto)' can only occur at the top of the type, we | |||
4447 | // don't need to go digging for it. | |||
4448 | if (const AutoType *AT = Type.getType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { | |||
4449 | if (AT->isDecltypeAuto()) { | |||
4450 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { | |||
4451 | Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_initializer_list); | |||
4452 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4453 | } | |||
4454 | ||||
4455 | ExprResult ER = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Init); | |||
4456 | if (ER.isInvalid()) | |||
4457 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4458 | Init = ER.get(); | |||
4459 | QualType Deduced = BuildDecltypeType(Init, Init->getBeginLoc(), false); | |||
4460 | if (Deduced.isNull()) | |||
4461 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4462 | // FIXME: Support a non-canonical deduced type for 'auto'. | |||
4463 | Deduced = Context.getCanonicalType(Deduced); | |||
4464 | Result = SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, Deduced).Apply(Type); | |||
4465 | if (Result.isNull()) | |||
4466 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4467 | return DAR_Succeeded; | |||
4468 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | |||
4469 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { | |||
4470 | Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_auto_init_list_from_c); | |||
4471 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4472 | } | |||
4473 | } | |||
4474 | } | |||
4475 | ||||
4476 | SourceLocation Loc = Init->getExprLoc(); | |||
4477 | ||||
4478 | LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(*this); | |||
4479 | ||||
4480 | // Build template<class TemplParam> void Func(FuncParam); | |||
4481 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TemplParam = TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | |||
4482 | Context, nullptr, SourceLocation(), Loc, Depth, 0, nullptr, false, false); | |||
4483 | QualType TemplArg = QualType(TemplParam->getTypeForDecl(), 0); | |||
4484 | NamedDecl *TemplParamPtr = TemplParam; | |||
4485 | FixedSizeTemplateParameterListStorage<1, false> TemplateParamsSt( | |||
4486 | Loc, Loc, TemplParamPtr, Loc, nullptr); | |||
4487 | ||||
4488 | QualType FuncParam = | |||
4489 | SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, TemplArg, /*UseTypeSugar*/false) | |||
4490 | .Apply(Type); | |||
4491 | assert(!FuncParam.isNull() &&((!FuncParam.isNull() && "substituting template parameter for 'auto' failed" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!FuncParam.isNull() && \"substituting template parameter for 'auto' failed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4492, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4492 | "substituting template parameter for 'auto' failed")((!FuncParam.isNull() && "substituting template parameter for 'auto' failed" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!FuncParam.isNull() && \"substituting template parameter for 'auto' failed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4492, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4493 | ||||
4494 | // Deduce type of TemplParam in Func(Init) | |||
4495 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 1> Deduced; | |||
4496 | Deduced.resize(1); | |||
4497 | ||||
4498 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Loc, Depth); | |||
4499 | ||||
4500 | // If deduction failed, don't diagnose if the initializer is dependent; it | |||
4501 | // might acquire a matching type in the instantiation. | |||
4502 | auto DeductionFailed = [&](TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | |||
4503 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Ranges) -> DeduceAutoResult { | |||
4504 | if (Init->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
4505 | Result = | |||
4506 | SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, DependentResult).Apply(Type); | |||
4507 | assert(!Result.isNull() && "substituting DependentTy can't fail")((!Result.isNull() && "substituting DependentTy can't fail" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isNull() && \"substituting DependentTy can't fail\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4507, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4508 | return DAR_Succeeded; | |||
4509 | } | |||
4510 | if (diagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(*this, TDK, Info, Ranges)) | |||
4511 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4512 | return DAR_Failed; | |||
4513 | }; | |||
4514 | ||||
4515 | SmallVector<OriginalCallArg, 4> OriginalCallArgs; | |||
4516 | ||||
4517 | InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init); | |||
4518 | if (InitList) { | |||
4519 | // Notionally, we substitute std::initializer_list<T> for 'auto' and deduce | |||
4520 | // against that. Such deduction only succeeds if removing cv-qualifiers and | |||
4521 | // references results in std::initializer_list<T>. | |||
4522 | if (!Type.getType().getNonReferenceType()->getAs<AutoType>()) | |||
4523 | return DAR_Failed; | |||
4524 | ||||
4525 | // Resolving a core issue: a braced-init-list containing any designators is | |||
4526 | // a non-deduced context. | |||
4527 | for (Expr *E : InitList->inits()) | |||
4528 | if (isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(E)) | |||
4529 | return DAR_Failed; | |||
4530 | ||||
4531 | SourceRange DeducedFromInitRange; | |||
4532 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = InitList->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | |||
4533 | Expr *Init = InitList->getInit(i); | |||
4534 | ||||
4535 | if (auto TDK = DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromCallArgument( | |||
4536 | *this, TemplateParamsSt.get(), 0, TemplArg, Init, | |||
4537 | Info, Deduced, OriginalCallArgs, /*Decomposed*/ true, | |||
4538 | /*ArgIdx*/ 0, /*TDF*/ 0)) | |||
4539 | return DeductionFailed(TDK, {DeducedFromInitRange, | |||
4540 | Init->getSourceRange()}); | |||
4541 | ||||
4542 | if (DeducedFromInitRange.isInvalid() && | |||
4543 | Deduced[0].getKind() != TemplateArgument::Null) | |||
4544 | DeducedFromInitRange = Init->getSourceRange(); | |||
4545 | } | |||
4546 | } else { | |||
4547 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Init->refersToBitField()) { | |||
4548 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_bitfield); | |||
4549 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4550 | } | |||
4551 | ||||
4552 | if (auto TDK = DeduceTemplateArgumentsFromCallArgument( | |||
4553 | *this, TemplateParamsSt.get(), 0, FuncParam, Init, Info, Deduced, | |||
4554 | OriginalCallArgs, /*Decomposed*/ false, /*ArgIdx*/ 0, /*TDF*/ 0)) | |||
4555 | return DeductionFailed(TDK, {}); | |||
4556 | } | |||
4557 | ||||
4558 | // Could be null if somehow 'auto' appears in a non-deduced context. | |||
4559 | if (Deduced[0].getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
4560 | return DeductionFailed(TDK_Incomplete, {}); | |||
4561 | ||||
4562 | QualType DeducedType = Deduced[0].getAsType(); | |||
4563 | ||||
4564 | if (InitList) { | |||
4565 | DeducedType = BuildStdInitializerList(DeducedType, Loc); | |||
4566 | if (DeducedType.isNull()) | |||
4567 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4568 | } | |||
4569 | ||||
4570 | Result = SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, DeducedType).Apply(Type); | |||
4571 | if (Result.isNull()) | |||
4572 | return DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed; | |||
4573 | ||||
4574 | // Check that the deduced argument type is compatible with the original | |||
4575 | // argument type per C++ [temp.deduct.call]p4. | |||
4576 | QualType DeducedA = InitList ? Deduced[0].getAsType() : Result; | |||
4577 | for (const OriginalCallArg &OriginalArg : OriginalCallArgs) { | |||
4578 | assert((bool)InitList == OriginalArg.DecomposedParam &&(((bool)InitList == OriginalArg.DecomposedParam && "decomposed non-init-list in auto deduction?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(bool)InitList == OriginalArg.DecomposedParam && \"decomposed non-init-list in auto deduction?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4579, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4579 | "decomposed non-init-list in auto deduction?")(((bool)InitList == OriginalArg.DecomposedParam && "decomposed non-init-list in auto deduction?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(bool)InitList == OriginalArg.DecomposedParam && \"decomposed non-init-list in auto deduction?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4579, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4580 | if (auto TDK = | |||
4581 | CheckOriginalCallArgDeduction(*this, Info, OriginalArg, DeducedA)) { | |||
4582 | Result = QualType(); | |||
4583 | return DeductionFailed(TDK, {}); | |||
4584 | } | |||
4585 | } | |||
4586 | ||||
4587 | return DAR_Succeeded; | |||
4588 | } | |||
4589 | ||||
4590 | QualType Sema::SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, | |||
4591 | QualType TypeToReplaceAuto) { | |||
4592 | if (TypeToReplaceAuto->isDependentType()) | |||
4593 | return SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform( | |||
4594 | *this, DependentAuto{ | |||
4595 | TypeToReplaceAuto->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()}) | |||
4596 | .TransformType(TypeWithAuto); | |||
4597 | return SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, TypeToReplaceAuto) | |||
4598 | .TransformType(TypeWithAuto); | |||
4599 | } | |||
4600 | ||||
4601 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, | |||
4602 | QualType TypeToReplaceAuto) { | |||
4603 | if (TypeToReplaceAuto->isDependentType()) | |||
4604 | return SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform( | |||
4605 | *this, | |||
4606 | DependentAuto{ | |||
4607 | TypeToReplaceAuto->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()}) | |||
4608 | .TransformType(TypeWithAuto); | |||
4609 | return SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, TypeToReplaceAuto) | |||
4610 | .TransformType(TypeWithAuto); | |||
4611 | } | |||
4612 | ||||
4613 | QualType Sema::ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, | |||
4614 | QualType TypeToReplaceAuto) { | |||
4615 | return SubstituteDeducedTypeTransform(*this, TypeToReplaceAuto, | |||
4616 | /*UseTypeSugar*/ false) | |||
4617 | .TransformType(TypeWithAuto); | |||
4618 | } | |||
4619 | ||||
4620 | void Sema::DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init) { | |||
4621 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) | |||
4622 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), | |||
4623 | VDecl->isInitCapture() | |||
4624 | ? diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list | |||
4625 | : diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure_from_init_list) | |||
4626 | << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); | |||
4627 | else | |||
4628 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), | |||
4629 | VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure | |||
4630 | : diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) | |||
4631 | << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() | |||
4632 | << Init->getSourceRange(); | |||
4633 | } | |||
4634 | ||||
4635 | bool Sema::DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
4636 | bool Diagnose) { | |||
4637 | assert(FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())((FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4637, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4638 | ||||
4639 | // For a lambda's conversion operator, deduce any 'auto' or 'decltype(auto)' | |||
4640 | // within the return type from the call operator's type. | |||
4641 | if (isLambdaConversionOperator(FD)) { | |||
4642 | CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(); | |||
4643 | FunctionDecl *CallOp = Lambda->getLambdaCallOperator(); | |||
4644 | ||||
4645 | // For a generic lambda, instantiate the call operator if needed. | |||
4646 | if (auto *Args = FD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()) { | |||
4647 | CallOp = InstantiateFunctionDeclaration( | |||
4648 | CallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(), Args, Loc); | |||
4649 | if (!CallOp || CallOp->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
4650 | return true; | |||
4651 | ||||
4652 | // We might need to deduce the return type by instantiating the definition | |||
4653 | // of the operator() function. | |||
4654 | if (CallOp->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { | |||
4655 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { | |||
4656 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(Loc, CallOp); | |||
4657 | }); | |||
4658 | } | |||
4659 | } | |||
4660 | ||||
4661 | if (CallOp->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
4662 | return true; | |||
4663 | assert(!CallOp->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&((!CallOp->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && "failed to deduce lambda return type") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("!CallOp->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && \"failed to deduce lambda return type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4664, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4664 | "failed to deduce lambda return type")((!CallOp->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && "failed to deduce lambda return type") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("!CallOp->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && \"failed to deduce lambda return type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4664, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4665 | ||||
4666 | // Build the new return type from scratch. | |||
4667 | QualType RetType = getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType( | |||
4668 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()); | |||
4669 | if (FD->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
4670 | RetType = Context.getPointerType(RetType); | |||
4671 | else { | |||
4672 | assert(FD->getReturnType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>())((FD->getReturnType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->getReturnType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4672, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4673 | RetType = Context.getBlockPointerType(RetType); | |||
4674 | } | |||
4675 | Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FD, RetType); | |||
4676 | return false; | |||
4677 | } | |||
4678 | ||||
4679 | if (FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) { | |||
4680 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { | |||
4681 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(Loc, FD); | |||
4682 | }); | |||
4683 | } | |||
4684 | ||||
4685 | bool StillUndeduced = FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType(); | |||
4686 | if (StillUndeduced && Diagnose && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { | |||
4687 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_fn_used_before_defined) << FD; | |||
4688 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FD; | |||
4689 | } | |||
4690 | ||||
4691 | return StillUndeduced; | |||
4692 | } | |||
4693 | ||||
4694 | /// If this is a non-static member function, | |||
4695 | static void | |||
4696 | AddImplicitObjectParameterType(ASTContext &Context, | |||
4697 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | |||
4698 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ArgTypes) { | |||
4699 | // C++11 [temp.func.order]p3: | |||
4700 | // [...] The new parameter is of type "reference to cv A," where cv are | |||
4701 | // the cv-qualifiers of the function template (if any) and A is | |||
4702 | // the class of which the function template is a member. | |||
4703 | // | |||
4704 | // The standard doesn't say explicitly, but we pick the appropriate kind of | |||
4705 | // reference type based on [over.match.funcs]p4. | |||
4706 | QualType ArgTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()); | |||
4707 | ArgTy = Context.getQualifiedType(ArgTy, Method->getMethodQualifiers()); | |||
4708 | if (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) | |||
4709 | ArgTy = Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); | |||
4710 | else | |||
4711 | ArgTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgTy); | |||
4712 | ArgTypes.push_back(ArgTy); | |||
4713 | } | |||
4714 | ||||
4715 | /// Determine whether the function template \p FT1 is at least as | |||
4716 | /// specialized as \p FT2. | |||
4717 | static bool isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(Sema &S, | |||
4718 | SourceLocation Loc, | |||
4719 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, | |||
4720 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, | |||
4721 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, | |||
4722 | unsigned NumCallArguments1) { | |||
4723 | FunctionDecl *FD1 = FT1->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
4724 | FunctionDecl *FD2 = FT2->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
4725 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto1 = FD1->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4726 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto2 = FD2->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | |||
4727 | ||||
4728 | assert(Proto1 && Proto2 && "Function templates must have prototypes")((Proto1 && Proto2 && "Function templates must have prototypes" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto1 && Proto2 && \"Function templates must have prototypes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4728, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4729 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = FT2->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
4730 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
4731 | Deduced.resize(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
4732 | ||||
4733 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.partial]p3: | |||
4734 | // The types used to determine the ordering depend on the context in which | |||
4735 | // the partial ordering is done: | |||
4736 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Loc); | |||
4737 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Args2; | |||
4738 | switch (TPOC) { | |||
4739 | case TPOC_Call: { | |||
4740 | // - In the context of a function call, the function parameter types are | |||
4741 | // used. | |||
4742 | CXXMethodDecl *Method1 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD1); | |||
4743 | CXXMethodDecl *Method2 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD2); | |||
4744 | ||||
4745 | // C++11 [temp.func.order]p3: | |||
4746 | // [...] If only one of the function templates is a non-static | |||
4747 | // member, that function template is considered to have a new | |||
4748 | // first parameter inserted in its function parameter list. The | |||
4749 | // new parameter is of type "reference to cv A," where cv are | |||
4750 | // the cv-qualifiers of the function template (if any) and A is | |||
4751 | // the class of which the function template is a member. | |||
4752 | // | |||
4753 | // Note that we interpret this to mean "if one of the function | |||
4754 | // templates is a non-static member and the other is a non-member"; | |||
4755 | // otherwise, the ordering rules for static functions against non-static | |||
4756 | // functions don't make any sense. | |||
4757 | // | |||
4758 | // C++98/03 doesn't have this provision but we've extended DR532 to cover | |||
4759 | // it as wording was broken prior to it. | |||
4760 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Args1; | |||
4761 | ||||
4762 | unsigned NumComparedArguments = NumCallArguments1; | |||
4763 | ||||
4764 | if (!Method2 && Method1 && !Method1->isStatic()) { | |||
4765 | // Compare 'this' from Method1 against first parameter from Method2. | |||
4766 | AddImplicitObjectParameterType(S.Context, Method1, Args1); | |||
4767 | ++NumComparedArguments; | |||
4768 | } else if (!Method1 && Method2 && !Method2->isStatic()) { | |||
4769 | // Compare 'this' from Method2 against first parameter from Method1. | |||
4770 | AddImplicitObjectParameterType(S.Context, Method2, Args2); | |||
4771 | } | |||
4772 | ||||
4773 | Args1.insert(Args1.end(), Proto1->param_type_begin(), | |||
4774 | Proto1->param_type_end()); | |||
4775 | Args2.insert(Args2.end(), Proto2->param_type_begin(), | |||
4776 | Proto2->param_type_end()); | |||
4777 | ||||
4778 | // C++ [temp.func.order]p5: | |||
4779 | // The presence of unused ellipsis and default arguments has no effect on | |||
4780 | // the partial ordering of function templates. | |||
4781 | if (Args1.size() > NumComparedArguments) | |||
4782 | Args1.resize(NumComparedArguments); | |||
4783 | if (Args2.size() > NumComparedArguments) | |||
4784 | Args2.resize(NumComparedArguments); | |||
4785 | if (DeduceTemplateArguments(S, TemplateParams, Args2.data(), Args2.size(), | |||
4786 | Args1.data(), Args1.size(), Info, Deduced, | |||
4787 | TDF_None, /*PartialOrdering=*/true)) | |||
4788 | return false; | |||
4789 | ||||
4790 | break; | |||
4791 | } | |||
4792 | ||||
4793 | case TPOC_Conversion: | |||
4794 | // - In the context of a call to a conversion operator, the return types | |||
4795 | // of the conversion function templates are used. | |||
4796 | if (DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch( | |||
4797 | S, TemplateParams, Proto2->getReturnType(), Proto1->getReturnType(), | |||
4798 | Info, Deduced, TDF_None, | |||
4799 | /*PartialOrdering=*/true)) | |||
4800 | return false; | |||
4801 | break; | |||
4802 | ||||
4803 | case TPOC_Other: | |||
4804 | // - In other contexts (14.6.6.2) the function template's function type | |||
4805 | // is used. | |||
4806 | if (DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, TemplateParams, | |||
4807 | FD2->getType(), FD1->getType(), | |||
4808 | Info, Deduced, TDF_None, | |||
4809 | /*PartialOrdering=*/true)) | |||
4810 | return false; | |||
4811 | break; | |||
4812 | } | |||
4813 | ||||
4814 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.partial]p11: | |||
4815 | // In most cases, all template parameters must have values in order for | |||
4816 | // deduction to succeed, but for partial ordering purposes a template | |||
4817 | // parameter may remain without a value provided it is not used in the | |||
4818 | // types being used for partial ordering. [ Note: a template parameter used | |||
4819 | // in a non-deduced context is considered used. -end note] | |||
4820 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = Deduced.size(); | |||
4821 | for (; ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) | |||
4822 | if (Deduced[ArgIdx].isNull()) | |||
4823 | break; | |||
4824 | ||||
4825 | // FIXME: We fail to implement [temp.deduct.type]p1 along this path. We need | |||
4826 | // to substitute the deduced arguments back into the template and check that | |||
4827 | // we get the right type. | |||
4828 | ||||
4829 | if (ArgIdx == NumArgs) { | |||
4830 | // All template arguments were deduced. FT1 is at least as specialized | |||
4831 | // as FT2. | |||
4832 | return true; | |||
4833 | } | |||
4834 | ||||
4835 | // Figure out which template parameters were used. | |||
4836 | llvm::SmallBitVector UsedParameters(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
4837 | switch (TPOC) { | |||
4838 | case TPOC_Call: | |||
4839 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args2.size(); I != N; ++I) | |||
4840 | ::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(S.Context, Args2[I], false, | |||
4841 | TemplateParams->getDepth(), | |||
4842 | UsedParameters); | |||
4843 | break; | |||
4844 | ||||
4845 | case TPOC_Conversion: | |||
4846 | ::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(S.Context, Proto2->getReturnType(), false, | |||
4847 | TemplateParams->getDepth(), UsedParameters); | |||
4848 | break; | |||
4849 | ||||
4850 | case TPOC_Other: | |||
4851 | ::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(S.Context, FD2->getType(), false, | |||
4852 | TemplateParams->getDepth(), | |||
4853 | UsedParameters); | |||
4854 | break; | |||
4855 | } | |||
4856 | ||||
4857 | for (; ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) | |||
4858 | // If this argument had no value deduced but was used in one of the types | |||
4859 | // used for partial ordering, then deduction fails. | |||
4860 | if (Deduced[ArgIdx].isNull() && UsedParameters[ArgIdx]) | |||
4861 | return false; | |||
4862 | ||||
4863 | return true; | |||
4864 | } | |||
4865 | ||||
4866 | /// Determine whether this a function template whose parameter-type-list | |||
4867 | /// ends with a function parameter pack. | |||
4868 | static bool isVariadicFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl) { | |||
4869 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
4870 | unsigned NumParams = Function->getNumParams(); | |||
4871 | if (NumParams == 0) | |||
4872 | return false; | |||
4873 | ||||
4874 | ParmVarDecl *Last = Function->getParamDecl(NumParams - 1); | |||
4875 | if (!Last->isParameterPack()) | |||
4876 | return false; | |||
4877 | ||||
4878 | // Make sure that no previous parameter is a parameter pack. | |||
4879 | while (--NumParams > 0) { | |||
4880 | if (Function->getParamDecl(NumParams - 1)->isParameterPack()) | |||
4881 | return false; | |||
4882 | } | |||
4883 | ||||
4884 | return true; | |||
4885 | } | |||
4886 | ||||
4887 | /// Returns the more specialized function template according | |||
4888 | /// to the rules of function template partial ordering (C++ [temp.func.order]). | |||
4889 | /// | |||
4890 | /// \param FT1 the first function template | |||
4891 | /// | |||
4892 | /// \param FT2 the second function template | |||
4893 | /// | |||
4894 | /// \param TPOC the context in which we are performing partial ordering of | |||
4895 | /// function templates. | |||
4896 | /// | |||
4897 | /// \param NumCallArguments1 The number of arguments in the call to FT1, used | |||
4898 | /// only when \c TPOC is \c TPOC_Call. | |||
4899 | /// | |||
4900 | /// \param NumCallArguments2 The number of arguments in the call to FT2, used | |||
4901 | /// only when \c TPOC is \c TPOC_Call. | |||
4902 | /// | |||
4903 | /// \returns the more specialized function template. If neither | |||
4904 | /// template is more specialized, returns NULL. | |||
4905 | FunctionTemplateDecl * | |||
4906 | Sema::getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, | |||
4907 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, | |||
4908 | SourceLocation Loc, | |||
4909 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, | |||
4910 | unsigned NumCallArguments1, | |||
4911 | unsigned NumCallArguments2) { | |||
4912 | bool Better1 = isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, Loc, FT1, FT2, TPOC, | |||
4913 | NumCallArguments1); | |||
4914 | bool Better2 = isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, Loc, FT2, FT1, TPOC, | |||
4915 | NumCallArguments2); | |||
4916 | ||||
4917 | if (Better1 != Better2) // We have a clear winner | |||
4918 | return Better1 ? FT1 : FT2; | |||
4919 | ||||
4920 | if (!Better1 && !Better2) // Neither is better than the other | |||
4921 | return nullptr; | |||
4922 | ||||
4923 | // FIXME: This mimics what GCC implements, but doesn't match up with the | |||
4924 | // proposed resolution for core issue 692. This area needs to be sorted out, | |||
4925 | // but for now we attempt to maintain compatibility. | |||
4926 | bool Variadic1 = isVariadicFunctionTemplate(FT1); | |||
4927 | bool Variadic2 = isVariadicFunctionTemplate(FT2); | |||
4928 | if (Variadic1 != Variadic2) | |||
4929 | return Variadic1? FT2 : FT1; | |||
4930 | ||||
4931 | return nullptr; | |||
4932 | } | |||
4933 | ||||
4934 | /// Determine if the two templates are equivalent. | |||
4935 | static bool isSameTemplate(TemplateDecl *T1, TemplateDecl *T2) { | |||
4936 | if (T1 == T2) | |||
4937 | return true; | |||
4938 | ||||
4939 | if (!T1 || !T2) | |||
4940 | return false; | |||
4941 | ||||
4942 | return T1->getCanonicalDecl() == T2->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
4943 | } | |||
4944 | ||||
4945 | /// Retrieve the most specialized of the given function template | |||
4946 | /// specializations. | |||
4947 | /// | |||
4948 | /// \param SpecBegin the start iterator of the function template | |||
4949 | /// specializations that we will be comparing. | |||
4950 | /// | |||
4951 | /// \param SpecEnd the end iterator of the function template | |||
4952 | /// specializations, paired with \p SpecBegin. | |||
4953 | /// | |||
4954 | /// \param Loc the location where the ambiguity or no-specializations | |||
4955 | /// diagnostic should occur. | |||
4956 | /// | |||
4957 | /// \param NoneDiag partial diagnostic used to diagnose cases where there are | |||
4958 | /// no matching candidates. | |||
4959 | /// | |||
4960 | /// \param AmbigDiag partial diagnostic used to diagnose an ambiguity, if one | |||
4961 | /// occurs. | |||
4962 | /// | |||
4963 | /// \param CandidateDiag partial diagnostic used for each function template | |||
4964 | /// specialization that is a candidate in the ambiguous ordering. One parameter | |||
4965 | /// in this diagnostic should be unbound, which will correspond to the string | |||
4966 | /// describing the template arguments for the function template specialization. | |||
4967 | /// | |||
4968 | /// \returns the most specialized function template specialization, if | |||
4969 | /// found. Otherwise, returns SpecEnd. | |||
4970 | UnresolvedSetIterator Sema::getMostSpecialized( | |||
4971 | UnresolvedSetIterator SpecBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SpecEnd, | |||
4972 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, | |||
4973 | SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, | |||
4974 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, | |||
4975 | bool Complain, QualType TargetType) { | |||
4976 | if (SpecBegin == SpecEnd) { | |||
4977 | if (Complain) { | |||
4978 | Diag(Loc, NoneDiag); | |||
4979 | FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(*this, Loc); | |||
4980 | } | |||
4981 | return SpecEnd; | |||
4982 | } | |||
4983 | ||||
4984 | if (SpecBegin + 1 == SpecEnd) | |||
4985 | return SpecBegin; | |||
4986 | ||||
4987 | // Find the function template that is better than all of the templates it | |||
4988 | // has been compared to. | |||
4989 | UnresolvedSetIterator Best = SpecBegin; | |||
4990 | FunctionTemplateDecl *BestTemplate | |||
4991 | = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Best)->getPrimaryTemplate(); | |||
4992 | assert(BestTemplate && "Not a function template specialization?")((BestTemplate && "Not a function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BestTemplate && \"Not a function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4992, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4993 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = SpecBegin + 1; I != SpecEnd; ++I) { | |||
4994 | FunctionTemplateDecl *Challenger | |||
4995 | = cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)->getPrimaryTemplate(); | |||
4996 | assert(Challenger && "Not a function template specialization?")((Challenger && "Not a function template specialization?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Challenger && \"Not a function template specialization?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 4996, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4997 | if (isSameTemplate(getMoreSpecializedTemplate(BestTemplate, Challenger, | |||
4998 | Loc, TPOC_Other, 0, 0), | |||
4999 | Challenger)) { | |||
5000 | Best = I; | |||
5001 | BestTemplate = Challenger; | |||
5002 | } | |||
5003 | } | |||
5004 | ||||
5005 | // Make sure that the "best" function template is more specialized than all | |||
5006 | // of the others. | |||
5007 | bool Ambiguous = false; | |||
5008 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = SpecBegin; I != SpecEnd; ++I) { | |||
5009 | FunctionTemplateDecl *Challenger | |||
5010 | = cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)->getPrimaryTemplate(); | |||
5011 | if (I != Best && | |||
5012 | !isSameTemplate(getMoreSpecializedTemplate(BestTemplate, Challenger, | |||
5013 | Loc, TPOC_Other, 0, 0), | |||
5014 | BestTemplate)) { | |||
5015 | Ambiguous = true; | |||
5016 | break; | |||
5017 | } | |||
5018 | } | |||
5019 | ||||
5020 | if (!Ambiguous) { | |||
5021 | // We found an answer. Return it. | |||
5022 | return Best; | |||
5023 | } | |||
5024 | ||||
5025 | // Diagnose the ambiguity. | |||
5026 | if (Complain) { | |||
5027 | Diag(Loc, AmbigDiag); | |||
5028 | ||||
5029 | // FIXME: Can we order the candidates in some sane way? | |||
5030 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = SpecBegin; I != SpecEnd; ++I) { | |||
5031 | PartialDiagnostic PD = CandidateDiag; | |||
5032 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(*I); | |||
5033 | PD << FD << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | |||
5034 | FD->getPrimaryTemplate()->getTemplateParameters(), | |||
5035 | *FD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | |||
5036 | if (!TargetType.isNull()) | |||
5037 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, FD->getType(), TargetType); | |||
5038 | Diag((*I)->getLocation(), PD); | |||
5039 | } | |||
5040 | } | |||
5041 | ||||
5042 | return SpecEnd; | |||
5043 | } | |||
5044 | ||||
5045 | /// Determine whether one partial specialization, P1, is at least as | |||
5046 | /// specialized than another, P2. | |||
5047 | /// | |||
5048 | /// \tparam TemplateLikeDecl The kind of P2, which must be a | |||
5049 | /// TemplateDecl or {Class,Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl. | |||
5050 | /// \param T1 The injected-class-name of P1 (faked for a variable template). | |||
5051 | /// \param T2 The injected-class-name of P2 (faked for a variable template). | |||
5052 | template<typename TemplateLikeDecl> | |||
5053 | static bool isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(Sema &S, QualType T1, QualType T2, | |||
5054 | TemplateLikeDecl *P2, | |||
5055 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
5056 | // C++ [temp.class.order]p1: | |||
5057 | // For two class template partial specializations, the first is at least as | |||
5058 | // specialized as the second if, given the following rewrite to two | |||
5059 | // function templates, the first function template is at least as | |||
5060 | // specialized as the second according to the ordering rules for function | |||
5061 | // templates (14.6.6.2): | |||
5062 | // - the first function template has the same template parameters as the | |||
5063 | // first partial specialization and has a single function parameter | |||
5064 | // whose type is a class template specialization with the template | |||
5065 | // arguments of the first partial specialization, and | |||
5066 | // - the second function template has the same template parameters as the | |||
5067 | // second partial specialization and has a single function parameter | |||
5068 | // whose type is a class template specialization with the template | |||
5069 | // arguments of the second partial specialization. | |||
5070 | // | |||
5071 | // Rather than synthesize function templates, we merely perform the | |||
5072 | // equivalent partial ordering by performing deduction directly on | |||
5073 | // the template arguments of the class template partial | |||
5074 | // specializations. This computation is slightly simpler than the | |||
5075 | // general problem of function template partial ordering, because | |||
5076 | // class template partial specializations are more constrained. We | |||
5077 | // know that every template parameter is deducible from the class | |||
5078 | // template partial specialization's template arguments, for | |||
5079 | // example. | |||
5080 | SmallVector<DeducedTemplateArgument, 4> Deduced; | |||
5081 | ||||
5082 | // Determine whether P1 is at least as specialized as P2. | |||
5083 | Deduced.resize(P2->getTemplateParameters()->size()); | |||
5084 | if (DeduceTemplateArgumentsByTypeMatch(S, P2->getTemplateParameters(), | |||
5085 | T2, T1, Info, Deduced, TDF_None, | |||
5086 | /*PartialOrdering=*/true)) | |||
5087 | return false; | |||
5088 | ||||
5089 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> DeducedArgs(Deduced.begin(), | |||
5090 | Deduced.end()); | |||
5091 | Sema::InstantiatingTemplate Inst(S, Info.getLocation(), P2, DeducedArgs, | |||
5092 | Info); | |||
5093 | auto *TST1 = T1->castAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); | |||
5094 | if (FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( | |||
5095 | S, P2, /*IsPartialOrdering=*/true, | |||
5096 | TemplateArgumentList(TemplateArgumentList::OnStack, | |||
5097 | TST1->template_arguments()), | |||
5098 | Deduced, Info)) | |||
5099 | return false; | |||
5100 | ||||
5101 | return true; | |||
5102 | } | |||
5103 | ||||
5104 | /// Returns the more specialized class template partial specialization | |||
5105 | /// according to the rules of partial ordering of class template partial | |||
5106 | /// specializations (C++ [temp.class.order]). | |||
5107 | /// | |||
5108 | /// \param PS1 the first class template partial specialization | |||
5109 | /// | |||
5110 | /// \param PS2 the second class template partial specialization | |||
5111 | /// | |||
5112 | /// \returns the more specialized class template partial specialization. If | |||
5113 | /// neither partial specialization is more specialized, returns NULL. | |||
5114 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * | |||
5115 | Sema::getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( | |||
5116 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, | |||
5117 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, | |||
5118 | SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
5119 | QualType PT1 = PS1->getInjectedSpecializationType(); | |||
5120 | QualType PT2 = PS2->getInjectedSpecializationType(); | |||
5121 | ||||
5122 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Loc); | |||
5123 | bool Better1 = isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PT1, PT2, PS2, Info); | |||
5124 | bool Better2 = isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PT2, PT1, PS1, Info); | |||
5125 | ||||
5126 | if (Better1 == Better2) | |||
5127 | return nullptr; | |||
5128 | ||||
5129 | return Better1 ? PS1 : PS2; | |||
5130 | } | |||
5131 | ||||
5132 | bool Sema::isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary( | |||
5133 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Spec, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
5134 | ClassTemplateDecl *Primary = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate(); | |||
5135 | QualType PrimaryT = Primary->getInjectedClassNameSpecialization(); | |||
5136 | QualType PartialT = Spec->getInjectedSpecializationType(); | |||
5137 | if (!isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PartialT, PrimaryT, Primary, Info)) | |||
5138 | return false; | |||
5139 | if (isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PrimaryT, PartialT, Spec, Info)) { | |||
5140 | Info.clearSFINAEDiagnostic(); | |||
5141 | return false; | |||
5142 | } | |||
5143 | return true; | |||
5144 | } | |||
5145 | ||||
5146 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * | |||
5147 | Sema::getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( | |||
5148 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, | |||
5149 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
5150 | // Pretend the variable template specializations are class template | |||
5151 | // specializations and form a fake injected class name type for comparison. | |||
5152 | assert(PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate() &&((PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate () && "the partial specializations being compared should specialize" " the same template.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate() && \"the partial specializations being compared should specialize\" \" the same template.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 5154, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5153 | "the partial specializations being compared should specialize"((PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate () && "the partial specializations being compared should specialize" " the same template.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate() && \"the partial specializations being compared should specialize\" \" the same template.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 5154, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5154 | " the same template.")((PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate () && "the partial specializations being compared should specialize" " the same template.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PS1->getSpecializedTemplate() == PS2->getSpecializedTemplate() && \"the partial specializations being compared should specialize\" \" the same template.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 5154, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5155 | TemplateName Name(PS1->getSpecializedTemplate()); | |||
5156 | TemplateName CanonTemplate = Context.getCanonicalTemplateName(Name); | |||
5157 | QualType PT1 = Context.getTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
5158 | CanonTemplate, PS1->getTemplateArgs().asArray()); | |||
5159 | QualType PT2 = Context.getTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
5160 | CanonTemplate, PS2->getTemplateArgs().asArray()); | |||
5161 | ||||
5162 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Loc); | |||
5163 | bool Better1 = isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PT1, PT2, PS2, Info); | |||
5164 | bool Better2 = isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PT2, PT1, PS1, Info); | |||
5165 | ||||
5166 | if (Better1 == Better2) | |||
5167 | return nullptr; | |||
5168 | ||||
5169 | return Better1 ? PS1 : PS2; | |||
5170 | } | |||
5171 | ||||
5172 | bool Sema::isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary( | |||
5173 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Spec, TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | |||
5174 | TemplateDecl *Primary = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate(); | |||
5175 | // FIXME: Cache the injected template arguments rather than recomputing | |||
5176 | // them for each partial specialization. | |||
5177 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> PrimaryArgs; | |||
5178 | Context.getInjectedTemplateArgs(Primary->getTemplateParameters(), | |||
5179 | PrimaryArgs); | |||
5180 | ||||
5181 | TemplateName CanonTemplate = | |||
5182 | Context.getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName(Primary)); | |||
5183 | QualType PrimaryT = Context.getTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
5184 | CanonTemplate, PrimaryArgs); | |||
5185 | QualType PartialT = Context.getTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
5186 | CanonTemplate, Spec->getTemplateArgs().asArray()); | |||
5187 | if (!isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PartialT, PrimaryT, Primary, Info)) | |||
5188 | return false; | |||
5189 | if (isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PrimaryT, PartialT, Spec, Info)) { | |||
5190 | Info.clearSFINAEDiagnostic(); | |||
5191 | return false; | |||
5192 | } | |||
5193 | return true; | |||
5194 | } | |||
5195 | ||||
5196 | bool Sema::isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( | |||
5197 | TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
5198 | // C++1z [temp.arg.template]p4: (DR 150) | |||
5199 | // A template template-parameter P is at least as specialized as a | |||
5200 | // template template-argument A if, given the following rewrite to two | |||
5201 | // function templates... | |||
5202 | ||||
5203 | // Rather than synthesize function templates, we merely perform the | |||
5204 | // equivalent partial ordering by performing deduction directly on | |||
5205 | // the template parameter lists of the template template parameters. | |||
5206 | // | |||
5207 | // Given an invented class template X with the template parameter list of | |||
5208 | // A (including default arguments): | |||
5209 | TemplateName X = Context.getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName(AArg)); | |||
5210 | TemplateParameterList *A = AArg->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
5211 | ||||
5212 | // - Each function template has a single function parameter whose type is | |||
5213 | // a specialization of X with template arguments corresponding to the | |||
5214 | // template parameters from the respective function template | |||
5215 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> AArgs; | |||
5216 | Context.getInjectedTemplateArgs(A, AArgs); | |||
5217 | ||||
5218 | // Check P's arguments against A's parameter list. This will fill in default | |||
5219 | // template arguments as needed. AArgs are already correct by construction. | |||
5220 | // We can't just use CheckTemplateIdType because that will expand alias | |||
5221 | // templates. | |||
5222 | SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> PArgs; | |||
5223 | { | |||
5224 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | |||
5225 | ||||
5226 | Context.getInjectedTemplateArgs(P, PArgs); | |||
5227 | TemplateArgumentListInfo PArgList(P->getLAngleLoc(), P->getRAngleLoc()); | |||
5228 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = P->size(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
5229 | // Unwrap packs that getInjectedTemplateArgs wrapped around pack | |||
5230 | // expansions, to form an "as written" argument list. | |||
5231 | TemplateArgument Arg = PArgs[I]; | |||
5232 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack) { | |||
5233 | assert(Arg.pack_size() == 1 && Arg.pack_begin()->isPackExpansion())((Arg.pack_size() == 1 && Arg.pack_begin()->isPackExpansion ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Arg.pack_size() == 1 && Arg.pack_begin()->isPackExpansion()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp" , 5233, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5234 | Arg = *Arg.pack_begin(); | |||
5235 | } | |||
5236 | PArgList.addArgument(getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc( | |||
5237 | Arg, QualType(), P->getParam(I)->getLocation())); | |||
5238 | } | |||
5239 | PArgs.clear(); | |||
5240 | ||||
5241 | // C++1z [temp.arg.template]p3: | |||
5242 | // If the rewrite produces an invalid type, then P is not at least as | |||
5243 | // specialized as A. | |||
5244 | if (CheckTemplateArgumentList(AArg, Loc, PArgList, false, PArgs) || | |||
5245 | Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | |||
5246 | return false; | |||
5247 | } | |||
5248 | ||||
5249 | QualType AType = Context.getTemplateSpecializationType(X, AArgs); | |||
5250 | QualType PType = Context.getTemplateSpecializationType(X, PArgs); | |||
5251 | ||||
5252 | // ... the function template corresponding to P is at least as specialized | |||
5253 | // as the function template corresponding to A according to the partial | |||
5254 | // ordering rules for function templates. | |||
5255 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Loc, A->getDepth()); | |||
5256 | return isAtLeastAsSpecializedAs(*this, PType, AType, AArg, Info); | |||
5257 | } | |||
5258 | ||||
5259 | /// Mark the template parameters that are used by the given | |||
5260 | /// expression. | |||
5261 | static void | |||
5262 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
5263 | const Expr *E, | |||
5264 | bool OnlyDeduced, | |||
5265 | unsigned Depth, | |||
5266 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used) { | |||
5267 | // We can deduce from a pack expansion. | |||
5268 | if (const PackExpansionExpr *Expansion = dyn_cast<PackExpansionExpr>(E)) | |||
5269 | E = Expansion->getPattern(); | |||
5270 | ||||
5271 | // Skip through any implicit casts we added while type-checking, and any | |||
5272 | // substitutions performed by template alias expansion. | |||
5273 | while (true) { | |||
5274 | if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | |||
5275 | E = ICE->getSubExpr(); | |||
5276 | else if (const ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(E)) | |||
5277 | E = CE->getSubExpr(); | |||
5278 | else if (const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *Subst = | |||
5279 | dyn_cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)) | |||
5280 | E = Subst->getReplacement(); | |||
5281 | else | |||
5282 | break; | |||
5283 | } | |||
5284 | ||||
5285 | // FIXME: if !OnlyDeduced, we have to walk the whole subexpression to | |||
5286 | // find other occurrences of template parameters. | |||
5287 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | |||
5288 | if (!DRE) | |||
5289 | return; | |||
5290 | ||||
5291 | const NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | |||
5292 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | |||
5293 | if (!NTTP) | |||
5294 | return; | |||
5295 | ||||
5296 | if (NTTP->getDepth() == Depth) | |||
5297 | Used[NTTP->getIndex()] = true; | |||
5298 | ||||
5299 | // In C++17 mode, additional arguments may be deduced from the type of a | |||
5300 | // non-type argument. | |||
5301 | if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | |||
5302 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, NTTP->getType(), OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5303 | } | |||
5304 | ||||
5305 | /// Mark the template parameters that are used by the given | |||
5306 | /// nested name specifier. | |||
5307 | static void | |||
5308 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
5309 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, | |||
5310 | bool OnlyDeduced, | |||
5311 | unsigned Depth, | |||
5312 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used) { | |||
5313 | if (!NNS) | |||
5314 | return; | |||
5315 | ||||
5316 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, NNS->getPrefix(), OnlyDeduced, Depth, | |||
5317 | Used); | |||
5318 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0), | |||
5319 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5320 | } | |||
5321 | ||||
5322 | /// Mark the template parameters that are used by the given | |||
5323 | /// template name. | |||
5324 | static void | |||
5325 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
5326 | TemplateName Name, | |||
5327 | bool OnlyDeduced, | |||
5328 | unsigned Depth, | |||
5329 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used) { | |||
5330 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) { | |||
5331 | if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP | |||
5332 | = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) { | |||
5333 | if (TTP->getDepth() == Depth) | |||
5334 | Used[TTP->getIndex()] = true; | |||
5335 | } | |||
5336 | return; | |||
5337 | } | |||
5338 | ||||
5339 | if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Name.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) | |||
5340 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, QTN->getQualifier(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5341 | Depth, Used); | |||
5342 | if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) | |||
5343 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, DTN->getQualifier(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5344 | Depth, Used); | |||
5345 | } | |||
5346 | ||||
5347 | /// Mark the template parameters that are used by the given | |||
5348 | /// type. | |||
5349 | static void | |||
5350 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T, | |||
5351 | bool OnlyDeduced, | |||
5352 | unsigned Depth, | |||
5353 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used) { | |||
5354 | if (T.isNull()) | |||
5355 | return; | |||
5356 | ||||
5357 | // Non-dependent types have nothing deducible | |||
5358 | if (!T->isDependentType()) | |||
5359 | return; | |||
5360 | ||||
5361 | T = Ctx.getCanonicalType(T); | |||
5362 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | |||
5363 | case Type::Pointer: | |||
5364 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5365 | cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType(), | |||
5366 | OnlyDeduced, | |||
5367 | Depth, | |||
5368 | Used); | |||
5369 | break; | |||
5370 | ||||
5371 | case Type::BlockPointer: | |||
5372 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5373 | cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType(), | |||
5374 | OnlyDeduced, | |||
5375 | Depth, | |||
5376 | Used); | |||
5377 | break; | |||
5378 | ||||
5379 | case Type::LValueReference: | |||
5380 | case Type::RValueReference: | |||
5381 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5382 | cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType(), | |||
5383 | OnlyDeduced, | |||
5384 | Depth, | |||
5385 | Used); | |||
5386 | break; | |||
5387 | ||||
5388 | case Type::MemberPointer: { | |||
5389 | const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T.getTypePtr()); | |||
5390 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, MemPtr->getPointeeType(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5391 | Depth, Used); | |||
5392 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, QualType(MemPtr->getClass(), 0), | |||
5393 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5394 | break; | |||
5395 | } | |||
5396 | ||||
5397 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
5398 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5399 | cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(T)->getSizeExpr(), | |||
5400 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5401 | // Fall through to check the element type | |||
5402 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
5403 | ||||
5404 | case Type::ConstantArray: | |||
5405 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
5406 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5407 | cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType(), | |||
5408 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5409 | break; | |||
5410 | ||||
5411 | case Type::Vector: | |||
5412 | case Type::ExtVector: | |||
5413 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5414 | cast<VectorType>(T)->getElementType(), | |||
5415 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5416 | break; | |||
5417 | ||||
5418 | case Type::DependentVector: { | |||
5419 | const auto *VecType = cast<DependentVectorType>(T); | |||
5420 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, VecType->getElementType(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5421 | Depth, Used); | |||
5422 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, VecType->getSizeExpr(), OnlyDeduced, Depth, | |||
5423 | Used); | |||
5424 | break; | |||
5425 | } | |||
5426 | case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: { | |||
5427 | const DependentSizedExtVectorType *VecType | |||
5428 | = cast<DependentSizedExtVectorType>(T); | |||
5429 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, VecType->getElementType(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5430 | Depth, Used); | |||
5431 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, VecType->getSizeExpr(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5432 | Depth, Used); | |||
5433 | break; | |||
5434 | } | |||
5435 | ||||
5436 | case Type::DependentAddressSpace: { | |||
5437 | const DependentAddressSpaceType *DependentASType = | |||
5438 | cast<DependentAddressSpaceType>(T); | |||
5439 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, DependentASType->getPointeeType(), | |||
5440 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5441 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5442 | DependentASType->getAddrSpaceExpr(), | |||
5443 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5444 | break; | |||
5445 | } | |||
5446 | ||||
5447 | case Type::FunctionProto: { | |||
5448 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); | |||
5449 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Proto->getReturnType(), OnlyDeduced, Depth, | |||
5450 | Used); | |||
5451 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) { | |||
5452 | // C++17 [temp.deduct.type]p5: | |||
5453 | // The non-deduced contexts are: [...] | |||
5454 | // -- A function parameter pack that does not occur at the end of the | |||
5455 | // parameter-declaration-list. | |||
5456 | if (!OnlyDeduced || I + 1 == N || | |||
5457 | !Proto->getParamType(I)->getAs<PackExpansionType>()) { | |||
5458 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Proto->getParamType(I), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5459 | Depth, Used); | |||
5460 | } else { | |||
5461 | // FIXME: C++17 [temp.deduct.call]p1: | |||
5462 | // When a function parameter pack appears in a non-deduced context, | |||
5463 | // the type of that pack is never deduced. | |||
5464 | // | |||
5465 | // We should also track a set of "never deduced" parameters, and | |||
5466 | // subtract that from the list of deduced parameters after marking. | |||
5467 | } | |||
5468 | } | |||
5469 | if (auto *E = Proto->getNoexceptExpr()) | |||
5470 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, E, OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5471 | break; | |||
5472 | } | |||
5473 | ||||
5474 | case Type::TemplateTypeParm: { | |||
5475 | const TemplateTypeParmType *TTP = cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(T); | |||
5476 | if (TTP->getDepth() == Depth) | |||
5477 | Used[TTP->getIndex()] = true; | |||
5478 | break; | |||
5479 | } | |||
5480 | ||||
5481 | case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: { | |||
5482 | const SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *Subst | |||
5483 | = cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType>(T); | |||
5484 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5485 | QualType(Subst->getReplacedParameter(), 0), | |||
5486 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5487 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Subst->getArgumentPack(), | |||
5488 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5489 | break; | |||
5490 | } | |||
5491 | ||||
5492 | case Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
5493 | T = cast<InjectedClassNameType>(T)->getInjectedSpecializationType(); | |||
5494 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
5495 | ||||
5496 | case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { | |||
5497 | const TemplateSpecializationType *Spec | |||
5498 | = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); | |||
5499 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Spec->getTemplateName(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5500 | Depth, Used); | |||
5501 | ||||
5502 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
5503 | // If the template argument list of P contains a pack expansion that is | |||
5504 | // not the last template argument, the entire template argument list is a | |||
5505 | // non-deduced context. | |||
5506 | if (OnlyDeduced && | |||
5507 | hasPackExpansionBeforeEnd(Spec->template_arguments())) | |||
5508 | break; | |||
5509 | ||||
5510 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Spec->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) | |||
5511 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Spec->getArg(I), OnlyDeduced, Depth, | |||
5512 | Used); | |||
5513 | break; | |||
5514 | } | |||
5515 | ||||
5516 | case Type::Complex: | |||
5517 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5518 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5519 | cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType(), | |||
5520 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5521 | break; | |||
5522 | ||||
5523 | case Type::Atomic: | |||
5524 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5525 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5526 | cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType(), | |||
5527 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5528 | break; | |||
5529 | ||||
5530 | case Type::DependentName: | |||
5531 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5532 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5533 | cast<DependentNameType>(T)->getQualifier(), | |||
5534 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5535 | break; | |||
5536 | ||||
5537 | case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: { | |||
5538 | // C++14 [temp.deduct.type]p5: | |||
5539 | // The non-deduced contexts are: | |||
5540 | // -- The nested-name-specifier of a type that was specified using a | |||
5541 | // qualified-id | |||
5542 | // | |||
5543 | // C++14 [temp.deduct.type]p6: | |||
5544 | // When a type name is specified in a way that includes a non-deduced | |||
5545 | // context, all of the types that comprise that type name are also | |||
5546 | // non-deduced. | |||
5547 | if (OnlyDeduced) | |||
5548 | break; | |||
5549 | ||||
5550 | const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *Spec | |||
5551 | = cast<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>(T); | |||
5552 | ||||
5553 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Spec->getQualifier(), | |||
5554 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5555 | ||||
5556 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Spec->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) | |||
5557 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Spec->getArg(I), OnlyDeduced, Depth, | |||
5558 | Used); | |||
5559 | break; | |||
5560 | } | |||
5561 | ||||
5562 | case Type::TypeOf: | |||
5563 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5564 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5565 | cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType(), | |||
5566 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5567 | break; | |||
5568 | ||||
5569 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
5570 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5571 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5572 | cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr(), | |||
5573 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5574 | break; | |||
5575 | ||||
5576 | case Type::Decltype: | |||
5577 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5578 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5579 | cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr(), | |||
5580 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5581 | break; | |||
5582 | ||||
5583 | case Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
5584 | if (!OnlyDeduced) | |||
5585 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5586 | cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType(), | |||
5587 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5588 | break; | |||
5589 | ||||
5590 | case Type::PackExpansion: | |||
5591 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5592 | cast<PackExpansionType>(T)->getPattern(), | |||
5593 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5594 | break; | |||
5595 | ||||
5596 | case Type::Auto: | |||
5597 | case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
5598 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5599 | cast<DeducedType>(T)->getDeducedType(), | |||
5600 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5601 | break; | |||
5602 | ||||
5603 | // None of these types have any template parameters in them. | |||
5604 | case Type::Builtin: | |||
5605 | case Type::VariableArray: | |||
5606 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
5607 | case Type::Record: | |||
5608 | case Type::Enum: | |||
5609 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5610 | case Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5611 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
5612 | case Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
5613 | case Type::Pipe: | |||
5614 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) | |||
5615 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) | |||
5616 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) | |||
5617 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: | |||
5618 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | |||
5619 | break; | |||
5620 | } | |||
5621 | } | |||
5622 | ||||
5623 | /// Mark the template parameters that are used by this | |||
5624 | /// template argument. | |||
5625 | static void | |||
5626 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, | |||
5627 | const TemplateArgument &TemplateArg, | |||
5628 | bool OnlyDeduced, | |||
5629 | unsigned Depth, | |||
5630 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used) { | |||
5631 | switch (TemplateArg.getKind()) { | |||
5632 | case TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
5633 | case TemplateArgument::Integral: | |||
5634 | case TemplateArgument::Declaration: | |||
5635 | break; | |||
5636 | ||||
5637 | case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | |||
5638 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, TemplateArg.getNullPtrType(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5639 | Depth, Used); | |||
5640 | break; | |||
5641 | ||||
5642 | case TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
5643 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, TemplateArg.getAsType(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5644 | Depth, Used); | |||
5645 | break; | |||
5646 | ||||
5647 | case TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
5648 | case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | |||
5649 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, | |||
5650 | TemplateArg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern(), | |||
5651 | OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5652 | break; | |||
5653 | ||||
5654 | case TemplateArgument::Expression: | |||
5655 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, TemplateArg.getAsExpr(), OnlyDeduced, | |||
5656 | Depth, Used); | |||
5657 | break; | |||
5658 | ||||
5659 | case TemplateArgument::Pack: | |||
5660 | for (const auto &P : TemplateArg.pack_elements()) | |||
5661 | MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, P, OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used); | |||
5662 | break; | |||
5663 | } | |||
5664 | } | |||
5665 | ||||
5666 | /// Mark which template parameters can be deduced from a given | |||
5667 | /// template argument list. | |||
5668 | /// | |||
5669 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template argument list from which template | |||
5670 | /// parameters will be deduced. | |||
5671 | /// | |||
5672 | /// \param Used a bit vector whose elements will be set to \c true | |||
5673 | /// to indicate when the corresponding template parameter will be | |||
5674 | /// deduced. | |||
5675 | void | |||
5676 | Sema::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, | |||
5677 | bool OnlyDeduced, unsigned Depth, | |||
5678 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used) { | |||
5679 | // C++0x [temp.deduct.type]p9: | |||
5680 | // If the template argument list of P contains a pack expansion that is not | |||
5681 | // the last template argument, the entire template argument list is a | |||
5682 | // non-deduced context. | |||
5683 | if (OnlyDeduced && | |||
5684 | hasPackExpansionBeforeEnd(TemplateArgs.asArray())) | |||
5685 | return; | |||
5686 | ||||
5687 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I) | |||
5688 | ::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Context, TemplateArgs[I], OnlyDeduced, | |||
5689 | Depth, Used); | |||
5690 | } | |||
5691 | ||||
5692 | /// Marks all of the template parameters that will be deduced by a | |||
5693 | /// call to the given function template. | |||
5694 | void Sema::MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( | |||
5695 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
5696 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { | |||
5697 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | |||
5698 | = FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
5699 | Deduced.clear(); | |||
5700 | Deduced.resize(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
5701 | ||||
5702 | FunctionDecl *Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
5703 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Function->getNumParams(); I != N; ++I) | |||
5704 | ::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Ctx, Function->getParamDecl(I)->getType(), | |||
5705 | true, TemplateParams->getDepth(), Deduced); | |||
5706 | } | |||
5707 | ||||
5708 | bool hasDeducibleTemplateParameters(Sema &S, | |||
5709 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, | |||
5710 | QualType T) { | |||
5711 | if (!T->isDependentType()) | |||
5712 | return false; | |||
5713 | ||||
5714 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | |||
5715 | = FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
5716 | llvm::SmallBitVector Deduced(TemplateParams->size()); | |||
5717 | ::MarkUsedTemplateParameters(S.Context, T, true, TemplateParams->getDepth(), | |||
5718 | Deduced); | |||
5719 | ||||
5720 | return Deduced.any(); | |||
5721 | } |
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
10 | // builds ASTs. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
32 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
50 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
56 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
57 | #include <deque> |
58 | #include <memory> |
59 | #include <string> |
60 | #include <tuple> |
61 | #include <vector> |
62 | |
63 | namespace llvm { |
64 | class APSInt; |
65 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
66 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
67 | class SmallBitVector; |
68 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
69 | } |
70 | |
71 | namespace clang { |
72 | class ADLResult; |
73 | class ASTConsumer; |
74 | class ASTContext; |
75 | class ASTMutationListener; |
76 | class ASTReader; |
77 | class ASTWriter; |
78 | class ArrayType; |
79 | class ParsedAttr; |
80 | class BindingDecl; |
81 | class BlockDecl; |
82 | class CapturedDecl; |
83 | class CXXBasePath; |
84 | class CXXBasePaths; |
85 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
86 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
87 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
88 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
89 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
90 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
91 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
92 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
93 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
94 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
95 | class CXXTemporary; |
96 | class CXXTryStmt; |
97 | class CallExpr; |
98 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
99 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
100 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
101 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
102 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
103 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
104 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
105 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
106 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
107 | class Decl; |
108 | class DeclAccessPair; |
109 | class DeclContext; |
110 | class DeclRefExpr; |
111 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
112 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
113 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
114 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
115 | class Designation; |
116 | class EnableIfAttr; |
117 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
118 | class Expr; |
119 | class ExtVectorType; |
120 | class FormatAttr; |
121 | class FriendDecl; |
122 | class FunctionDecl; |
123 | class FunctionProtoType; |
124 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
125 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
126 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
127 | class InitListExpr; |
128 | class InitializationKind; |
129 | class InitializationSequence; |
130 | class InitializedEntity; |
131 | class IntegerLiteral; |
132 | class LabelStmt; |
133 | class LambdaExpr; |
134 | class LangOptions; |
135 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
136 | class LookupResult; |
137 | class MacroInfo; |
138 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
139 | class ModuleLoader; |
140 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
141 | class NamedDecl; |
142 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
143 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
144 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
145 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
146 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
147 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
148 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
149 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
150 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
151 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
152 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
153 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
154 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
155 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
156 | class OMPRequiresDecl; |
157 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
158 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
159 | class OMPClause; |
160 | struct OMPVarListLocTy; |
161 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
162 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
163 | class OverloadExpr; |
164 | class ParenListExpr; |
165 | class ParmVarDecl; |
166 | class Preprocessor; |
167 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
168 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
169 | class QualType; |
170 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
171 | class Stmt; |
172 | class StringLiteral; |
173 | class SwitchStmt; |
174 | class TemplateArgument; |
175 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
176 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
177 | class TemplateDecl; |
178 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
179 | class TemplateParameterList; |
180 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
181 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
182 | class Token; |
183 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
184 | class TypedefDecl; |
185 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
186 | class TypeLoc; |
187 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
188 | class UnqualifiedId; |
189 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
190 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
191 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
192 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
193 | class UsingDecl; |
194 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
195 | class ValueDecl; |
196 | class VarDecl; |
197 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
198 | class VisibilityAttr; |
199 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
200 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
201 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
202 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
203 | |
204 | namespace sema { |
205 | class AccessedEntity; |
206 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
207 | class Capture; |
208 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
209 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
210 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
211 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
212 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
213 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
214 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
215 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
216 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
217 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | namespace threadSafety { |
221 | class BeforeSet; |
222 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
223 | } |
224 | |
225 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
226 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
227 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
228 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
229 | |
230 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
231 | /// file. |
232 | struct FileNullability { |
233 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
234 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
235 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
236 | |
237 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
238 | /// placing fix-its. |
239 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
240 | |
241 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
242 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
243 | |
244 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
245 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
246 | }; |
247 | |
248 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
249 | /// information in that file. |
250 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
251 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
252 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
253 | |
254 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
255 | struct { |
256 | FileID File; |
257 | FileNullability Nullability; |
258 | } Cache; |
259 | |
260 | public: |
261 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
262 | // Check the single-element cache. |
263 | if (file == Cache.File) |
264 | return Cache.Nullability; |
265 | |
266 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
267 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
268 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
269 | } |
270 | |
271 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
272 | Cache.File = file; |
273 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
274 | return Cache.Nullability; |
275 | } |
276 | }; |
277 | |
278 | /// Keeps track of expected type during expression parsing. The type is tied to |
279 | /// a particular token, all functions that update or consume the type take a |
280 | /// start location of the token they are looking at as a parameter. This allows |
281 | /// to avoid updating the type on hot paths in the parser. |
282 | class PreferredTypeBuilder { |
283 | public: |
284 | PreferredTypeBuilder() = default; |
285 | explicit PreferredTypeBuilder(QualType Type) : Type(Type) {} |
286 | |
287 | void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
288 | void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
289 | void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D); |
290 | /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running |
291 | /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed. |
292 | /// |
293 | /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a |
294 | /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same |
295 | /// location happen while function_ref is alive. |
296 | void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok, |
297 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType); |
298 | |
299 | void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc); |
300 | void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
301 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
302 | void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op); |
303 | void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base); |
304 | void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS); |
305 | /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc. |
306 | void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType); |
307 | |
308 | QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const { |
309 | if (Tok != ExpectedLoc) |
310 | return QualType(); |
311 | if (!Type.isNull()) |
312 | return Type; |
313 | if (ComputeType) |
314 | return ComputeType(); |
315 | return QualType(); |
316 | } |
317 | |
318 | private: |
319 | /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type. |
320 | SourceLocation ExpectedLoc; |
321 | /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc. |
322 | QualType Type; |
323 | /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered |
324 | /// if Type is null. |
325 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType; |
326 | }; |
327 | |
328 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
329 | class Sema { |
330 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
331 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
332 | |
333 | ///Source of additional semantic information. |
334 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
335 | |
336 | ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
337 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
338 | |
339 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
340 | |
341 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
342 | |
343 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
344 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
345 | /// not have external linkage. |
346 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
347 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
348 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
349 | return true; |
350 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
351 | // of the new declaration here. |
352 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
353 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&((Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 354, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
354 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")((Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 354, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
355 | return true; |
356 | } |
357 | return false; |
358 | } |
359 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
360 | |
361 | void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem, |
362 | QualType ResultTy, |
363 | ArrayRef<QualType> Args); |
364 | |
365 | public: |
366 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
367 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
368 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
369 | |
370 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
371 | FPOptions FPFeatures; |
372 | |
373 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
374 | Preprocessor &PP; |
375 | ASTContext &Context; |
376 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
377 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
378 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
379 | |
380 | /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
381 | bool CollectStats; |
382 | |
383 | /// Code-completion consumer. |
384 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
385 | |
386 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
387 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
388 | |
389 | /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
390 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
391 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
392 | |
393 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
394 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
395 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
396 | |
397 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
398 | |
399 | /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
400 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
401 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
402 | |
403 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
404 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
405 | |
406 | /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
407 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
408 | |
409 | /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by |
410 | /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created |
411 | /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction |
412 | /// fails. |
413 | llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs; |
414 | |
415 | /// pragma clang section kind |
416 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
417 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
418 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
419 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
420 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
421 | PCSK_Text = 4 |
422 | }; |
423 | |
424 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
425 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
426 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
427 | }; |
428 | |
429 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
430 | std::string SectionName; |
431 | bool Valid = false; |
432 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
433 | |
434 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
435 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
436 | StringLiteral* Name); |
437 | }; |
438 | |
439 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
440 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
441 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
442 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
443 | |
444 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
445 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
446 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
447 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
448 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
449 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
450 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
451 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
452 | }; |
453 | |
454 | template<typename ValueType> |
455 | struct PragmaStack { |
456 | struct Slot { |
457 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
458 | ValueType Value; |
459 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
460 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
461 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
462 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
463 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
464 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
465 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
466 | }; |
467 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
468 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
469 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
470 | ValueType Value); |
471 | |
472 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
473 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
474 | // |
475 | // struct S { |
476 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
477 | // void Method {} |
478 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
479 | // }; |
480 | // |
481 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
482 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
483 | // syntax. |
484 | // |
485 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
486 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
487 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
488 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 488, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
489 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
490 | } |
491 | |
492 | // Constructors. |
493 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
494 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
495 | |
496 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
497 | |
498 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
499 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
500 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
501 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
502 | }; |
503 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
504 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
505 | |
506 | /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
507 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
508 | /// |
509 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
510 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
511 | /// structors |
512 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
513 | /// objects |
514 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack; |
515 | // #pragma pack. |
516 | // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment. |
517 | static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U; |
518 | PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack; |
519 | // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include. |
520 | struct PackIncludeState { |
521 | unsigned CurrentValue; |
522 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
523 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
524 | }; |
525 | SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack; |
526 | // Segment #pragmas. |
527 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
528 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
529 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
530 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
531 | |
532 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
533 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
534 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
535 | public: |
536 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
537 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
538 | |
539 | private: |
540 | Sema &S; |
541 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
542 | bool ShouldAct; |
543 | }; |
544 | |
545 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
546 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
547 | |
548 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
549 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
550 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
551 | |
552 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
553 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
554 | |
555 | /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute. |
556 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
557 | SourceLocation Loc; |
558 | ParsedAttr *Attribute; |
559 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
560 | bool IsUsed; |
561 | }; |
562 | |
563 | /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries. |
564 | struct PragmaAttributeGroup { |
565 | /// The location of the push attribute. |
566 | SourceLocation Loc; |
567 | /// The namespace of this push group. |
568 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace; |
569 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries; |
570 | }; |
571 | |
572 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
573 | |
574 | /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
575 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
576 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
577 | |
578 | /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
579 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
580 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
581 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
582 | |
583 | /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
584 | /// |
585 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
586 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
587 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
588 | |
589 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
590 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
591 | |
592 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
593 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The |
594 | /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. |
595 | SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
596 | |
597 | /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference |
598 | /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and |
599 | /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions |
600 | /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression. |
601 | /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression. |
602 | using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 2>; |
603 | MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs; |
604 | |
605 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope; |
606 | |
607 | /// Stack containing information about each of the nested |
608 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
609 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
610 | |
611 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
612 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
613 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
614 | |
615 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
616 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
617 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
618 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
619 | |
620 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
621 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
622 | |
623 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
624 | |
625 | /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
626 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
627 | |
628 | /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
629 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
630 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
631 | |
632 | /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
633 | /// |
634 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
635 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
636 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
637 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
638 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
639 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
640 | |
641 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
642 | |
643 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
644 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
645 | /// same list more than once. |
646 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
647 | |
648 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
649 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
650 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
651 | |
652 | /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
653 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
654 | |
655 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
656 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
657 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
658 | |
659 | /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
660 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
661 | |
662 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
663 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
664 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
665 | |
666 | /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
667 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
668 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
669 | |
670 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
671 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
672 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
673 | |
674 | /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
675 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
676 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
677 | |
678 | /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
679 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
680 | /// function. |
681 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
682 | DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
683 | |
684 | /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had |
685 | /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they |
686 | /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl |
687 | /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to |
688 | /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete. |
689 | SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2> |
690 | DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
691 | |
692 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
693 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
694 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
695 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
696 | |
697 | /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
698 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
699 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
700 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
701 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
702 | void *OpaqueParser; |
703 | |
704 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
705 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
706 | void *P) { |
707 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
708 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
709 | OpaqueParser = P; |
710 | } |
711 | |
712 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
713 | |
714 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
715 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
716 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
717 | }; |
718 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
719 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
720 | |
721 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
722 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
723 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
724 | /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
725 | /// diagnostics should go. |
726 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
727 | |
728 | public: |
729 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
730 | |
731 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
732 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
733 | |
734 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
735 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
736 | |
737 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
738 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
739 | return CurPool; |
740 | } |
741 | |
742 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
743 | /// collected in this pool. |
744 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
745 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
746 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
747 | CurPool = &pool; |
748 | return state; |
749 | } |
750 | |
751 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
752 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
753 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
754 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
755 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
756 | } |
757 | |
758 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
759 | /// not delayed. |
760 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
761 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
762 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
763 | CurPool = nullptr; |
764 | return state; |
765 | } |
766 | |
767 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
768 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
769 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)((CurPool == nullptr) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 769, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
770 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
771 | } |
772 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
773 | |
774 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
775 | class ContextRAII { |
776 | private: |
777 | Sema &S; |
778 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
779 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
780 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
781 | |
782 | public: |
783 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
784 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
785 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
786 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) |
787 | { |
788 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")((ContextToPush && "pushing null context") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 788, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
789 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
790 | if (NewThisContext) |
791 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
792 | } |
793 | |
794 | void pop() { |
795 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
796 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
797 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
798 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
799 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
800 | } |
801 | |
802 | ~ContextRAII() { |
803 | pop(); |
804 | } |
805 | }; |
806 | |
807 | /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy |
808 | /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object. |
809 | bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
810 | |
811 | bool isConstantEvaluated() { |
812 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() || |
813 | isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
814 | } |
815 | |
816 | /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
817 | /// a function body. |
818 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
819 | Sema &S; |
820 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
821 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
822 | |
823 | public: |
824 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
825 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
826 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
827 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
828 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
829 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
830 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
831 | else |
832 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))((isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 832, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
833 | } |
834 | |
835 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
836 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)((!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 836, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
837 | |
838 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
839 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
840 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
841 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
842 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
843 | |
844 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
845 | } |
846 | |
847 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
848 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
849 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
850 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
851 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
852 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
853 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
854 | } |
855 | }; |
856 | |
857 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
858 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
859 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
860 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
861 | |
862 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
863 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
864 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
865 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
866 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
867 | |
868 | |
869 | /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
870 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
871 | |
872 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
873 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
874 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
875 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
876 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
877 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
878 | |
879 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
880 | |
881 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
882 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
883 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
884 | Scope *TUScope; |
885 | |
886 | /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
887 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
888 | |
889 | /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
890 | /// standard library. |
891 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
892 | |
893 | /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
894 | /// standard library. |
895 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
896 | |
897 | /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
898 | /// of the standard library resides. |
899 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
900 | |
901 | /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
902 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
903 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
904 | |
905 | /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in |
906 | /// \<coroutine_traits> |
907 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache; |
908 | |
909 | /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
910 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
911 | |
912 | /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
913 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
914 | |
915 | /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
916 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
917 | |
918 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
919 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
920 | |
921 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
922 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
923 | |
924 | /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
925 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
926 | |
927 | /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
928 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
929 | |
930 | /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
931 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
932 | |
933 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
934 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
935 | |
936 | /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
937 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
938 | |
939 | /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
940 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
941 | |
942 | /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
943 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
944 | |
945 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
946 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
947 | |
948 | /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
949 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
950 | |
951 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
952 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
953 | |
954 | /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
955 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
956 | |
957 | /// id<NSCopying> type. |
958 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
959 | |
960 | /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
961 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
962 | |
963 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
964 | /// have been declared. |
965 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
966 | |
967 | /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract |
968 | /// references to fields. This is really a |
969 | bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; |
970 | |
971 | /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
972 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
973 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
974 | /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
975 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
976 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
977 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
978 | /// run time. |
979 | Unevaluated, |
980 | |
981 | /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
982 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
983 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
984 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
985 | UnevaluatedList, |
986 | |
987 | /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
988 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
989 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
990 | DiscardedStatement, |
991 | |
992 | /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
993 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
994 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
995 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
996 | |
997 | /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
998 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
999 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
1000 | ConstantEvaluated, |
1001 | |
1002 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
1003 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
1004 | /// expression at run time. |
1005 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
1006 | |
1007 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
1008 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
1009 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
1010 | /// |
1011 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
1012 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
1013 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
1014 | /// until the default argument is used. |
1015 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
1016 | }; |
1017 | |
1018 | /// Data structure used to record current or nested |
1019 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
1020 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
1021 | /// The expression evaluation context. |
1022 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
1023 | |
1024 | /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
1025 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
1026 | |
1027 | /// Whether we are in a decltype expression. |
1028 | bool IsDecltype; |
1029 | |
1030 | /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
1031 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
1032 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
1033 | |
1034 | /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
1035 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
1036 | unsigned NumTypos; |
1037 | |
1038 | MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
1039 | |
1040 | /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
1041 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
1042 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
1043 | |
1044 | /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
1045 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
1046 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
1047 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
1048 | |
1049 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
1050 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
1051 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
1052 | |
1053 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
1054 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
1055 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
1056 | |
1057 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs; |
1058 | |
1059 | /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this |
1060 | /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if |
1061 | /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands. |
1062 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
1063 | |
1064 | /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have |
1065 | /// to handle differently. |
1066 | enum ExpressionKind { |
1067 | EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other |
1068 | } ExprContext; |
1069 | |
1070 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
1071 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
1072 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
1073 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
1074 | ExpressionKind ExprContext) |
1075 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
1076 | NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0), |
1077 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext) {} |
1078 | |
1079 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
1080 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
1081 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
1082 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
1083 | } |
1084 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
1085 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
1086 | } |
1087 | }; |
1088 | |
1089 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1090 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1091 | |
1092 | /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded. |
1093 | void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec); |
1094 | |
1095 | /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1096 | /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any. |
1097 | /// |
1098 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1099 | /// block literal. |
1100 | std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *> |
1101 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC); |
1102 | |
1103 | |
1104 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1105 | /// function. |
1106 | /// |
1107 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1108 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1109 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1110 | public: |
1111 | enum Kind { |
1112 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1113 | Ambiguous, |
1114 | Success |
1115 | }; |
1116 | |
1117 | private: |
1118 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
1119 | |
1120 | public: |
1121 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
1122 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1123 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1124 | |
1125 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1126 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1127 | |
1128 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1129 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1130 | }; |
1131 | |
1132 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1133 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1134 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1135 | public: |
1136 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1137 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1138 | {} |
1139 | }; |
1140 | |
1141 | /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1142 | /// for C++ records. |
1143 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1144 | |
1145 | /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1146 | /// attribute. |
1147 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1148 | |
1149 | /// The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1150 | /// |
1151 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1152 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1153 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1154 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1155 | /// checks. |
1156 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1157 | |
1158 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1159 | |
1160 | /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1161 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1162 | |
1163 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1164 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1165 | |
1166 | /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1167 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1168 | /// |
1169 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1170 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1171 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1172 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1173 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1174 | |
1175 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1176 | // argument locations. |
1177 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1178 | |
1179 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1180 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1181 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1182 | |
1183 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1184 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1185 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1186 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1187 | |
1188 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1189 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1190 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1191 | |
1192 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1193 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1194 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1195 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1196 | |
1197 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
1198 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
1199 | |
1200 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1201 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1202 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1203 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1204 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1205 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1206 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1207 | |
1208 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1209 | /// of -Wselector. |
1210 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1211 | |
1212 | /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a |
1213 | /// block. |
1214 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1> |
1215 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs; |
1216 | |
1217 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1218 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1219 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1220 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1221 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1222 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1223 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1224 | CXXDestructor, |
1225 | CXXInvalid |
1226 | }; |
1227 | |
1228 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1229 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1230 | |
1231 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1232 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1233 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1234 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1235 | |
1236 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1237 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1238 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1239 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1240 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1241 | |
1242 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1243 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1244 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1245 | |
1246 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1247 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1248 | |
1249 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1250 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1251 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1252 | |
1253 | /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1254 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1255 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1256 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1257 | |
1258 | /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound |
1259 | /// statements. |
1260 | class FPContractStateRAII { |
1261 | public: |
1262 | FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {} |
1263 | ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; } |
1264 | |
1265 | private: |
1266 | Sema& S; |
1267 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1268 | }; |
1269 | |
1270 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1271 | |
1272 | bool WarnedStackExhausted = false; |
1273 | |
1274 | public: |
1275 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1276 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1277 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1278 | ~Sema(); |
1279 | |
1280 | /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1281 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1282 | void Initialize(); |
1283 | |
1284 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1285 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1286 | FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } |
1287 | |
1288 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1289 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1290 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1291 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1292 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1293 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1294 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1295 | |
1296 | ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1297 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1298 | /// |
1299 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1300 | /// |
1301 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1302 | |
1303 | void PrintStats() const; |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted. |
1306 | void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc); |
1307 | |
1308 | /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is |
1309 | /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates |
1310 | /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example, |
1311 | /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow. |
1312 | void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc, |
1313 | llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn); |
1314 | |
1315 | /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1316 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1317 | /// |
1318 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1319 | /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is |
1320 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1321 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1322 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1323 | /// well. |
1324 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1325 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1326 | unsigned DiagID; |
1327 | |
1328 | public: |
1329 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1330 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
1331 | |
1332 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1333 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1334 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1335 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1336 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op |
1337 | // in that case anwyay. |
1338 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; |
1339 | |
1340 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { |
1341 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1342 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1343 | |
1344 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying |
1345 | // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it |
1346 | // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1347 | // |
1348 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1349 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1350 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1351 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1352 | // eliminate that code. |
1353 | FlushCounts(); |
1354 | Clear(); |
1355 | |
1356 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1357 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1358 | } |
1359 | |
1360 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1361 | template<typename T> |
1362 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( |
1363 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1364 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1365 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1366 | return Diag; |
1367 | } |
1368 | }; |
1369 | |
1370 | /// Emit a diagnostic. |
1371 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { |
1372 | DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); |
1373 | return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); |
1374 | } |
1375 | |
1376 | /// Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1377 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); |
1378 | |
1379 | /// Build a partial diagnostic. |
1380 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1381 | |
1382 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1383 | |
1384 | /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1385 | std::string |
1386 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1387 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1388 | |
1389 | /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1390 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1391 | |
1392 | /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1393 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1394 | |
1395 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1396 | |
1397 | enum TUFragmentKind { |
1398 | /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration. |
1399 | Global, |
1400 | /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the |
1401 | /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration |
1402 | /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not). |
1403 | Normal, |
1404 | /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of |
1405 | /// the translation unit. |
1406 | Private |
1407 | }; |
1408 | |
1409 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1410 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1411 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind); |
1412 | |
1413 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1414 | |
1415 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1416 | |
1417 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1418 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1419 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1420 | |
1421 | /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1422 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1423 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1424 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1425 | |
1426 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1427 | RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K, |
1428 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
1429 | |
1430 | /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short |
1431 | /// time after they've been popped. |
1432 | class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter { |
1433 | Sema *Self; |
1434 | |
1435 | public: |
1436 | explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {} |
1437 | void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const; |
1438 | }; |
1439 | |
1440 | using PoppedFunctionScopePtr = |
1441 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>; |
1442 | |
1443 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr |
1444 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1445 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1446 | QualType BlockType = QualType()); |
1447 | |
1448 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1449 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
1450 | } |
1451 | |
1452 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
1453 | |
1454 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
1455 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
1456 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
1457 | |
1458 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1459 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1460 | |
1461 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1462 | |
1463 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1464 | |
1465 | /// Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1466 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1467 | |
1468 | /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This |
1469 | /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and |
1470 | /// blocks. |
1471 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const; |
1472 | |
1473 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1474 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1475 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1476 | /// lambda scopes. |
1477 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1478 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1479 | |
1480 | /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1481 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1482 | |
1483 | /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1484 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1485 | |
1486 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1487 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1488 | |
1489 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
1490 | |
1491 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1492 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
1493 | // |
1494 | |
1495 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
1496 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1497 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
1498 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1499 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
1500 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1501 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
1502 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1503 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
1504 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
1505 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
1506 | QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1507 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
1508 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1509 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1510 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1511 | |
1512 | /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided. |
1513 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1514 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1515 | |
1516 | bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1517 | |
1518 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1519 | |
1520 | /// Build a function type. |
1521 | /// |
1522 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
1523 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
1524 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
1525 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
1526 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
1527 | /// |
1528 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
1529 | /// |
1530 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
1531 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
1532 | /// function parameters. |
1533 | /// |
1534 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
1535 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
1536 | /// type that will have function type. |
1537 | /// |
1538 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
1539 | /// type, if known. |
1540 | /// |
1541 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
1542 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
1543 | /// |
1544 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
1545 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
1546 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
1547 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
1548 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
1549 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
1550 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
1551 | |
1552 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
1553 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1554 | DeclarationName Entity); |
1555 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
1556 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1557 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
1558 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1559 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
1560 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1561 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
1562 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1563 | |
1564 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
1565 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
1566 | |
1567 | /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
1568 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
1569 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
1570 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
1571 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
1572 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
1573 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); |
1574 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
1575 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
1576 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
1577 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
1578 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
1579 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
1580 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
1581 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1582 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1583 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1584 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1585 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
1586 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1587 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1588 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
1589 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
1590 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1591 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1592 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID, |
1593 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
1594 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
1595 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
1596 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
1597 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1598 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1599 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
1600 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
1601 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
1602 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
1603 | |
1604 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1605 | |
1606 | /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
1607 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
1608 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
1609 | |
1610 | /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
1611 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
1612 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1613 | |
1614 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
1615 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1616 | }; |
1617 | |
1618 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
1619 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
1620 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
1621 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
1622 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
1623 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
1624 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
1625 | return II; |
1626 | } |
1627 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
1628 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
1629 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
1630 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
1631 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
1632 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
1633 | |
1634 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
1635 | unsigned DiagID; |
1636 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
1637 | |
1638 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
1639 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
1640 | std::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
1641 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
1642 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
1643 | (void)Dummy; |
1644 | } |
1645 | |
1646 | public: |
1647 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
1648 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
1649 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")((DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1649, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1650 | } |
1651 | |
1652 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
1653 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
1654 | emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
1655 | DB << T; |
1656 | } |
1657 | }; |
1658 | |
1659 | private: |
1660 | /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer |
1661 | /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as |
1662 | /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For |
1663 | /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the |
1664 | /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires |
1665 | /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address |
1666 | /// of them are eventually taken. |
1667 | void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E); |
1668 | void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E); |
1669 | void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E); |
1670 | |
1671 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1672 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
1673 | |
1674 | struct ModuleScope { |
1675 | SourceLocation BeginLoc; |
1676 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
1677 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
1678 | bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false; |
1679 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
1680 | }; |
1681 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
1682 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
1683 | |
1684 | /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish. |
1685 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces; |
1686 | |
1687 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
1688 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
1689 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
1690 | } |
1691 | |
1692 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
1693 | |
1694 | public: |
1695 | /// Get the module owning an entity. |
1696 | Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); } |
1697 | |
1698 | /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
1699 | /// visible at the specified location. |
1700 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
1701 | |
1702 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false); |
1703 | |
1704 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
1705 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1706 | return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
1707 | } |
1708 | |
1709 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
1710 | bool |
1711 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
1712 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
1713 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
1714 | } |
1715 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
1716 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
1717 | |
1718 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
1719 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
1720 | |
1721 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
1722 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
1723 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
1724 | |
1725 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
1726 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
1727 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
1728 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
1729 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1730 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
1731 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
1732 | } |
1733 | |
1734 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
1735 | bool |
1736 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
1737 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1738 | |
1739 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
1740 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
1741 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
1742 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
1743 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1744 | |
1745 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
1746 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
1747 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
1748 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1749 | |
1750 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
1751 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
1752 | /// an extension warning. |
1753 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
1754 | const NamedDecl *B); |
1755 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
1756 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
1757 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
1758 | |
1759 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD); |
1760 | |
1761 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
1762 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); |
1763 | } |
1764 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1765 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1766 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1767 | unsigned DiagID); |
1768 | |
1769 | template <typename... Ts> |
1770 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1771 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1772 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1773 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1774 | } |
1775 | |
1776 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
1777 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1778 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
1779 | |
1780 | template <typename... Ts> |
1781 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
1782 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1783 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); |
1784 | } |
1785 | |
1786 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1787 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1788 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
1789 | |
1790 | template <typename... Ts> |
1791 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1792 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1793 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1794 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1795 | } |
1796 | |
1797 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
1798 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T, |
1799 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr); |
1800 | |
1801 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1802 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
1803 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
1804 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
1805 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
1806 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
1807 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
1808 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1809 | |
1810 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1811 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
1812 | // |
1813 | |
1814 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
1815 | SkipBodyInfo() |
1816 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
1817 | New(nullptr) {} |
1818 | bool ShouldSkip; |
1819 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
1820 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
1821 | NamedDecl *New; |
1822 | }; |
1823 | |
1824 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
1825 | |
1826 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
1827 | |
1828 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
1829 | |
1830 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1831 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
1832 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
1833 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
1834 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
1835 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
1836 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
1837 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
1838 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
1839 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
1840 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
1841 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
1842 | Scope *S, |
1843 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
1844 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
1845 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
1846 | |
1847 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
1848 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
1849 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
1850 | /// scope during instantiation. |
1851 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
1852 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1853 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
1854 | |
1855 | /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
1856 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
1857 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
1858 | /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be |
1859 | /// something else. |
1860 | NC_Unknown, |
1861 | /// Classification failed; an error has been produced. |
1862 | NC_Error, |
1863 | /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword. |
1864 | NC_Keyword, |
1865 | /// The name was classified as a type. |
1866 | NC_Type, |
1867 | /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template |
1868 | /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to |
1869 | /// convert the declaration to an expression. |
1870 | NC_NonType, |
1871 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name. |
1872 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the |
1873 | /// result to an expression. |
1874 | NC_UndeclaredNonType, |
1875 | /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be |
1876 | /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to |
1877 | /// convert the result to an expression. |
1878 | NC_DependentNonType, |
1879 | /// The name was classified as a non-type, and an expression representing |
1880 | /// that name has been formed. |
1881 | NC_ContextIndependentExpr, |
1882 | /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types. |
1883 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
1884 | /// The name was classified as a variable template name. |
1885 | NC_VarTemplate, |
1886 | /// The name was classified as a function template name. |
1887 | NC_FunctionTemplate, |
1888 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name. |
1889 | NC_UndeclaredTemplate, |
1890 | }; |
1891 | |
1892 | class NameClassification { |
1893 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
1894 | union { |
1895 | ExprResult Expr; |
1896 | NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl; |
1897 | TemplateName Template; |
1898 | ParsedType Type; |
1899 | }; |
1900 | |
1901 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
1902 | |
1903 | public: |
1904 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
1905 | |
1906 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
1907 | |
1908 | static NameClassification Error() { |
1909 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
1910 | } |
1911 | |
1912 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
1913 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
1914 | } |
1915 | |
1916 | static NameClassification ContextIndependentExpr(ExprResult E) { |
1917 | NameClassification Result(NC_ContextIndependentExpr); |
1918 | Result.Expr = E; |
1919 | return Result; |
1920 | } |
1921 | |
1922 | static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) { |
1923 | NameClassification Result(NC_NonType); |
1924 | Result.NonTypeDecl = D; |
1925 | return Result; |
1926 | } |
1927 | |
1928 | static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() { |
1929 | return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType); |
1930 | } |
1931 | |
1932 | static NameClassification DependentNonType() { |
1933 | return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType); |
1934 | } |
1935 | |
1936 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1937 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
1938 | Result.Template = Name; |
1939 | return Result; |
1940 | } |
1941 | |
1942 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1943 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
1944 | Result.Template = Name; |
1945 | return Result; |
1946 | } |
1947 | |
1948 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1949 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
1950 | Result.Template = Name; |
1951 | return Result; |
1952 | } |
1953 | |
1954 | static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1955 | NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate); |
1956 | Result.Template = Name; |
1957 | return Result; |
1958 | } |
1959 | |
1960 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
1961 | |
1962 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
1963 | assert(Kind == NC_ContextIndependentExpr)((Kind == NC_ContextIndependentExpr) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_ContextIndependentExpr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1963, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1964 | return Expr; |
1965 | } |
1966 | |
1967 | ParsedType getType() const { |
1968 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)((Kind == NC_Type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1968, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1969 | return Type; |
1970 | } |
1971 | |
1972 | NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const { |
1973 | assert(Kind == NC_NonType)((Kind == NC_NonType) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_NonType", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1973, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1974 | return NonTypeDecl; |
1975 | } |
1976 | |
1977 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
1978 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||((Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1979, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1979 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate)((Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1979, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1980 | return Template; |
1981 | } |
1982 | |
1983 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
1984 | switch (Kind) { |
1985 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
1986 | return TNK_Type_template; |
1987 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
1988 | return TNK_Function_template; |
1989 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
1990 | return TNK_Var_template; |
1991 | case NC_UndeclaredTemplate: |
1992 | return TNK_Undeclared_template; |
1993 | default: |
1994 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1994); |
1995 | } |
1996 | } |
1997 | }; |
1998 | |
1999 | /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
2000 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
2001 | /// |
2002 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
2003 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
2004 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
2005 | /// |
2006 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
2007 | /// |
2008 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
2009 | /// |
2010 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
2011 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
2012 | /// |
2013 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
2014 | /// |
2015 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
2016 | /// disambiguate the name. |
2017 | /// |
2018 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
2019 | NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2020 | IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2021 | const Token &NextToken, |
2022 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr); |
2023 | |
2024 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only) |
2025 | /// non-type declaration. |
2026 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2027 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2028 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a |
2029 | /// dependent base class. |
2030 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2031 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2032 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2033 | bool IsAddressOfOperand); |
2034 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type |
2035 | /// declaration. |
2036 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2037 | NamedDecl *Found, |
2038 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2039 | const Token &NextToken); |
2040 | |
2041 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
2042 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
2043 | ClassTemplate, |
2044 | FunctionTemplate, |
2045 | VarTemplate, |
2046 | AliasTemplate, |
2047 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
2048 | Concept, |
2049 | DependentTemplate |
2050 | }; |
2051 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
2052 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
2053 | |
2054 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
2055 | /// template-name. |
2056 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) { |
2057 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
2058 | return false; |
2059 | Dependent = false; |
2060 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
2061 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2062 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
2063 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2064 | Dependent = true; |
2065 | if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
2066 | return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2067 | if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get())) |
2068 | return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
2069 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
2070 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
2071 | return false; |
2072 | } |
2073 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
2074 | SourceLocation Less, |
2075 | SourceLocation Greater); |
2076 | |
2077 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2078 | |
2079 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2080 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
2081 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
2082 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
2083 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
2084 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
2085 | bool IsTemplateId); |
2086 | void |
2087 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
2088 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
2089 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2090 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2091 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2092 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
2093 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
2094 | |
2095 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
2096 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
2097 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
2098 | const LookupResult &R); |
2099 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
2100 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
2101 | const LookupResult &R); |
2102 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
2103 | |
2104 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
2105 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
2106 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
2107 | |
2108 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
2109 | |
2110 | private: |
2111 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
2112 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
2113 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
2114 | |
2115 | public: |
2116 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
2117 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
2118 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
2119 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
2120 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
2121 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
2122 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2123 | LookupResult &Previous); |
2124 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
2125 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
2126 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
2127 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2128 | LookupResult &Previous, |
2129 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2130 | bool &AddToScope, |
2131 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
2132 | NamedDecl * |
2133 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2134 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
2135 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
2136 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
2137 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
2138 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
2139 | Expr *Init); |
2140 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
2141 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
2142 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
2143 | |
2144 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
2145 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2146 | LookupResult &Previous, |
2147 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2148 | bool &AddToScope); |
2149 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2150 | |
2151 | enum class CheckConstexprKind { |
2152 | /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions. |
2153 | Diagnose, |
2154 | /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr |
2155 | /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions). |
2156 | CheckValid |
2157 | }; |
2158 | |
2159 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
2160 | CheckConstexprKind Kind); |
2161 | |
2162 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2163 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
2164 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
2165 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
2166 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
2167 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
2168 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2169 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
2170 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
2171 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
2172 | bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, |
2173 | QualType NewT, QualType OldT); |
2174 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
2175 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2176 | Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
2177 | bool IsDefinition); |
2178 | void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2179 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
2180 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
2181 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2182 | QualType T); |
2183 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2184 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2185 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
2186 | StorageClass SC); |
2187 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
2188 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2189 | Expr *defarg); |
2190 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
2191 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2192 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
2193 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2194 | bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
2195 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
2196 | |
2197 | // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is |
2198 | // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context. |
2199 | enum NonTrivialCUnionContext { |
2200 | // Function parameter. |
2201 | NTCUC_FunctionParam, |
2202 | // Function return. |
2203 | NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
2204 | // Default-initialized object. |
2205 | NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, |
2206 | // Variable with automatic storage duration. |
2207 | NTCUC_AutoVar, |
2208 | // Initializer expression that might copy from another object. |
2209 | NTCUC_CopyInit, |
2210 | // Assignment. |
2211 | NTCUC_Assignment, |
2212 | // Compound literal. |
2213 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, |
2214 | // Block capture. |
2215 | NTCUC_BlockCapture, |
2216 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type. |
2217 | NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
2218 | }; |
2219 | |
2220 | /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or |
2221 | /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or |
2222 | /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is |
2223 | /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize. |
2224 | void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc); |
2225 | |
2226 | // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion. |
2227 | enum NonTrivialCUnionKind { |
2228 | NTCUK_Init = 0x1, |
2229 | NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2, |
2230 | NTCUK_Copy = 0x4, |
2231 | }; |
2232 | |
2233 | /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains |
2234 | /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context. |
2235 | void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, |
2236 | NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, |
2237 | unsigned NonTrivialKind); |
2238 | |
2239 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
2240 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
2241 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
2242 | |
2243 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
2244 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
2245 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
2246 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2247 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
2248 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
2249 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
2250 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
2251 | void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD); |
2252 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
2253 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
2254 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2255 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2256 | |
2257 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
2258 | /// documentation comments. |
2259 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
2260 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
2261 | |
2262 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2263 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
2264 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
2265 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
2266 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2267 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
2268 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
2269 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2270 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
2271 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2272 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
2273 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
2274 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
2275 | } |
2276 | |
2277 | /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
2278 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
2279 | /// code for that function. |
2280 | /// |
2281 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
2282 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
2283 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
2284 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
2285 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
2286 | |
2287 | /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2288 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2289 | /// code for that function. |
2290 | /// |
2291 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2292 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2293 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2294 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2295 | |
2296 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2297 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2298 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2299 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2300 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2301 | |
2302 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2303 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2304 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2305 | |
2306 | /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2307 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2308 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2309 | |
2310 | /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2311 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2312 | /// specified threshold. |
2313 | void |
2314 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2315 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2316 | |
2317 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2318 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2319 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2320 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2321 | |
2322 | /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2323 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
2324 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2325 | |
2326 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2327 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2328 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
2329 | }; |
2330 | |
2331 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
2332 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
2333 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2334 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
2335 | ModuleIdPath Path, bool IsFirstDecl); |
2336 | |
2337 | /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins |
2338 | /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit. |
2339 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
2340 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc); |
2341 | |
2342 | /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins |
2343 | /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit. |
2344 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
2345 | /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword. |
2346 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, |
2347 | SourceLocation PrivateLoc); |
2348 | |
2349 | /// The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
2350 | /// |
2351 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This |
2352 | /// could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'. |
2353 | /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any. |
2354 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
2355 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
2356 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2357 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2358 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
2359 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2360 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2361 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M, |
2362 | ModuleIdPath Path = {}); |
2363 | |
2364 | /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
2365 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
2366 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2367 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2368 | |
2369 | /// The parsed has entered a submodule. |
2370 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2371 | /// The parser has left a submodule. |
2372 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2373 | |
2374 | /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
2375 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
2376 | /// |
2377 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
2378 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
2379 | /// has forgotten to import. |
2380 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
2381 | Module *Mod); |
2382 | |
2383 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
2384 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
2385 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
2386 | Declaration, |
2387 | Definition, |
2388 | DefaultArgument, |
2389 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
2390 | PartialSpecialization |
2391 | }; |
2392 | |
2393 | /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
2394 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
2395 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2396 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
2397 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2398 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
2399 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
2400 | |
2401 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2402 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2403 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
2404 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
2405 | |
2406 | /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
2407 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
2408 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
2409 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
2410 | |
2411 | /// We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a |
2412 | /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible, |
2413 | /// and diagnose if not. |
2414 | void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, |
2415 | NamedDecl *Spec); |
2416 | |
2417 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
2418 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
2419 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
2420 | } |
2421 | |
2422 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
2423 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2424 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
2425 | |
2426 | /// Scope actions. |
2427 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
2428 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
2429 | |
2430 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2431 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2432 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2433 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
2434 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
2435 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2436 | |
2437 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2438 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2439 | RecordDecl *Record, |
2440 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
2441 | |
2442 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2443 | RecordDecl *Record); |
2444 | |
2445 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
2446 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
2447 | enum NonTagKind { |
2448 | NTK_NonStruct, |
2449 | NTK_NonClass, |
2450 | NTK_NonUnion, |
2451 | NTK_NonEnum, |
2452 | NTK_Typedef, |
2453 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
2454 | NTK_Template, |
2455 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
2456 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
2457 | }; |
2458 | |
2459 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
2460 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
2461 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
2462 | |
2463 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
2464 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
2465 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
2466 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
2467 | |
2468 | enum TagUseKind { |
2469 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
2470 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
2471 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
2472 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
2473 | }; |
2474 | |
2475 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
2476 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2477 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
2478 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
2479 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
2480 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
2481 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
2482 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
2483 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2484 | |
2485 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
2486 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2487 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2488 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2489 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
2490 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
2491 | |
2492 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
2493 | unsigned TagSpec, |
2494 | TagUseKind TUK, |
2495 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2496 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2497 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2498 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2499 | |
2500 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2501 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
2502 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
2503 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2504 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
2505 | |
2506 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2507 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2508 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2509 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
2510 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
2511 | SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D, |
2512 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2513 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2514 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2515 | const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr); |
2516 | |
2517 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
2518 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2519 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
2520 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2521 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2522 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
2523 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
2524 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
2525 | |
2526 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
2527 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
2528 | |
2529 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
2530 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
2531 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2532 | |
2533 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
2534 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
2535 | }; |
2536 | |
2537 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
2538 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2539 | bool Diagnose = false); |
2540 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2541 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2542 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
2543 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2544 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2545 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
2546 | |
2547 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
2548 | void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
2549 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, |
2550 | SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
2551 | |
2552 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
2553 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
2554 | /// struct, or union). |
2555 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2556 | |
2557 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
2558 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
2559 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
2560 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
2561 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
2562 | |
2563 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
2564 | |
2565 | /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
2566 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
2567 | |
2568 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
2569 | |
2570 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
2571 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
2572 | /// member declarations. |
2573 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2574 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
2575 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
2576 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2577 | |
2578 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
2579 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
2580 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2581 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
2582 | |
2583 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
2584 | |
2585 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
2586 | |
2587 | /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
2588 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
2589 | /// |
2590 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
2591 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2592 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2593 | |
2594 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
2595 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
2596 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2597 | |
2598 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
2599 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
2600 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2601 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2602 | Expr *val); |
2603 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
2604 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
2605 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
2606 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
2607 | |
2608 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
2609 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
2610 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
2611 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
2612 | |
2613 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
2614 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2615 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
2616 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); |
2617 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
2618 | Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, |
2619 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
2620 | |
2621 | DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); |
2622 | |
2623 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
2624 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2625 | void PopDeclContext(); |
2626 | |
2627 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
2628 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
2629 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2630 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
2631 | |
2632 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
2633 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
2634 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
2635 | |
2636 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
2637 | |
2638 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
2639 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
2640 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2641 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
2642 | |
2643 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
2644 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
2645 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2646 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
2647 | |
2648 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
2649 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
2650 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2651 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
2652 | |
2653 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
2654 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
2655 | |
2656 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
2657 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
2658 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
2659 | /// |
2660 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
2661 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
2662 | /// directly within it. |
2663 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
2664 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
2665 | |
2666 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
2667 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
2668 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2669 | |
2670 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
2671 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
2672 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2673 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
2674 | |
2675 | /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
2676 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
2677 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
2678 | /// Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
2679 | AMK_None, |
2680 | /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
2681 | /// an exact match. |
2682 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
2683 | /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
2684 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
2685 | AMK_Override, |
2686 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
2687 | /// a protocol requirement. |
2688 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
2689 | }; |
2690 | |
2691 | /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute. |
2692 | /// |
2693 | /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute. |
2694 | /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged. |
2695 | /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority |
2696 | /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An |
2697 | /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration |
2698 | /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the |
2699 | /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match |
2700 | /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain |
2701 | /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are |
2702 | /// used to calculate that final vaue. |
2703 | enum AvailabilityPriority : int { |
2704 | /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the |
2705 | /// declaration. |
2706 | AP_Explicit = 0, |
2707 | |
2708 | /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
2709 | AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1, |
2710 | |
2711 | /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from |
2712 | /// an availability attribute for another platform. |
2713 | AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2 |
2714 | }; |
2715 | |
2716 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
2717 | AvailabilityAttr * |
2718 | mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2719 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit, |
2720 | VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, |
2721 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, |
2722 | StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
2723 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority); |
2724 | TypeVisibilityAttr * |
2725 | mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2726 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
2727 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2728 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
2729 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2730 | StringRef Uuid); |
2731 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
2732 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
2733 | MSInheritanceAttr * |
2734 | mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, bool BestCase, |
2735 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
2736 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2737 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
2738 | int FirstArg); |
2739 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2740 | StringRef Name); |
2741 | CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2742 | StringRef Name); |
2743 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, |
2744 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
2745 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
2746 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
2747 | NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr * |
2748 | mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Decl *D, |
2749 | const NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL); |
2750 | SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr * |
2751 | mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Decl *D, |
2752 | const SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL); |
2753 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, |
2754 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
2755 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
2756 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, |
2757 | const InternalLinkageAttr &AL); |
2758 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
2759 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const CommonAttr &AL); |
2760 | |
2761 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
2762 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
2763 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
2764 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
2765 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
2766 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2767 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
2768 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2769 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
2770 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
2771 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2772 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
2773 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
2774 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
2775 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
2776 | |
2777 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
2778 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
2779 | enum AssignmentAction { |
2780 | AA_Assigning, |
2781 | AA_Passing, |
2782 | AA_Returning, |
2783 | AA_Converting, |
2784 | AA_Initializing, |
2785 | AA_Sending, |
2786 | AA_Casting, |
2787 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
2788 | }; |
2789 | |
2790 | /// C++ Overloading. |
2791 | enum OverloadKind { |
2792 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
2793 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
2794 | Ovl_Overload, |
2795 | |
2796 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
2797 | /// an existing declaration. |
2798 | Ovl_Match, |
2799 | |
2800 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
2801 | /// non-function. |
2802 | Ovl_NonFunction |
2803 | }; |
2804 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
2805 | FunctionDecl *New, |
2806 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
2807 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
2808 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
2809 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
2810 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true); |
2811 | |
2812 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
2813 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2814 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2815 | bool AllowExplicit, |
2816 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2817 | bool CStyle, |
2818 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
2819 | |
2820 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2821 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2822 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2823 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2824 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2825 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2826 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2827 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2828 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2829 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2830 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2831 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
2832 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
2833 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
2834 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
2835 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
2836 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2837 | |
2838 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
2839 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
2840 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2841 | CastKind &Kind, |
2842 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
2843 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
2844 | bool Diagnose = true); |
2845 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2846 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2847 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2848 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2849 | CastKind &Kind, |
2850 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
2851 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
2852 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2853 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
2854 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2855 | QualType &ResultTy); |
2856 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
2857 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
2858 | |
2859 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2860 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
2861 | QualType ResultType, |
2862 | Expr *Value, |
2863 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
2864 | |
2865 | bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution( |
2866 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From); |
2867 | |
2868 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2869 | ExprResult Init); |
2870 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2871 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2872 | ExprResult Init, |
2873 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
2874 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
2875 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
2876 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2877 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2878 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
2879 | |
2880 | /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is |
2881 | /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension |
2882 | /// (when permitted) if not. |
2883 | void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init); |
2884 | |
2885 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
2886 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
2887 | |
2888 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
2889 | enum CCEKind { |
2890 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
2891 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
2892 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
2893 | CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. |
2894 | CCEK_ConstexprIf, ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
2895 | CCEK_ExplicitBool ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
2896 | }; |
2897 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2898 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2899 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2900 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2901 | |
2902 | /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
2903 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
2904 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2905 | public: |
2906 | bool Suppress; |
2907 | bool SuppressConversion; |
2908 | |
2909 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
2910 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
2911 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
2912 | |
2913 | /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
2914 | /// for this conversion. |
2915 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
2916 | |
2917 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2918 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2919 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2920 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2921 | |
2922 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
2923 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2924 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2925 | |
2926 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
2927 | /// is explicit. |
2928 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
2929 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2930 | |
2931 | /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
2932 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2933 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2934 | |
2935 | /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
2936 | /// functions. |
2937 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2938 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2939 | |
2940 | /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
2941 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2942 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2943 | |
2944 | /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
2945 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
2946 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
2947 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2948 | |
2949 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
2950 | }; |
2951 | |
2952 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2953 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
2954 | |
2955 | public: |
2956 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
2957 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
2958 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
2959 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
2960 | |
2961 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
2962 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
2963 | |
2964 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2965 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2966 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
2967 | } |
2968 | |
2969 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2970 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2971 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2972 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2973 | }; |
2974 | |
2975 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
2976 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
2977 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
2978 | |
2979 | |
2980 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
2981 | OS_Array, |
2982 | OS_Dictionary, |
2983 | OS_Error |
2984 | }; |
2985 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
2986 | |
2987 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
2988 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
2989 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
2990 | LK_Array, |
2991 | LK_Dictionary, |
2992 | LK_Numeric, |
2993 | LK_Boxed, |
2994 | LK_String, |
2995 | LK_Block, |
2996 | LK_None |
2997 | }; |
2998 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
2999 | |
3000 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
3001 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3002 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3003 | NamedDecl *Member); |
3004 | |
3005 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
3006 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
3007 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
3008 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
3009 | |
3010 | using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind; |
3011 | |
3012 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3013 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3014 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3015 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3016 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3017 | bool AllowExplicit = true, |
3018 | bool AllowExplicitConversion = false, |
3019 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
3020 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
3021 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
3022 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3023 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3024 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
3025 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3026 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3027 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
3028 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3029 | QualType ObjectType, |
3030 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3031 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3032 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3033 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false); |
3034 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
3035 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3036 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
3037 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3038 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3039 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3040 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3041 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
3042 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
3043 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
3044 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3045 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
3046 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3047 | QualType ObjectType, |
3048 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
3049 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3050 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3051 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3052 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3053 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
3054 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3055 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3056 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
3057 | bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true, |
3058 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL); |
3059 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
3060 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
3061 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3062 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3063 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, |
3064 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
3065 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, |
3066 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
3067 | Expr::Classification |
3068 | ObjectClassification = {}); |
3069 | void AddConversionCandidate( |
3070 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3071 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3072 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3073 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
3074 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
3075 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3076 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
3077 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
3078 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
3079 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
3080 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3081 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
3082 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
3083 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3084 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
3085 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3086 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3087 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3088 | SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); |
3089 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3090 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3091 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
3092 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
3093 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
3094 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3095 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
3096 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
3097 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3098 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3099 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
3100 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
3101 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3102 | |
3103 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
3104 | void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
3105 | QualType DestType = QualType(), |
3106 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
3107 | |
3108 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
3109 | // the expression Expr |
3110 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
3111 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
3112 | |
3113 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
3114 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
3115 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3116 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
3117 | |
3118 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
3119 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
3120 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond); |
3121 | |
3122 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
3123 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
3124 | /// |
3125 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
3126 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
3127 | /// |
3128 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
3129 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3130 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
3131 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
3132 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3133 | |
3134 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
3135 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
3136 | /// |
3137 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
3138 | /// of a function. |
3139 | /// |
3140 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
3141 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
3142 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3143 | |
3144 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
3145 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
3146 | /// |
3147 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
3148 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
3149 | bool Complain = false, |
3150 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
3151 | |
3152 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
3153 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
3154 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
3155 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
3156 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
3157 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
3158 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
3159 | |
3160 | FunctionDecl * |
3161 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
3162 | QualType TargetType, |
3163 | bool Complain, |
3164 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
3165 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
3166 | |
3167 | FunctionDecl * |
3168 | resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, |
3169 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
3170 | |
3171 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate( |
3172 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
3173 | |
3174 | FunctionDecl * |
3175 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
3176 | bool Complain = false, |
3177 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
3178 | |
3179 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
3180 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
3181 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
3182 | bool Complain = false, |
3183 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
3184 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
3185 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
3186 | |
3187 | |
3188 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
3189 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3190 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
3191 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
3192 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
3193 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
3194 | |
3195 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3196 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3197 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
3198 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
3199 | |
3200 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
3201 | // range-based for loop. |
3202 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
3203 | FRS_Success, |
3204 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
3205 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
3206 | }; |
3207 | |
3208 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
3209 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
3210 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
3211 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
3212 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
3213 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
3214 | |
3215 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
3216 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3217 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3218 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3219 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3220 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
3221 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
3222 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
3223 | |
3224 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
3225 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3226 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
3227 | ExprResult *Result); |
3228 | |
3229 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3230 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
3231 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3232 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
3233 | |
3234 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3235 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
3236 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
3237 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
3238 | bool RequiresADL = true); |
3239 | |
3240 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
3241 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
3242 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
3243 | |
3244 | ExprResult |
3245 | BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
3246 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3247 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3248 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3249 | ExprResult |
3250 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3251 | MultiExprArg Args, |
3252 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3253 | |
3254 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
3255 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3256 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
3257 | |
3258 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
3259 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
3260 | /// that best represents the call. |
3261 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
3262 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
3263 | |
3264 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
3265 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
3266 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
3267 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3268 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
3269 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
3270 | |
3271 | /// \name Name lookup |
3272 | /// |
3273 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
3274 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
3275 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
3276 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
3277 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
3278 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
3279 | /// |
3280 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
3281 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
3282 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
3283 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
3284 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
3285 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
3286 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
3287 | /// |
3288 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
3289 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
3290 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
3291 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
3292 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
3293 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
3294 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
3295 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
3296 | //@{ |
3297 | |
3298 | /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
3299 | enum LookupNameKind { |
3300 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
3301 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
3302 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
3303 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
3304 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
3305 | /// structs, and unions. |
3306 | LookupTagName, |
3307 | /// Label name lookup. |
3308 | LookupLabel, |
3309 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
3310 | /// class/struct/union members. |
3311 | LookupMemberName, |
3312 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
3313 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
3314 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
3315 | LookupOperatorName, |
3316 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
3317 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
3318 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
3319 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
3320 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
3321 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
3322 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
3323 | LookupNamespaceName, |
3324 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
3325 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
3326 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
3327 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
3328 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
3329 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
3330 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
3331 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
3332 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
3333 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
3334 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
3335 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
3336 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
3337 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
3338 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
3339 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
3340 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
3341 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
3342 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper. |
3343 | LookupOMPMapperName, |
3344 | /// Look up any declaration with any name. |
3345 | LookupAnyName |
3346 | }; |
3347 | |
3348 | /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
3349 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
3350 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
3351 | /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
3352 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
3353 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
3354 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
3355 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
3356 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
3357 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
3358 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
3359 | /// may also be found. |
3360 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
3361 | }; |
3362 | |
3363 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
3364 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
3365 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
3366 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
3367 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
3368 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
3369 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
3370 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
3371 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
3372 | } |
3373 | |
3374 | /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
3375 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
3376 | /// The lookup resulted in an error. |
3377 | LOLR_Error, |
3378 | /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
3379 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
3380 | /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
3381 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
3382 | LOLR_Cooked, |
3383 | /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
3384 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
3385 | LOLR_Raw, |
3386 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3387 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
3388 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
3389 | LOLR_Template, |
3390 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3391 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
3392 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
3393 | LOLR_StringTemplate |
3394 | }; |
3395 | |
3396 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
3397 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
3398 | bool ConstArg, |
3399 | bool VolatileArg, |
3400 | bool RValueThis, |
3401 | bool ConstThis, |
3402 | bool VolatileThis); |
3403 | |
3404 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
3405 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
3406 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
3407 | |
3408 | private: |
3409 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
3410 | |
3411 | struct TypoExprState { |
3412 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
3413 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
3414 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
3415 | TypoExprState(); |
3416 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3417 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3418 | }; |
3419 | |
3420 | /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
3421 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
3422 | |
3423 | /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
3424 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
3425 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3426 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); |
3427 | |
3428 | // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
3429 | // |
3430 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
3431 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
3432 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
3433 | |
3434 | /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
3435 | /// source. |
3436 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
3437 | |
3438 | /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
3439 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
3440 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
3441 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
3442 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3443 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3444 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3445 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
3446 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
3447 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
3448 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
3449 | |
3450 | public: |
3451 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
3452 | |
3453 | /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
3454 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
3455 | |
3456 | /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
3457 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
3458 | /// |
3459 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
3460 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
3461 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
3462 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3463 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
3464 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3465 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3466 | bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R); |
3467 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
3468 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
3469 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3470 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
3471 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3472 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
3473 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3474 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
3475 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
3476 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3477 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3478 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3479 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3480 | |
3481 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
3482 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
3483 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
3484 | |
3485 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3486 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
3487 | |
3488 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3489 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3490 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3491 | unsigned Quals); |
3492 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3493 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3494 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3495 | unsigned Quals); |
3496 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3497 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3498 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3499 | |
3500 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
3501 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, |
3502 | ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
3503 | bool AllowRaw, |
3504 | bool AllowTemplate, |
3505 | bool AllowStringTemplate, |
3506 | bool DiagnoseMissing); |
3507 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
3508 | |
3509 | /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs. |
3510 | enum class FunctionEmissionStatus { |
3511 | Emitted, |
3512 | CUDADiscarded, // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness |
3513 | OMPDiscarded, // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness |
3514 | TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates |
3515 | Unknown, |
3516 | }; |
3517 | FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl); |
3518 | |
3519 | // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check. |
3520 | bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee); |
3521 | |
3522 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
3523 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
3524 | |
3525 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3526 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3527 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3528 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3529 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3530 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3531 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3532 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
3533 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3534 | |
3535 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
3536 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
3537 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
3538 | }; |
3539 | |
3540 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3541 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
3542 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3543 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
3544 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3545 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3546 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3547 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
3548 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
3549 | |
3550 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3551 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3552 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3553 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
3554 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3555 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3556 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3557 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3558 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
3559 | |
3560 | /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
3561 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
3562 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
3563 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
3564 | /// |
3565 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
3566 | /// |
3567 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
3568 | /// initializer. |
3569 | /// |
3570 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
3571 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
3572 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
3573 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
3574 | ExprResult |
3575 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3576 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3577 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
3578 | |
3579 | ExprResult |
3580 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, |
3581 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3582 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); |
3583 | } |
3584 | |
3585 | ExprResult |
3586 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3587 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3588 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
3589 | return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); |
3590 | } |
3591 | |
3592 | ExprResult |
3593 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, |
3594 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3595 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); |
3596 | } |
3597 | |
3598 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3599 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3600 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3601 | |
3602 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3603 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3604 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
3605 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3606 | |
3607 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
3608 | |
3609 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
3610 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3611 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
3612 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
3613 | |
3614 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
3615 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
3616 | |
3617 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
3618 | |
3619 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
3620 | //@} |
3621 | |
3622 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
3623 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3624 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
3625 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
3626 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
3627 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3628 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
3629 | Scope *S); |
3630 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3631 | |
3632 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
3633 | |
3634 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
3635 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3636 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
3637 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
3638 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, |
3639 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
3640 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL, |
3641 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
3642 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
3643 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
3644 | |
3645 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
3646 | |
3647 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
3648 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
3649 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
3650 | /// type as valid. |
3651 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
3652 | |
3653 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value); |
3654 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
3655 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
3656 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
3657 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
3658 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum, |
3659 | StringRef &Str, |
3660 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
3661 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3662 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3663 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
3664 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
3665 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
3666 | |
3667 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
3668 | |
3669 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
3670 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
3671 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
3672 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
3673 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3674 | |
3675 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
3676 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
3677 | // one that came from a typedef. |
3678 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T); |
3679 | |
3680 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
3681 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
3682 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
3683 | |
3684 | /// Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3685 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, |
3686 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
3687 | SourceRange Range); |
3688 | |
3689 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3690 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3691 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3692 | |
3693 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3694 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
3695 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3696 | |
3697 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
3698 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
3699 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3700 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3701 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3702 | |
3703 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
3704 | |
3705 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
3706 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
3707 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
3708 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
3709 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3710 | |
3711 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
3712 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
3713 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3714 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3715 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
3716 | |
3717 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
3718 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
3719 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3720 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3721 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
3722 | |
3723 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
3724 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
3725 | |
3726 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
3727 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
3728 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
3729 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
3730 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3731 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3732 | |
3733 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
3734 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
3735 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
3736 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
3737 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
3738 | |
3739 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
3740 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
3741 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
3742 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
3743 | |
3744 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
3745 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
3746 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
3747 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3748 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
3749 | |
3750 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
3751 | /// class extensions. |
3752 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
3753 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3754 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3755 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3756 | Selector GetterSel, |
3757 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3758 | Selector SetterSel, |
3759 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3760 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3761 | unsigned &Attributes, |
3762 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3763 | QualType T, |
3764 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3765 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
3766 | |
3767 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
3768 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
3769 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
3770 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3771 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3772 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3773 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3774 | Selector GetterSel, |
3775 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3776 | Selector SetterSel, |
3777 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3778 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3779 | const unsigned Attributes, |
3780 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3781 | QualType T, |
3782 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3783 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
3784 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
3785 | |
3786 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
3787 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
3788 | /// setter or getter. |
3789 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3790 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
3791 | |
3792 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
3793 | |
3794 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
3795 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
3796 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
3797 | |
3798 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
3799 | |
3800 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
3801 | MMS_loose, |
3802 | MMS_strict |
3803 | }; |
3804 | |
3805 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
3806 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
3807 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3808 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
3809 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
3810 | |
3811 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
3812 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
3813 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
3814 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
3815 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
3816 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
3817 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3818 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3819 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
3820 | bool ImmediateClass, |
3821 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
3822 | |
3823 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
3824 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
3825 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
3826 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
3827 | |
3828 | /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
3829 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
3830 | |
3831 | private: |
3832 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
3833 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
3834 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
3835 | |
3836 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
3837 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
3838 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3839 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3840 | bool instance); |
3841 | |
3842 | public: |
3843 | /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
3844 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
3845 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
3846 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
3847 | /// returns true. |
3848 | bool |
3849 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
3850 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
3851 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
3852 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
3853 | |
3854 | bool |
3855 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
3856 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3857 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3858 | |
3859 | void |
3860 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
3861 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3862 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
3863 | |
3864 | private: |
3865 | /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
3866 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
3867 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
3868 | bool IsInstance, |
3869 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3870 | |
3871 | |
3872 | /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
3873 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
3874 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
3875 | if (RecordFailure) |
3876 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
3877 | return TypoCorrection(); |
3878 | } |
3879 | |
3880 | public: |
3881 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
3882 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
3883 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
3884 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
3885 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3886 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
3887 | } |
3888 | |
3889 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
3890 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3891 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
3892 | } |
3893 | |
3894 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
3895 | /// pool. |
3896 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
3897 | |
3898 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3899 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3900 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3901 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3902 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3903 | /*instance*/true); |
3904 | } |
3905 | |
3906 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3907 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3908 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3909 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3910 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3911 | /*instance*/false); |
3912 | } |
3913 | |
3914 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
3915 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
3916 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
3917 | /// implementation. |
3918 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
3919 | |
3920 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
3921 | /// initialization. |
3922 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
3923 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
3924 | |
3925 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3926 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
3927 | public: |
3928 | class FullExprArg { |
3929 | public: |
3930 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
3931 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
3932 | |
3933 | ExprResult release() { |
3934 | return E; |
3935 | } |
3936 | |
3937 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
3938 | |
3939 | Expr *operator->() { |
3940 | return E; |
3941 | } |
3942 | |
3943 | private: |
3944 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
3945 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
3946 | friend class Sema; |
3947 | |
3948 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
3949 | |
3950 | Expr *E; |
3951 | }; |
3952 | |
3953 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3954 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
3955 | } |
3956 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
3957 | return FullExprArg( |
3958 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get()); |
3959 | } |
3960 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3961 | ExprResult FE = |
3962 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
3963 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
3964 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
3965 | } |
3966 | |
3967 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true); |
3968 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
3969 | |
3970 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
3971 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
3972 | |
3973 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
3974 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3975 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
3976 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
3977 | |
3978 | /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
3979 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
3980 | public: |
3981 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
3982 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
3983 | } |
3984 | |
3985 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
3986 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3987 | } |
3988 | |
3989 | private: |
3990 | Sema &S; |
3991 | }; |
3992 | |
3993 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
3994 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
3995 | Sema &S; |
3996 | bool Active; |
3997 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
3998 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
3999 | if (Active) |
4000 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
4001 | } |
4002 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
4003 | }; |
4004 | |
4005 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
4006 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4007 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4008 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
4009 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
4010 | ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val); |
4011 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS, |
4012 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS, |
4013 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
4014 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4015 | |
4016 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4017 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4018 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
4019 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
4020 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
4021 | |
4022 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
4023 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
4024 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
4025 | |
4026 | class ConditionResult; |
4027 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
4028 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4029 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
4030 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
4031 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
4032 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4033 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
4034 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
4035 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
4036 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4037 | ConditionResult Cond); |
4038 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
4039 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
4040 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond, |
4041 | Stmt *Body); |
4042 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4043 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
4044 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
4045 | |
4046 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4047 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4048 | Stmt *First, |
4049 | ConditionResult Second, |
4050 | FullExprArg Third, |
4051 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4052 | Stmt *Body); |
4053 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
4054 | Expr *collection); |
4055 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
4056 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
4057 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4058 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
4059 | |
4060 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
4061 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
4062 | BFRK_Build, |
4063 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
4064 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
4065 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
4066 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
4067 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
4068 | BFRK_Check |
4069 | }; |
4070 | |
4071 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4072 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
4073 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4074 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
4075 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
4076 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4077 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
4078 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
4079 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
4080 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
4081 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4082 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
4083 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
4084 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
4085 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4086 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
4087 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
4088 | |
4089 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
4090 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
4091 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4092 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
4093 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
4094 | Expr *DestExp); |
4095 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4096 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4097 | |
4098 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
4099 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
4100 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
4101 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
4102 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
4103 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params, |
4104 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
4105 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
4106 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
4107 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
4108 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4109 | unsigned NumParams); |
4110 | |
4111 | enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind { |
4112 | CES_Strict = 0, |
4113 | CES_AllowParameters = 1, |
4114 | CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2, |
4115 | CES_AllowExceptionVariables = 4, |
4116 | CES_FormerDefault = (CES_AllowParameters), |
4117 | CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes), |
4118 | CES_AsIfByStdMove = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes | |
4119 | CES_AllowExceptionVariables), |
4120 | }; |
4121 | |
4122 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
4123 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
4124 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
4125 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
4126 | |
4127 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
4128 | Scope *CurScope); |
4129 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
4130 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
4131 | |
4132 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
4133 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
4134 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
4135 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4136 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
4137 | unsigned NumLabels, |
4138 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4139 | |
4140 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
4141 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
4142 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4143 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4144 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4145 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
4146 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
4147 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
4148 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
4149 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
4150 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4151 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
4152 | StringRef AsmString, |
4153 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
4154 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
4155 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
4156 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
4157 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4158 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
4159 | SourceLocation Location, |
4160 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
4161 | |
4162 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
4163 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4164 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
4165 | bool Invalid = false); |
4166 | |
4167 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
4168 | |
4169 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
4170 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
4171 | |
4172 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
4173 | |
4174 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
4175 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
4176 | |
4177 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
4178 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
4179 | Scope *CurScope); |
4180 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
4181 | Expr *operand); |
4182 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
4183 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
4184 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
4185 | |
4186 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
4187 | |
4188 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4189 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
4190 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
4191 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
4192 | |
4193 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
4194 | |
4195 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
4196 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
4197 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
4198 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
4199 | |
4200 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
4201 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
4202 | Stmt *Handler); |
4203 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
4204 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
4205 | Stmt *Block); |
4206 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
4207 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
4208 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
4209 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
4210 | |
4211 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
4212 | |
4213 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
4214 | |
4215 | /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
4216 | /// of it. |
4217 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
4218 | |
4219 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
4220 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
4221 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
4222 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
4223 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
4224 | |
4225 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
4226 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
4227 | /// |
4228 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
4229 | /// if (condition); |
4230 | /// do_stuff(); |
4231 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
4232 | const Stmt *Body, |
4233 | unsigned DiagID); |
4234 | |
4235 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
4236 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
4237 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
4238 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
4239 | |
4240 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
4241 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
4242 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4243 | |
4244 | /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
4245 | /// _Nonnull one. |
4246 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
4247 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4248 | |
4249 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
4250 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
4251 | |
4252 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
4253 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
4254 | } |
4255 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
4256 | |
4257 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
4258 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
4259 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
4260 | } |
4261 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
4262 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
4263 | } |
4264 | |
4265 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
4266 | |
4267 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
4268 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
4269 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
4270 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
4271 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); |
4272 | |
4273 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
4274 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
4275 | |
4276 | /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
4277 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
4278 | |
4279 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
4280 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
4281 | |
4282 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
4283 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
4284 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
4285 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
4286 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
4287 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr); |
4288 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4289 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
4290 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
4291 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
4292 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4293 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
4294 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
4295 | |
4296 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
4297 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
4298 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
4299 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
4300 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
4301 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
4302 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
4303 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
4304 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
4305 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
4306 | |
4307 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
4308 | |
4309 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
4310 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
4311 | |
4312 | ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E); |
4313 | void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E); |
4314 | |
4315 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
4316 | |
4317 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
4318 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
4319 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
4320 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
4321 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
4322 | // named expressions. |
4323 | // |
4324 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
4325 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
4326 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
4327 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
4328 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
4329 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
4330 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
4331 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
4332 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
4333 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
4334 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
4335 | void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E); |
4336 | void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc, |
4337 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex); |
4338 | |
4339 | ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E); |
4340 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
4341 | |
4342 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
4343 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
4344 | }; |
4345 | |
4346 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
4347 | /// |
4348 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
4349 | /// |
4350 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
4351 | /// |
4352 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
4353 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
4354 | /// |
4355 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
4356 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
4357 | /// |
4358 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
4359 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
4360 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
4361 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
4362 | /// |
4363 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
4364 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
4365 | /// variable can be captured. |
4366 | /// |
4367 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
4368 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
4369 | /// captured. |
4370 | /// |
4371 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
4372 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
4373 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
4374 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
4375 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
4376 | /// |
4377 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
4378 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
4379 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
4380 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
4381 | QualType &CaptureType, |
4382 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
4383 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
4384 | |
4385 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
4386 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
4387 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
4388 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4389 | |
4390 | /// Checks if the variable must be captured. |
4391 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4392 | |
4393 | /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
4394 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
4395 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4396 | |
4397 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
4398 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
4399 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
4400 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
4401 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
4402 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
4403 | |
4404 | /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
4405 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
4406 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
4407 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
4408 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
4409 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
4410 | |
4411 | /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
4412 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
4413 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
4414 | |
4415 | /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
4416 | /// evaluation context. |
4417 | /// |
4418 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
4419 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
4420 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
4421 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
4422 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
4423 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
4424 | /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements |
4425 | /// are reachable. |
4426 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
4427 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
4428 | |
4429 | // Primary Expressions. |
4430 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
4431 | |
4432 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
4433 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4434 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
4435 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr, |
4436 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
4437 | |
4438 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4439 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
4440 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4441 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
4442 | |
4443 | bool |
4444 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
4445 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
4446 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4447 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
4448 | |
4449 | DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
4450 | IdentifierInfo *II); |
4451 | ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
4452 | |
4453 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
4454 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
4455 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
4456 | |
4457 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4458 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4459 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4460 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
4461 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4462 | |
4463 | /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context, |
4464 | /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None. |
4465 | NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D); |
4466 | |
4467 | DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4468 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4469 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
4470 | DeclRefExpr * |
4471 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4472 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4473 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
4474 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4475 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
4476 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4477 | DeclRefExpr * |
4478 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4479 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4480 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
4481 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4482 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
4483 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4484 | |
4485 | ExprResult |
4486 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
4487 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4488 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
4489 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
4490 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
4491 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
4492 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4493 | |
4494 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4495 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4496 | LookupResult &R, |
4497 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4498 | const Scope *S); |
4499 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4500 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4501 | LookupResult &R, |
4502 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4503 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
4504 | const Scope *S); |
4505 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4506 | const LookupResult &R, |
4507 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
4508 | |
4509 | ExprResult |
4510 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4511 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4512 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
4513 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
4514 | |
4515 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4516 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4517 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4518 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4519 | |
4520 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4521 | LookupResult &R, |
4522 | bool NeedsADL, |
4523 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4524 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
4525 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
4526 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4527 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4528 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4529 | |
4530 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
4531 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
4532 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4533 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
4534 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4535 | |
4536 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
4537 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK); |
4538 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4539 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
4540 | |
4541 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
4542 | |
4543 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4544 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
4545 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4546 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
4547 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
4548 | SourceLocation R, |
4549 | MultiExprArg Val); |
4550 | |
4551 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
4552 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
4553 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
4554 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4555 | |
4556 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4557 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4558 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4559 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4560 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
4561 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
4562 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4563 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4564 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4565 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4566 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
4567 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
4568 | |
4569 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
4570 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4571 | Expr *InputExpr); |
4572 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4573 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
4574 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4575 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
4576 | |
4577 | bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E); |
4578 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4579 | |
4580 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4581 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4582 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4583 | SourceRange R); |
4584 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4585 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4586 | ExprResult |
4587 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4588 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4589 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
4590 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
4591 | |
4592 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
4593 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
4594 | |
4595 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4596 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4597 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4598 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4599 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
4600 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4601 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
4602 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4603 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4604 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4605 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
4606 | |
4607 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4608 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4609 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4610 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4611 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
4612 | Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4613 | Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); |
4614 | |
4615 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
4616 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
4617 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
4618 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
4619 | // defines a custom operator->). |
4620 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
4621 | Scope *S; |
4622 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
4623 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
4624 | }; |
4625 | |
4626 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
4627 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
4628 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4629 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4630 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4631 | const Scope *S, |
4632 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4633 | |
4634 | ExprResult |
4635 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4636 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4637 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4638 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
4639 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4640 | const Scope *S, |
4641 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
4642 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4643 | |
4644 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
4645 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4646 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
4647 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4648 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
4649 | |
4650 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
4651 | |
4652 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
4653 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4654 | const LookupResult &R); |
4655 | |
4656 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
4657 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4658 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4659 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4660 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
4661 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4662 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4663 | |
4664 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
4665 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4666 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
4667 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4668 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4669 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
4670 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
4671 | |
4672 | MemberExpr * |
4673 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4674 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4675 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4676 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
4677 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
4678 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
4679 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4680 | MemberExpr * |
4681 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4682 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4683 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4684 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
4685 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
4686 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
4687 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4688 | |
4689 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
4690 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
4691 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
4692 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
4693 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4694 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4695 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
4696 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4697 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
4698 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
4699 | |
4700 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
4701 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
4702 | /// locations. |
4703 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4704 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4705 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr); |
4706 | ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4707 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4708 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
4709 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4710 | enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST }; |
4711 | ExprResult |
4712 | BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange, |
4713 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args, |
4714 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op, |
4715 | AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API); |
4716 | ExprResult |
4717 | BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4718 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4719 | Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false, |
4720 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL); |
4721 | |
4722 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
4723 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
4724 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
4725 | |
4726 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4727 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
4728 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
4729 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4730 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4731 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4732 | Expr *Op); |
4733 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
4734 | |
4735 | /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
4736 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4737 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
4738 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
4739 | |
4740 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
4741 | |
4742 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4743 | ParsedType Ty, |
4744 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4745 | Expr *InitExpr); |
4746 | |
4747 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4748 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4749 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4750 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
4751 | |
4752 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4753 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
4754 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
4755 | |
4756 | ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4757 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
4758 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
4759 | |
4760 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
4761 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
4762 | bool GNUSyntax, |
4763 | ExprResult Init); |
4764 | |
4765 | private: |
4766 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4767 | |
4768 | public: |
4769 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
4770 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4771 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4772 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4773 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4774 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4775 | |
4776 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
4777 | |
4778 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
4779 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
4780 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
4781 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4782 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4783 | |
4784 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
4785 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
4786 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4787 | |
4788 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
4789 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
4790 | SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" |
4791 | // Handle the final expression in a statement expression. |
4792 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E); |
4793 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
4794 | |
4795 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
4796 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
4797 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
4798 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
4799 | union { |
4800 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
4801 | Expr *E; |
4802 | } U; |
4803 | }; |
4804 | |
4805 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
4806 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4807 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4808 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4809 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4810 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
4811 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4812 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
4813 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
4814 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4815 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4816 | |
4817 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
4818 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4819 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
4820 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4821 | |
4822 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
4823 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
4824 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4825 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
4826 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4827 | |
4828 | // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), |
4829 | // __builtin_COLUMN() |
4830 | ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
4831 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4832 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4833 | |
4834 | // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr. |
4835 | ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
4836 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc, |
4837 | DeclContext *ParentContext); |
4838 | |
4839 | // __null |
4840 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
4841 | |
4842 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
4843 | |
4844 | /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
4845 | enum IfExistsResult { |
4846 | /// The symbol exists. |
4847 | IER_Exists, |
4848 | |
4849 | /// The symbol does not exist. |
4850 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
4851 | |
4852 | /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
4853 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
4854 | IER_Dependent, |
4855 | |
4856 | /// An error occurred. |
4857 | IER_Error |
4858 | }; |
4859 | |
4860 | IfExistsResult |
4861 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4862 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
4863 | |
4864 | IfExistsResult |
4865 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4866 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4867 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
4868 | |
4869 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4870 | bool IsIfExists, |
4871 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
4872 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4873 | Stmt *Nested); |
4874 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4875 | bool IsIfExists, |
4876 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4877 | Stmt *Nested); |
4878 | |
4879 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
4880 | |
4881 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
4882 | /// started. |
4883 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4884 | |
4885 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
4886 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
4887 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
4888 | Scope *CurScope); |
4889 | |
4890 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
4891 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
4892 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4893 | |
4894 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
4895 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
4896 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4897 | Scope *CurScope); |
4898 | |
4899 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
4900 | |
4901 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
4902 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4903 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4904 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4905 | |
4906 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
4907 | |
4908 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
4909 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4910 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4911 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4912 | |
4913 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
4914 | |
4915 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
4916 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
4917 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4918 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
4919 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
4920 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
4921 | UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl); |
4922 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
4923 | |
4924 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
4925 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
4926 | |
4927 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
4928 | |
4929 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
4930 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
4931 | |
4932 | private: |
4933 | // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category |
4934 | // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value |
4935 | // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator. |
4936 | llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories; |
4937 | |
4938 | ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
4939 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4940 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
4941 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase); |
4942 | |
4943 | public: |
4944 | /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard |
4945 | /// library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=> |
4946 | /// builtins for that type. |
4947 | /// |
4948 | /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the |
4949 | /// specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs |
4950 | QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind, |
4951 | SourceLocation Loc); |
4952 | |
4953 | /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
4954 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
4955 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
4956 | |
4957 | /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
4958 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
4959 | /// |
4960 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
4961 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
4962 | |
4963 | /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
4964 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
4965 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
4966 | |
4967 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4968 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4969 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4970 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
4971 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
4972 | |
4973 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
4974 | |
4975 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
4976 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4977 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
4978 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
4979 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4980 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4981 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
4982 | |
4983 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
4984 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
4985 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
4986 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
4987 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
4988 | NamedDecl *Target, |
4989 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
4990 | |
4991 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4992 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4993 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4994 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4995 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
4996 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4997 | bool HasTypename, |
4998 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4999 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
5000 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
5001 | |
5002 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration( |
5003 | Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5004 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5005 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5006 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation); |
5007 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
5008 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
5009 | |
5010 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
5011 | |
5012 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
5013 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
5014 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
5015 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
5016 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
5017 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
5018 | |
5019 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5020 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
5021 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5022 | UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5023 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
5024 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5025 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
5026 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
5027 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
5028 | TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
5029 | |
5030 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
5031 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
5032 | /// |
5033 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
5034 | ExprResult |
5035 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5036 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5037 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5038 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
5039 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
5040 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
5041 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
5042 | |
5043 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
5044 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
5045 | ExprResult |
5046 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5047 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
5048 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5049 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
5050 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
5051 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
5052 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
5053 | |
5054 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
5055 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
5056 | ExprResult |
5057 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
5058 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5059 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
5060 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
5061 | bool IsListInitialization, |
5062 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
5063 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
5064 | |
5065 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
5066 | |
5067 | |
5068 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
5069 | /// Return true on error. |
5070 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
5071 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5072 | |
5073 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
5074 | /// the default expr if needed. |
5075 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
5076 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
5077 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5078 | |
5079 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
5080 | /// constructed variable. |
5081 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
5082 | |
5083 | /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
5084 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
5085 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
5086 | // Pointer to allow copying |
5087 | Sema *Self; |
5088 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
5089 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
5090 | // throw() comes next. |
5091 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
5092 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
5093 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
5094 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
5095 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
5096 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
5097 | |
5098 | void ClearExceptions() { |
5099 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
5100 | Exceptions.clear(); |
5101 | } |
5102 | |
5103 | public: |
5104 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
5105 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
5106 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
5107 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
5108 | } |
5109 | |
5110 | /// Get the computed exception specification type. |
5111 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
5112 | assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) &&((!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 5113, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5113 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")((!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 5113, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5114 | return ComputedEST; |
5115 | } |
5116 | |
5117 | /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
5118 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
5119 | |
5120 | /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
5121 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
5122 | |
5123 | /// Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
5124 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
5125 | |
5126 | /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
5127 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E); |
5128 | |
5129 | /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
5130 | /// computed exception specification. |
5131 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
5132 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
5133 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
5134 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
5135 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
5136 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
5137 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
5138 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
5139 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
5140 | ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse; |
5141 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
5142 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
5143 | } |
5144 | return ESI; |
5145 | } |
5146 | }; |
5147 | |
5148 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
5149 | /// copy constructor of a class will have. |
5150 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5151 | ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
5152 | CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5153 | |
5154 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
5155 | /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter |
5156 | /// will be const. |
5157 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5158 | ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5159 | |
5160 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
5161 | /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the |
5162 | /// parameter will be const. |
5163 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5164 | ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5165 | |
5166 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
5167 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
5168 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5169 | ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5170 | |
5171 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
5172 | /// assignment operator of a class will have. |
5173 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5174 | ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5175 | |
5176 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
5177 | /// destructor of a class will have. |
5178 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5179 | ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5180 | |
5181 | /// Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting |
5182 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
5183 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
5184 | ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
5185 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
5186 | |
5187 | /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
5188 | /// special member function. |
5189 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5190 | |
5191 | /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute |
5192 | /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType. |
5193 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
5194 | ExceptionSpecificationType &EST); |
5195 | |
5196 | /// Check the given exception-specification and update the |
5197 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
5198 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
5199 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
5200 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
5201 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
5202 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
5203 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
5204 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
5205 | |
5206 | /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
5207 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
5208 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
5209 | |
5210 | /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
5211 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
5212 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
5213 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
5214 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
5215 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
5216 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
5217 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
5218 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
5219 | |
5220 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
5221 | |
5222 | /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
5223 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
5224 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
5225 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
5226 | bool Diagnose = false); |
5227 | |
5228 | /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
5229 | /// |
5230 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5231 | /// default constructor will be added. |
5232 | /// |
5233 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
5234 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
5235 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5236 | |
5237 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5238 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
5239 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5240 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5241 | |
5242 | /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
5243 | /// |
5244 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5245 | /// destructor will be added. |
5246 | /// |
5247 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
5248 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5249 | |
5250 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5251 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
5252 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5253 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5254 | |
5255 | /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
5256 | /// |
5257 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
5258 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
5259 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5260 | |
5261 | /// Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
5262 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
5263 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5264 | |
5265 | /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
5266 | /// |
5267 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5268 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
5269 | /// |
5270 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
5271 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5272 | |
5273 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5274 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
5275 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5276 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5277 | |
5278 | /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
5279 | /// |
5280 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
5281 | /// move constructor will be added. |
5282 | /// |
5283 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
5284 | /// declared. |
5285 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5286 | |
5287 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
5288 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
5289 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5290 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5291 | |
5292 | /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
5293 | /// |
5294 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
5295 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
5296 | /// |
5297 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
5298 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5299 | |
5300 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
5301 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5302 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
5303 | |
5304 | /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
5305 | /// |
5306 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
5307 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
5308 | /// |
5309 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
5310 | /// wasn't declared. |
5311 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5312 | |
5313 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
5314 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5315 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
5316 | |
5317 | /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
5318 | /// class. |
5319 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
5320 | |
5321 | /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
5322 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
5323 | |
5324 | /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
5325 | /// special member function. |
5326 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5327 | |
5328 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
5329 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
5330 | /// |
5331 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
5332 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
5333 | |
5334 | /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
5335 | /// member function. |
5336 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
5337 | |
5338 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
5339 | /// static member function. |
5340 | /// |
5341 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
5342 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
5343 | |
5344 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
5345 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
5346 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
5347 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
5348 | |
5349 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
5350 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
5351 | SourceLocation Loc, |
5352 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
5353 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
5354 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
5355 | |
5356 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5357 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5358 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
5359 | |
5360 | ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5361 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5362 | bool EnteringContext); |
5363 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5364 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
5365 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5366 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
5367 | bool EnteringContext); |
5368 | |
5369 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
5370 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
5371 | |
5372 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
5373 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
5374 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
5375 | |
5376 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. |
5377 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5378 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
5379 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
5380 | Declarator &D, |
5381 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
5382 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5383 | Expr *E, |
5384 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5385 | |
5386 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5387 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
5388 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
5389 | Expr *E, |
5390 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
5391 | SourceRange Parens); |
5392 | |
5393 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl, |
5394 | ExprResult Operand, |
5395 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5396 | |
5397 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
5398 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5399 | |
5400 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5401 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5402 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
5403 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5404 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5405 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5406 | Expr *Operand, |
5407 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5408 | |
5409 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
5410 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5411 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5412 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5413 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5414 | |
5415 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5416 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5417 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
5418 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5419 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5420 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5421 | Expr *Operand, |
5422 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5423 | |
5424 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
5425 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5426 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5427 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5428 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5429 | |
5430 | /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
5431 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5432 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
5433 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5434 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5435 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5436 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
5437 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5438 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5439 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
5440 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5441 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
5442 | |
5443 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
5444 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
5445 | |
5446 | /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context. |
5447 | Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit); |
5448 | void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This); |
5449 | |
5450 | /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
5451 | /// |
5452 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
5453 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
5454 | |
5455 | /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
5456 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
5457 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
5458 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
5459 | |
5460 | /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
5461 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
5462 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
5463 | Sema &S; |
5464 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
5465 | bool Enabled; |
5466 | |
5467 | public: |
5468 | /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
5469 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
5470 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
5471 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
5472 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals, |
5473 | bool Enabled = true); |
5474 | |
5475 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
5476 | }; |
5477 | |
5478 | /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
5479 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
5480 | /// |
5481 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
5482 | /// |
5483 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
5484 | /// capture list. |
5485 | /// |
5486 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5487 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5488 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5489 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5490 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
5491 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
5492 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
5493 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
5494 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
5495 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
5496 | bool ByCopy = false); |
5497 | |
5498 | /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
5499 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
5500 | /// being defined. |
5501 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
5502 | |
5503 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
5504 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5505 | |
5506 | |
5507 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
5508 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5509 | |
5510 | ExprResult |
5511 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
5512 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
5513 | |
5514 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
5515 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
5516 | |
5517 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
5518 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
5519 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
5520 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
5521 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
5522 | |
5523 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
5524 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
5525 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
5526 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
5527 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
5528 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
5529 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5530 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
5531 | bool ListInitialization); |
5532 | |
5533 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
5534 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5535 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5536 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5537 | bool ListInitialization); |
5538 | |
5539 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
5540 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
5541 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5542 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5543 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5544 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
5545 | Expr *Initializer); |
5546 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
5547 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5548 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5549 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5550 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
5551 | QualType AllocType, |
5552 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
5553 | Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, |
5554 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
5555 | Expr *Initializer); |
5556 | |
5557 | /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
5558 | /// function that is unavailable. |
5559 | bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const; |
5560 | |
5561 | /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
5562 | /// function that is unavailable. |
5563 | void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD, |
5564 | SourceLocation Loc); |
5565 | |
5566 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
5567 | SourceRange R); |
5568 | |
5569 | /// The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
5570 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
5571 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
5572 | AFS_Global, |
5573 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
5574 | /// allocated class. |
5575 | AFS_Class, |
5576 | /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
5577 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
5578 | AFS_Both |
5579 | }; |
5580 | |
5581 | /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
5582 | /// for the allocation. |
5583 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
5584 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
5585 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
5586 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
5587 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
5588 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
5589 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
5590 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5591 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
5592 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
5593 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
5594 | |
5595 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
5596 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
5597 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5598 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5599 | bool CanProvideSize, |
5600 | bool Overaligned, |
5601 | DeclarationName Name); |
5602 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5603 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5604 | |
5605 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
5606 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5607 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
5608 | Expr *Operand); |
5609 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
5610 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
5611 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
5612 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
5613 | |
5614 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
5615 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
5616 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
5617 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5618 | |
5619 | /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
5620 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5621 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
5622 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5623 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5624 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
5625 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5626 | |
5627 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
5628 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5629 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5630 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5631 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
5632 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5633 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5634 | |
5635 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5636 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5637 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
5638 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5639 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5640 | |
5641 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
5642 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5643 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5644 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5645 | Expr *Queried, |
5646 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5647 | |
5648 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5649 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5650 | Expr *Queried, |
5651 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5652 | |
5653 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
5654 | Expr *Base, |
5655 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5656 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5657 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
5658 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
5659 | |
5660 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
5661 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5662 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5663 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5664 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
5665 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5666 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5667 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
5668 | |
5669 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5670 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5671 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5672 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5673 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
5674 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5675 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5676 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
5677 | |
5678 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5679 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5680 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5681 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5682 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
5683 | |
5684 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
5685 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
5686 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
5687 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
5688 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
5689 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
5690 | |
5691 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
5692 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
5693 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
5694 | |
5695 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) { |
5696 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr( |
5697 | Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue); |
5698 | } |
5699 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
5700 | bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
5701 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
5702 | |
5703 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
5704 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
5705 | |
5706 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
5707 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5708 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
5709 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5710 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5711 | |
5712 | /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
5713 | /// |
5714 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5715 | /// |
5716 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5717 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5718 | /// |
5719 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5720 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5721 | |
5722 | /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
5723 | /// |
5724 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
5725 | /// |
5726 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
5727 | /// |
5728 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5729 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5730 | /// |
5731 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5732 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
5733 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5734 | |
5735 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
5736 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
5737 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5738 | |
5739 | /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
5740 | /// |
5741 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
5742 | /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
5743 | /// a member access expression. |
5744 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
5745 | |
5746 | /// The identifier preceding the '::'. |
5747 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
5748 | |
5749 | /// The location of the identifier. |
5750 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
5751 | |
5752 | /// The location of the '::'. |
5753 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
5754 | |
5755 | /// Creates info object for the most typical case. |
5756 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5757 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
5758 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
5759 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5760 | } |
5761 | |
5762 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5763 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
5764 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
5765 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5766 | } |
5767 | }; |
5768 | |
5769 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5770 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
5771 | |
5772 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5773 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5774 | bool EnteringContext, |
5775 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5776 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
5777 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
5778 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5779 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5780 | |
5781 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
5782 | /// |
5783 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5784 | /// |
5785 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
5786 | /// nested-name-spec. |
5787 | /// |
5788 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
5789 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
5790 | /// |
5791 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5792 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5793 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5794 | /// including this new type). |
5795 | /// |
5796 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
5797 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
5798 | /// |
5799 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
5800 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
5801 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
5802 | /// |
5803 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
5804 | /// |
5805 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5806 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5807 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5808 | bool EnteringContext, |
5809 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5810 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
5811 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5812 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5813 | |
5814 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
5815 | |
5816 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5817 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5818 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
5819 | |
5820 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5821 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5822 | bool EnteringContext); |
5823 | |
5824 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
5825 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
5826 | /// |
5827 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5828 | /// |
5829 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5830 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5831 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5832 | /// including this new type). |
5833 | /// |
5834 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
5835 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
5836 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
5837 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
5838 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
5839 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
5840 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5841 | /// |
5842 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
5843 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5844 | /// |
5845 | /// |
5846 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5847 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5848 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5849 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5850 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
5851 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
5852 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
5853 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
5854 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
5855 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5856 | bool EnteringContext); |
5857 | |
5858 | /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
5859 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
5860 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5861 | /// |
5862 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
5863 | /// |
5864 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
5865 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
5866 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5867 | |
5868 | /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
5869 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
5870 | /// |
5871 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
5872 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
5873 | /// |
5874 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
5875 | /// |
5876 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
5877 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
5878 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
5879 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
5880 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5881 | |
5882 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5883 | |
5884 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
5885 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
5886 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
5887 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
5888 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
5889 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
5890 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5891 | |
5892 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
5893 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
5894 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
5895 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
5896 | /// defining scope. |
5897 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5898 | |
5899 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
5900 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5901 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
5902 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
5903 | /// class X. |
5904 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5905 | |
5906 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
5907 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5908 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5909 | |
5910 | /// Create a new lambda closure type. |
5911 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5912 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
5913 | bool KnownDependent, |
5914 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
5915 | |
5916 | /// Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
5917 | CXXMethodDecl * |
5918 | startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5919 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5920 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
5921 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
5922 | Optional<std::pair<unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None); |
5923 | |
5924 | /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
5925 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
5926 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
5927 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5928 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
5929 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
5930 | bool ExplicitParams, |
5931 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
5932 | bool Mutable); |
5933 | |
5934 | /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
5935 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
5936 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
5937 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5938 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5939 | IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
5940 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5941 | Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id, |
5942 | InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
5943 | } |
5944 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5945 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5946 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit, |
5947 | Expr *&Init); |
5948 | |
5949 | /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
5950 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
5951 | /// |
5952 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
5953 | /// variables appropriately. |
5954 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
5955 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
5956 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5957 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5958 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
5959 | |
5960 | /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope. |
5961 | void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
5962 | |
5963 | /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
5964 | /// given lambda. |
5965 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5966 | |
5967 | /// \brief This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list |
5968 | /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a. |
5969 | void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
5970 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams, |
5971 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
5972 | |
5973 | /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
5974 | void addLambdaParameters( |
5975 | ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures, |
5976 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
5977 | |
5978 | /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
5979 | /// statements present in the body. |
5980 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
5981 | |
5982 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
5983 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
5984 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
5985 | /// lambda. |
5986 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
5987 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
5988 | |
5989 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
5990 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
5991 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
5992 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
5993 | |
5994 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
5995 | /// was successfully completed. |
5996 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5997 | Scope *CurScope); |
5998 | |
5999 | /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
6000 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
6001 | |
6002 | /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a |
6003 | /// diagnostic is emitted. |
6004 | bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange, |
6005 | const sema::Capture &From); |
6006 | |
6007 | /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture. |
6008 | FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
6009 | |
6010 | /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression. |
6011 | ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture, |
6012 | SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc, |
6013 | bool IsOpenMPMapping = false); |
6014 | |
6015 | /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
6016 | /// lambda body. |
6017 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
6018 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
6019 | |
6020 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
6021 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
6022 | QualType |
6023 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType); |
6024 | |
6025 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
6026 | /// function pointer. |
6027 | /// |
6028 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
6029 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
6030 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
6031 | /// block pointer conversion. |
6032 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
6033 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
6034 | |
6035 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
6036 | /// block pointer. |
6037 | /// |
6038 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
6039 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
6040 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
6041 | /// block pointer conversion. |
6042 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
6043 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
6044 | |
6045 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
6046 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
6047 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
6048 | Expr *Src); |
6049 | |
6050 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
6051 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
6052 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
6053 | |
6054 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
6055 | |
6056 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
6057 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
6058 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
6059 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
6060 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
6061 | bool Value); |
6062 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
6063 | |
6064 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
6065 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
6066 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
6067 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
6068 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
6069 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
6070 | |
6071 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
6072 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
6073 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
6074 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
6075 | |
6076 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
6077 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
6078 | |
6079 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6080 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
6081 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6082 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
6083 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
6084 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
6085 | |
6086 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6087 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
6088 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6089 | ParsedType Ty, |
6090 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6091 | |
6092 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
6093 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
6094 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6095 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
6096 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6097 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6098 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
6099 | |
6100 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
6101 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
6102 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
6103 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
6104 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6105 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
6106 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6107 | |
6108 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6109 | // C++ Declarations |
6110 | // |
6111 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
6112 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6113 | Expr *LangStr, |
6114 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
6115 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
6116 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
6117 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
6118 | |
6119 | |
6120 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6121 | // C++ Classes |
6122 | // |
6123 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
6124 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
6125 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
6126 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
6127 | |
6128 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
6129 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
6130 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
6131 | |
6132 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
6133 | Declarator &D, |
6134 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6135 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
6136 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
6137 | |
6138 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
6139 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
6140 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6141 | Expr *Init); |
6142 | |
6143 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
6144 | Scope *S, |
6145 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6146 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
6147 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
6148 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
6149 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6150 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
6151 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6152 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6153 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6154 | |
6155 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
6156 | Scope *S, |
6157 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6158 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
6159 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
6160 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
6161 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6162 | Expr *InitList, |
6163 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6164 | |
6165 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
6166 | Scope *S, |
6167 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6168 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
6169 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
6170 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
6171 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
6172 | Expr *Init, |
6173 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6174 | |
6175 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
6176 | Expr *Init, |
6177 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
6178 | |
6179 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
6180 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
6181 | Expr *Init, |
6182 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
6183 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6184 | |
6185 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
6186 | Expr *Init, |
6187 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6188 | |
6189 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
6190 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
6191 | |
6192 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
6193 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
6194 | |
6195 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
6196 | |
6197 | |
6198 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
6199 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
6200 | /// referenced. |
6201 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
6202 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
6203 | |
6204 | /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
6205 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
6206 | /// first use occurred. |
6207 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
6208 | |
6209 | /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
6210 | /// materialized. |
6211 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
6212 | |
6213 | /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
6214 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
6215 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
6216 | /// by code generation). |
6217 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
6218 | |
6219 | /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
6220 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
6221 | |
6222 | /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
6223 | /// given location. |
6224 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
6225 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
6226 | |
6227 | /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
6228 | /// in the given class as needed. |
6229 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
6230 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6231 | |
6232 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
6233 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
6234 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
6235 | bool ConstexprOnly = false); |
6236 | |
6237 | /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
6238 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
6239 | /// vtables. |
6240 | /// |
6241 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
6242 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
6243 | |
6244 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
6245 | |
6246 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
6247 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
6248 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
6249 | bool AnyErrors); |
6250 | |
6251 | /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
6252 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
6253 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
6254 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
6255 | void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
6256 | |
6257 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
6258 | |
6259 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
6260 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
6261 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
6262 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
6263 | |
6264 | /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator |
6265 | /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name |
6266 | /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND. |
6267 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord); |
6268 | |
6269 | /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
6270 | void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
6271 | |
6272 | /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
6273 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD); |
6274 | |
6275 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
6276 | |
6277 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
6278 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
6279 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
6280 | |
6281 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
6282 | Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac, |
6283 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
6284 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
6285 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
6286 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D); |
6287 | |
6288 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
6289 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); |
6290 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
6291 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
6292 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
6293 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
6294 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
6295 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
6296 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
6297 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
6298 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
6299 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
6300 | |
6301 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
6302 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
6303 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
6304 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
6305 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
6306 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
6307 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
6308 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6309 | bool Failed); |
6310 | |
6311 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
6312 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
6313 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
6314 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
6315 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
6316 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
6317 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
6318 | |
6319 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
6320 | StorageClass& SC); |
6321 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
6322 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
6323 | StorageClass& SC); |
6324 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
6325 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
6326 | StorageClass& SC); |
6327 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
6328 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
6329 | StorageClass &SC); |
6330 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
6331 | |
6332 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
6333 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
6334 | |
6335 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6336 | // C++ Derived Classes |
6337 | // |
6338 | |
6339 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
6340 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
6341 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
6342 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
6343 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
6344 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6345 | |
6346 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
6347 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
6348 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
6349 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
6350 | ParsedType basetype, |
6351 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
6352 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6353 | |
6354 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
6355 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
6356 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
6357 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
6358 | |
6359 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
6360 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
6361 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
6362 | |
6363 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
6364 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
6365 | |
6366 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
6367 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
6368 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
6369 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
6370 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
6371 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
6372 | unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, |
6373 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
6374 | DeclarationName Name, |
6375 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
6376 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
6377 | |
6378 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
6379 | |
6380 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
6381 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
6382 | |
6383 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
6384 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
6385 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
6386 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
6387 | |
6388 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
6389 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
6390 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
6391 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
6392 | |
6393 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
6394 | |
6395 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
6396 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
6397 | |
6398 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
6399 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
6400 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
6401 | |
6402 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
6403 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
6404 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
6405 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
6406 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
6407 | |
6408 | |
6409 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6410 | // C++ Access Control |
6411 | // |
6412 | |
6413 | enum AccessResult { |
6414 | AR_accessible, |
6415 | AR_inaccessible, |
6416 | AR_dependent, |
6417 | AR_delayed |
6418 | }; |
6419 | |
6420 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
6421 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
6422 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
6423 | |
6424 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
6425 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6426 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
6427 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6428 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
6429 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
6430 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
6431 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
6432 | bool Diagnose = true); |
6433 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
6434 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
6435 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
6436 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
6437 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
6438 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
6439 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
6440 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
6441 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
6442 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
6443 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
6444 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
6445 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
6446 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
6447 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
6448 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
6449 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
6450 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
6451 | AccessResult |
6452 | CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
6453 | CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass, |
6454 | DeclAccessPair Field); |
6455 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
6456 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
6457 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
6458 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6459 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
6460 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
6461 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
6462 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
6463 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
6464 | unsigned DiagID, |
6465 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
6466 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
6467 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
6468 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
6469 | QualType BaseType); |
6470 | bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, |
6471 | AccessSpecifier access, |
6472 | QualType objectType); |
6473 | |
6474 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
6475 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6476 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
6477 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6478 | |
6479 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
6480 | |
6481 | /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
6482 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
6483 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
6484 | |
6485 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
6486 | AbstractNone = -1, |
6487 | AbstractReturnType, |
6488 | AbstractParamType, |
6489 | AbstractVariableType, |
6490 | AbstractFieldType, |
6491 | AbstractIvarType, |
6492 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
6493 | AbstractArrayType |
6494 | }; |
6495 | |
6496 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
6497 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
6498 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
6499 | template <typename... Ts> |
6500 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
6501 | const Ts &...Args) { |
6502 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
6503 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
6504 | } |
6505 | |
6506 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6507 | |
6508 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6509 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
6510 | // |
6511 | |
6512 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6513 | |
6514 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6515 | |
6516 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6517 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
6518 | // |
6519 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6520 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
6521 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
6522 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6523 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
6524 | bool AllowDependent = true, |
6525 | bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false); |
6526 | /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name. |
6527 | /// |
6528 | /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup. |
6529 | /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be |
6530 | /// considered valid results. |
6531 | /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might |
6532 | /// name templates) should be considered valid results. |
6533 | NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D, |
6534 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
6535 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
6536 | |
6537 | enum class AssumedTemplateKind { |
6538 | /// This is not assumed to be a template name. |
6539 | None, |
6540 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing. |
6541 | FoundNothing, |
6542 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more |
6543 | /// functions (but no function templates). |
6544 | FoundFunctions, |
6545 | }; |
6546 | bool LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6547 | QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6548 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
6549 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
6550 | AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr); |
6551 | |
6552 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
6553 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6554 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
6555 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, |
6556 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6557 | bool EnteringContext, |
6558 | TemplateTy &Template, |
6559 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6560 | |
6561 | /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template. |
6562 | /// |
6563 | /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates |
6564 | /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to |
6565 | /// the corresponding kind, if possible. |
6566 | void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name, |
6567 | TemplateNameKind &TNK, |
6568 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6569 | IdentifierInfo *&II); |
6570 | |
6571 | bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name, |
6572 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6573 | bool Diagnose = true); |
6574 | |
6575 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
6576 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
6577 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
6578 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6579 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
6580 | |
6581 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6582 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
6583 | Scope *S, |
6584 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
6585 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
6586 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
6587 | |
6588 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
6589 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
6590 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
6591 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
6592 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
6593 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
6594 | bool Complain = true); |
6595 | |
6596 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
6597 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
6598 | |
6599 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
6600 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6601 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
6602 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6603 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6604 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
6605 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6606 | ParsedType DefaultArg); |
6607 | |
6608 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
6609 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6610 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
6611 | |
6612 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
6613 | unsigned Depth, |
6614 | unsigned Position, |
6615 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6616 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
6617 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
6618 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
6619 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6620 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6621 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6622 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6623 | unsigned Depth, |
6624 | unsigned Position, |
6625 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6626 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
6627 | |
6628 | TemplateParameterList * |
6629 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
6630 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
6631 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6632 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6633 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
6634 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6635 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
6636 | |
6637 | /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
6638 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
6639 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
6640 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
6641 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
6642 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
6643 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
6644 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
6645 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
6646 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
6647 | }; |
6648 | |
6649 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
6650 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
6651 | TemplateParamListContext TPC, |
6652 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6653 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
6654 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
6655 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
6656 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
6657 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid); |
6658 | |
6659 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate( |
6660 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6661 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6662 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6663 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6664 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
6665 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
6666 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6667 | |
6668 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6669 | QualType NTTPType, |
6670 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6671 | |
6672 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
6673 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
6674 | |
6675 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
6676 | |
6677 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
6678 | |
6679 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
6680 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6681 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6682 | |
6683 | TypeResult |
6684 | ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6685 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6686 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6687 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6688 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false); |
6689 | |
6690 | /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
6691 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
6692 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
6693 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
6694 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
6695 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6696 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6697 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
6698 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6699 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6700 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
6701 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6702 | |
6703 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
6704 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
6705 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6706 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
6707 | |
6708 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6709 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6710 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6711 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6712 | |
6713 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6714 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6715 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6716 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6717 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6718 | |
6719 | ExprResult |
6720 | CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6721 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6722 | ConceptDecl *Template, |
6723 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6724 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6725 | |
6726 | void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc); |
6727 | |
6728 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6729 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6730 | LookupResult &R, |
6731 | bool RequiresADL, |
6732 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6733 | |
6734 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6735 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6736 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6737 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6738 | |
6739 | TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName( |
6740 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6741 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6742 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
6743 | |
6744 | DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization( |
6745 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6746 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, |
6747 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
6748 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6749 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6750 | |
6751 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
6752 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
6753 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
6754 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
6755 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6756 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6757 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6758 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6759 | |
6760 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
6761 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6762 | Declarator &D); |
6763 | |
6764 | bool |
6765 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
6766 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
6767 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
6768 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
6769 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
6770 | bool &SuppressNew); |
6771 | |
6772 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6773 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6774 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6775 | |
6776 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
6777 | FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6778 | LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false); |
6779 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6780 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6781 | |
6782 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation( |
6783 | Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6784 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6785 | TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6786 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6787 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
6788 | |
6789 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6790 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6791 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6792 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
6793 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6794 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
6795 | |
6796 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6797 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6798 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6799 | Declarator &D); |
6800 | |
6801 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
6802 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6803 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6804 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6805 | Decl *Param, |
6806 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
6807 | &Converted, |
6808 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
6809 | |
6810 | /// Specifies the context in which a particular template |
6811 | /// argument is being checked. |
6812 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
6813 | /// The template argument was specified in the code or was |
6814 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
6815 | CTAK_Specified, |
6816 | |
6817 | /// The template argument was deduced via template argument |
6818 | /// deduction. |
6819 | CTAK_Deduced, |
6820 | |
6821 | /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
6822 | /// via template argument deduction. |
6823 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
6824 | }; |
6825 | |
6826 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
6827 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6828 | NamedDecl *Template, |
6829 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6830 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6831 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
6832 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6833 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6834 | |
6835 | /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
6836 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
6837 | /// |
6838 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
6839 | /// provided. |
6840 | /// |
6841 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
6842 | /// |
6843 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
6844 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
6845 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
6846 | /// arguments. |
6847 | /// |
6848 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
6849 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
6850 | /// set of template arguments. |
6851 | /// |
6852 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
6853 | /// arguments. |
6854 | /// |
6855 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
6856 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
6857 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
6858 | /// |
6859 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6860 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6861 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6862 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
6863 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
6864 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6865 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true); |
6866 | |
6867 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6868 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6869 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
6870 | |
6871 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6872 | TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
6873 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6874 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
6875 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
6876 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6877 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6878 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
6879 | |
6880 | ExprResult |
6881 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6882 | QualType ParamType, |
6883 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6884 | ExprResult |
6885 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6886 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6887 | |
6888 | /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
6889 | /// for equality. |
6890 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
6891 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
6892 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
6893 | /// |
6894 | /// \code |
6895 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6896 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6897 | /// \endcode |
6898 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
6899 | |
6900 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
6901 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
6902 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
6903 | /// |
6904 | /// \code |
6905 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
6906 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
6907 | /// \endcode |
6908 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
6909 | |
6910 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
6911 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
6912 | /// template parameter. |
6913 | /// |
6914 | /// \code |
6915 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
6916 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
6917 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
6918 | /// \endcode |
6919 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
6920 | }; |
6921 | |
6922 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
6923 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
6924 | bool Complain, |
6925 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
6926 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
6927 | = SourceLocation()); |
6928 | |
6929 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
6930 | |
6931 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6932 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
6933 | /// |
6934 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6935 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6936 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6937 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
6938 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
6939 | TypeResult |
6940 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6941 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6942 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
6943 | |
6944 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6945 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
6946 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
6947 | /// |
6948 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6949 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6950 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6951 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6952 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
6953 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
6954 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
6955 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6956 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6957 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6958 | TypeResult |
6959 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6960 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6961 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6962 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6963 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6964 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6965 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6966 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6967 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6968 | |
6969 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
6970 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
6971 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
6972 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6973 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
6974 | |
6975 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6976 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6977 | DeclarationName Name); |
6978 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6979 | |
6980 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
6981 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
6982 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
6983 | |
6984 | std::string |
6985 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6986 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
6987 | |
6988 | std::string |
6989 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6990 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
6991 | unsigned NumArgs); |
6992 | |
6993 | // Concepts |
6994 | Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition( |
6995 | Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6996 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr); |
6997 | |
6998 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6999 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
7000 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7001 | |
7002 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
7003 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
7004 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
7005 | |
7006 | /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
7007 | /// being diagnosed. |
7008 | /// |
7009 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
7010 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
7011 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
7012 | /// An arbitrary expression. |
7013 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
7014 | |
7015 | /// The base type of a class type. |
7016 | UPPC_BaseType, |
7017 | |
7018 | /// The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
7019 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
7020 | |
7021 | /// The type of a data member. |
7022 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
7023 | |
7024 | /// The size of a bit-field. |
7025 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
7026 | |
7027 | /// The expression in a static assertion. |
7028 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
7029 | |
7030 | /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
7031 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
7032 | |
7033 | /// The enumerator value. |
7034 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
7035 | |
7036 | /// A using declaration. |
7037 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
7038 | |
7039 | /// A friend declaration. |
7040 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
7041 | |
7042 | /// A declaration qualifier. |
7043 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
7044 | |
7045 | /// An initializer. |
7046 | UPPC_Initializer, |
7047 | |
7048 | /// A default argument. |
7049 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
7050 | |
7051 | /// The type of a non-type template parameter. |
7052 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
7053 | |
7054 | /// The type of an exception. |
7055 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
7056 | |
7057 | /// Partial specialization. |
7058 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
7059 | |
7060 | /// Microsoft __if_exists. |
7061 | UPPC_IfExists, |
7062 | |
7063 | /// Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
7064 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
7065 | |
7066 | /// Lambda expression. |
7067 | UPPC_Lambda, |
7068 | |
7069 | /// Block expression, |
7070 | UPPC_Block |
7071 | }; |
7072 | |
7073 | /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
7074 | /// |
7075 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
7076 | /// |
7077 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
7078 | /// parameter packs. |
7079 | /// |
7080 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
7081 | /// |
7082 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7083 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
7084 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
7085 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
7086 | |
7087 | /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
7088 | /// diagnose the error. |
7089 | /// |
7090 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
7091 | /// |
7092 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
7093 | /// packs. |
7094 | /// |
7095 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7096 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7097 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
7098 | |
7099 | /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
7100 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
7101 | /// |
7102 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
7103 | /// parameter packs. |
7104 | /// |
7105 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7106 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
7107 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
7108 | |
7109 | /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
7110 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
7111 | /// |
7112 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
7113 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7114 | /// |
7115 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7116 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
7117 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
7118 | |
7119 | /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
7120 | /// diagnose the error. |
7121 | /// |
7122 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
7123 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
7124 | /// |
7125 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7126 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7127 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
7128 | |
7129 | /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
7130 | /// diagnose the error. |
7131 | /// |
7132 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
7133 | /// |
7134 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
7135 | /// parameter packs. |
7136 | /// |
7137 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7138 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
7139 | TemplateName Template, |
7140 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
7141 | |
7142 | /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
7143 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
7144 | /// |
7145 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
7146 | /// parameter packs. |
7147 | /// |
7148 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7149 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
7150 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
7151 | |
7152 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
7153 | /// template argument. |
7154 | /// |
7155 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
7156 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7157 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
7158 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
7159 | |
7160 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
7161 | /// template argument. |
7162 | /// |
7163 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
7164 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7165 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
7166 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
7167 | |
7168 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
7169 | /// type. |
7170 | /// |
7171 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
7172 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7173 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
7174 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
7175 | |
7176 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
7177 | /// type. |
7178 | /// |
7179 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
7180 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7181 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
7182 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
7183 | |
7184 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
7185 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
7186 | /// |
7187 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
7188 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7189 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
7190 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
7191 | |
7192 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
7193 | /// name. |
7194 | /// |
7195 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
7196 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
7197 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7198 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
7199 | |
7200 | /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
7201 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
7202 | /// |
7203 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
7204 | /// may already be invalid. |
7205 | /// |
7206 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
7207 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
7208 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7209 | |
7210 | /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
7211 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
7212 | /// |
7213 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
7214 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
7215 | /// |
7216 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
7217 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7218 | |
7219 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
7220 | /// expansion. |
7221 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
7222 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7223 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
7224 | |
7225 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
7226 | /// expansion. |
7227 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
7228 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
7229 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7230 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
7231 | |
7232 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
7233 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
7234 | /// |
7235 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
7236 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
7237 | /// |
7238 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
7239 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
7240 | |
7241 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
7242 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
7243 | /// |
7244 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
7245 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
7246 | /// |
7247 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
7248 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7249 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
7250 | |
7251 | /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
7252 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
7253 | /// transforming the pattern. |
7254 | /// |
7255 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
7256 | /// pack expansion. |
7257 | /// |
7258 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
7259 | /// the pack expansion. |
7260 | /// |
7261 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
7262 | /// pattern. |
7263 | /// |
7264 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
7265 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
7266 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
7267 | /// |
7268 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
7269 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
7270 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
7271 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
7272 | /// |
7273 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
7274 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
7275 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
7276 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
7277 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
7278 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
7279 | /// set this value in other cases. |
7280 | /// |
7281 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
7282 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
7283 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
7284 | /// must be set. |
7285 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
7286 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
7287 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
7288 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7289 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
7290 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
7291 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
7292 | |
7293 | /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
7294 | /// type. |
7295 | /// |
7296 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
7297 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
7298 | /// |
7299 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
7300 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
7301 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7302 | |
7303 | /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
7304 | /// parameter packs. |
7305 | /// |
7306 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
7307 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
7308 | /// |
7309 | /// \code |
7310 | /// void f(T...); |
7311 | /// \endcode |
7312 | /// |
7313 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
7314 | /// a variadic function. |
7315 | /// |
7316 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
7317 | /// false otherwise. |
7318 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
7319 | |
7320 | /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
7321 | /// |
7322 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
7323 | /// |
7324 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
7325 | /// |
7326 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
7327 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
7328 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
7329 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
7330 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
7331 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
7332 | |
7333 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
7334 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
7335 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
7336 | /// |
7337 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
7338 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
7339 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
7340 | |
7341 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7342 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
7343 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7344 | |
7345 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
7346 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
7347 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
7348 | /// types. |
7349 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
7350 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
7351 | |
7352 | /// Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
7353 | /// |
7354 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
7355 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
7356 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
7357 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
7358 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
7359 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
7360 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
7361 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
7362 | /// Template argument deduction was successful. |
7363 | TDK_Success = 0, |
7364 | /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
7365 | TDK_Invalid, |
7366 | /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
7367 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
7368 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
7369 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
7370 | /// for every template parameter. |
7371 | TDK_Incomplete, |
7372 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every |
7373 | /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack. |
7374 | TDK_IncompletePack, |
7375 | /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
7376 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
7377 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
7378 | /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
7379 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
7380 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
7381 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
7382 | TDK_Underqualified, |
7383 | /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
7384 | /// resulted in an error. |
7385 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
7386 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
7387 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
7388 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
7389 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
7390 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
7391 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
7392 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
7393 | /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
7394 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
7395 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
7396 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
7397 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
7398 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
7399 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
7400 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
7401 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
7402 | /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
7403 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
7404 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
7405 | /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
7406 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
7407 | /// Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
7408 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
7409 | /// CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
7410 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
7411 | }; |
7412 | |
7413 | TemplateDeductionResult |
7414 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
7415 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7416 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7417 | |
7418 | TemplateDeductionResult |
7419 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
7420 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7421 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7422 | |
7423 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
7424 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7425 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7426 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
7427 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
7428 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7429 | |
7430 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
7431 | // deduction for a call. |
7432 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
7433 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
7434 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
7435 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
7436 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
7437 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
7438 | |
7439 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
7440 | bool DecomposedParam; |
7441 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
7442 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
7443 | }; |
7444 | |
7445 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
7446 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7447 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
7448 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
7449 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
7450 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
7451 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
7452 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
7453 | |
7454 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
7455 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7456 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7457 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
7458 | bool PartialOverloading, |
7459 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
7460 | |
7461 | TemplateDeductionResult |
7462 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7463 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7464 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
7465 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
7466 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
7467 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
7468 | |
7469 | TemplateDeductionResult |
7470 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7471 | QualType ToType, |
7472 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
7473 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7474 | |
7475 | TemplateDeductionResult |
7476 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7477 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
7478 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
7479 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
7480 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
7481 | |
7482 | /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
7483 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
7484 | /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
7485 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
7486 | QualType Replacement); |
7487 | /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
7488 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
7489 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
7490 | |
7491 | /// Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
7492 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
7493 | DAR_Succeeded, |
7494 | DAR_Failed, |
7495 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
7496 | }; |
7497 | |
7498 | DeduceAutoResult |
7499 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
7500 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7501 | DeduceAutoResult |
7502 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
7503 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7504 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
7505 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
7506 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7507 | |
7508 | /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
7509 | /// not already done so. |
7510 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7511 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7512 | |
7513 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
7514 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7515 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
7516 | |
7517 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
7518 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
7519 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
7520 | Expr *Init); |
7521 | |
7522 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
7523 | |
7524 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7525 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
7526 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
7527 | |
7528 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, |
7529 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, |
7530 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7531 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, |
7532 | unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
7533 | unsigned NumCallArguments2); |
7534 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
7535 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
7536 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
7537 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7538 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
7539 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
7540 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
7541 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
7542 | |
7543 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
7544 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7545 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7546 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
7547 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7548 | |
7549 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7550 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7551 | |
7552 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7553 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7554 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
7555 | |
7556 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7557 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7558 | |
7559 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
7560 | TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
7561 | |
7562 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7563 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
7564 | unsigned Depth, |
7565 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
7566 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
7567 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7568 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
7569 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
7570 | } |
7571 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
7572 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7573 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
7574 | |
7575 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7576 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
7577 | // |
7578 | |
7579 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
7580 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
7581 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
7582 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
7583 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
7584 | |
7585 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
7586 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
7587 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
7588 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
7589 | /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
7590 | enum SynthesisKind { |
7591 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
7592 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
7593 | TemplateInstantiation, |
7594 | |
7595 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
7596 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
7597 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
7598 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
7599 | /// specified. |
7600 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
7601 | |
7602 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
7603 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
7604 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
7605 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
7606 | |
7607 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
7608 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
7609 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7610 | |
7611 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
7612 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
7613 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
7614 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
7615 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
7616 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7617 | |
7618 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
7619 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
7620 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
7621 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7622 | |
7623 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
7624 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
7625 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
7626 | |
7627 | /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special |
7628 | /// member function. |
7629 | ExceptionSpecEvaluation, |
7630 | |
7631 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
7632 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
7633 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
7634 | |
7635 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
7636 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
7637 | |
7638 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
7639 | /// member). |
7640 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
7641 | |
7642 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
7643 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
7644 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
7645 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
7646 | Memoization |
7647 | } Kind; |
7648 | |
7649 | /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
7650 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7651 | |
7652 | /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
7653 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
7654 | |
7655 | /// The entity that is being synthesized. |
7656 | Decl *Entity; |
7657 | |
7658 | /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
7659 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
7660 | /// arguments. |
7661 | NamedDecl *Template; |
7662 | |
7663 | /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
7664 | /// are not part of the entity. |
7665 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
7666 | |
7667 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
7668 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
7669 | union { |
7670 | /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
7671 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
7672 | |
7673 | /// The special member being declared or defined. |
7674 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
7675 | }; |
7676 | |
7677 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
7678 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)((Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7678, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7679 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
7680 | } |
7681 | |
7682 | /// The template deduction info object associated with the |
7683 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
7684 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
7685 | |
7686 | /// The source range that covers the construct that cause |
7687 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
7688 | /// template instantiation. |
7689 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
7690 | |
7691 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
7692 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), |
7693 | SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr), |
7694 | Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), |
7695 | DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
7696 | |
7697 | /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
7698 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
7699 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
7700 | }; |
7701 | |
7702 | /// List of active code synthesis contexts. |
7703 | /// |
7704 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
7705 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
7706 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
7707 | |
7708 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
7709 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
7710 | |
7711 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
7712 | /// by some template instantiation. |
7713 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
7714 | |
7715 | /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
7716 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
7717 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
7718 | |
7719 | /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
7720 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
7721 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
7722 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
7723 | |
7724 | /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
7725 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
7726 | /// template defined within it. |
7727 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
7728 | |
7729 | /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
7730 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
7731 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
7732 | |
7733 | /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
7734 | /// template instantiation. |
7735 | /// |
7736 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
7737 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
7738 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7739 | |
7740 | /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
7741 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
7742 | /// instantiation depth. |
7743 | /// |
7744 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
7745 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
7746 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
7747 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
7748 | |
7749 | /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
7750 | /// error or warning was produced. |
7751 | /// |
7752 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
7753 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
7754 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
7755 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
7756 | |
7757 | /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
7758 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
7759 | /// |
7760 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
7761 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
7762 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
7763 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
7764 | |
7765 | /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
7766 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
7767 | /// |
7768 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
7769 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
7770 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
7771 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
7772 | |
7773 | /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
7774 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
7775 | /// |
7776 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
7777 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
7778 | Sema &Self; |
7779 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7780 | |
7781 | public: |
7782 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
7783 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
7784 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
7785 | } |
7786 | |
7787 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
7788 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7789 | } |
7790 | }; |
7791 | |
7792 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
7793 | |
7794 | /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
7795 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
7796 | /// deduction. |
7797 | /// |
7798 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
7799 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
7800 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
7801 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
7802 | |
7803 | /// A stack object to be created when performing template |
7804 | /// instantiation. |
7805 | /// |
7806 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
7807 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
7808 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
7809 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
7810 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
7811 | /// |
7812 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
7813 | /// the stack. |
7814 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
7815 | /// Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
7816 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
7817 | /// or a member thereof. |
7818 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7819 | Decl *Entity, |
7820 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7821 | |
7822 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
7823 | /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
7824 | /// of a function template. |
7825 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7826 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
7827 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7828 | |
7829 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
7830 | /// template-id. |
7831 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7832 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
7833 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7834 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7835 | |
7836 | /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
7837 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
7838 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7839 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7840 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7841 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7842 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7843 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7844 | |
7845 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7846 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
7847 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7848 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7849 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7850 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7851 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7852 | |
7853 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7854 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
7855 | /// specialization. |
7856 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7857 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7858 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7859 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7860 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7861 | |
7862 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7863 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
7864 | /// specialization. |
7865 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7866 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7867 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7868 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7869 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7870 | |
7871 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
7872 | /// parameter. |
7873 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7874 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
7875 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7876 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7877 | |
7878 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7879 | /// non-type parameter. |
7880 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7881 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7882 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7883 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7884 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7885 | |
7886 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7887 | /// template template parameter. |
7888 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7889 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7890 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7891 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7892 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7893 | |
7894 | /// Note that we are checking the default template argument |
7895 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
7896 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7897 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7898 | NamedDecl *Param, |
7899 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7900 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7901 | |
7902 | |
7903 | /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
7904 | void Clear(); |
7905 | |
7906 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
7907 | |
7908 | /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
7909 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
7910 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
7911 | |
7912 | /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
7913 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
7914 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
7915 | |
7916 | private: |
7917 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7918 | bool Invalid; |
7919 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
7920 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7921 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7922 | |
7923 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
7924 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7925 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
7926 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
7927 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
7928 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
7929 | |
7930 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7931 | |
7932 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
7933 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7934 | }; |
7935 | |
7936 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
7937 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
7938 | |
7939 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
7940 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
7941 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
7942 | } |
7943 | |
7944 | void PrintContextStack() { |
7945 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
7946 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
7947 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7948 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
7949 | } |
7950 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
7951 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7952 | } |
7953 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7954 | |
7955 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7956 | |
7957 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
7958 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
7959 | /// errors. |
7960 | /// |
7961 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
7962 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
7963 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
7964 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
7965 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
7966 | |
7967 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
7968 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
7969 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
7970 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&((!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7971, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7971 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")((!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7971, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7972 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
7973 | } |
7974 | |
7975 | /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
7976 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
7977 | /// deduction. |
7978 | class SFINAETrap { |
7979 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7980 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7981 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7982 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7983 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
7984 | |
7985 | public: |
7986 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
7987 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
7988 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
7989 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
7990 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
7991 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7992 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
7993 | { |
7994 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
7995 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
7996 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7997 | } |
7998 | |
7999 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
8000 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
8001 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
8002 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
8003 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
8004 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
8005 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
8006 | } |
8007 | |
8008 | /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
8009 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
8010 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
8011 | } |
8012 | }; |
8013 | |
8014 | /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
8015 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
8016 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
8017 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
8018 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
8019 | Sema &SemaRef; |
8020 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
8021 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
8022 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
8023 | public: |
8024 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
8025 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
8026 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
8027 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
8028 | } |
8029 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
8030 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
8031 | } |
8032 | }; |
8033 | |
8034 | /// The current instantiation scope used to store local |
8035 | /// variables. |
8036 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
8037 | |
8038 | /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
8039 | /// disabled. |
8040 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
8041 | |
8042 | /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
8043 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
8044 | |
8045 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
8046 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
8047 | |
8048 | /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
8049 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
8050 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
8051 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
8052 | |
8053 | /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
8054 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
8055 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
8056 | |
8057 | /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
8058 | /// |
8059 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
8060 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
8061 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
8062 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
8063 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
8064 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
8065 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
8066 | |
8067 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
8068 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
8069 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
8070 | |
8071 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
8072 | /// eagerly. |
8073 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
8074 | |
8075 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
8076 | public: |
8077 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
8078 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
8079 | if (!Enabled) return; |
8080 | |
8081 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
8082 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
8083 | } |
8084 | |
8085 | void perform() { |
8086 | if (Enabled) { |
8087 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
8088 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
8089 | } |
8090 | } |
8091 | |
8092 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
8093 | if (!Enabled) return; |
8094 | |
8095 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
8096 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&((S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8097, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
8097 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")((S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8097, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
8098 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
8099 | |
8100 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
8101 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&((S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8102, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
8102 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")((S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8102, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
8103 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
8104 | } |
8105 | |
8106 | private: |
8107 | Sema &S; |
8108 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
8109 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
8110 | bool Enabled; |
8111 | }; |
8112 | |
8113 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
8114 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
8115 | /// |
8116 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
8117 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
8118 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
8119 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
8120 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
8121 | |
8122 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
8123 | public: |
8124 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
8125 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
8126 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
8127 | } |
8128 | |
8129 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
8130 | |
8131 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
8132 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&((S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8133, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
8133 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")((S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8133, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
8134 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
8135 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
8136 | } |
8137 | |
8138 | private: |
8139 | Sema &S; |
8140 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
8141 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
8142 | }; |
8143 | |
8144 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
8145 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
8146 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
8147 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
8148 | |
8149 | public: |
8150 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
8151 | /// |
8152 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
8153 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)((Infos.size() <= index) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 8153, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
8154 | Infos.resize(index); |
8155 | Infos.push_back(info); |
8156 | |
8157 | if (!HasInteresting) |
8158 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
8159 | } |
8160 | |
8161 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
8162 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
8163 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
8164 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
8165 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
8166 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
8167 | return Infos.data(); |
8168 | } |
8169 | }; |
8170 | |
8171 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
8172 | |
8173 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8174 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8175 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
8176 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
8177 | |
8178 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
8179 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8180 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
8181 | |
8182 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
8183 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8184 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
8185 | |
8186 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8187 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8188 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8189 | DeclarationName Entity, |
8190 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
8191 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals); |
8192 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
8193 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
8194 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
8195 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
8196 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
8197 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
8198 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
8199 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8200 | int indexAdjustment, |
8201 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
8202 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
8203 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
8204 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
8205 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8206 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
8207 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
8208 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
8209 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
8210 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8211 | |
8212 | /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
8213 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
8214 | /// |
8215 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
8216 | /// |
8217 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
8218 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
8219 | /// |
8220 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
8221 | /// |
8222 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
8223 | /// |
8224 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
8225 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
8226 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8227 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
8228 | |
8229 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
8230 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8231 | |
8232 | TemplateParameterList * |
8233 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
8234 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8235 | |
8236 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
8237 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8238 | |
8239 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
8240 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8241 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
8242 | |
8243 | bool |
8244 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
8245 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
8246 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8247 | |
8248 | bool |
8249 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8250 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
8251 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8252 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
8253 | bool Complain = true); |
8254 | |
8255 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8256 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
8257 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8258 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
8259 | |
8260 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
8261 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
8262 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8263 | |
8264 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
8265 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
8266 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
8267 | Decl *NewDecl; |
8268 | |
8269 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
8270 | Decl *D) |
8271 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
8272 | { } |
8273 | }; |
8274 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
8275 | |
8276 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8277 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
8278 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
8279 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
8280 | |
8281 | void |
8282 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8283 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
8284 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
8285 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
8286 | |
8287 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
8288 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
8289 | |
8290 | bool |
8291 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8292 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
8293 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
8294 | bool Complain = true); |
8295 | |
8296 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8297 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
8298 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8299 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
8300 | |
8301 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
8302 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8303 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
8304 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
8305 | |
8306 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
8307 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
8308 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8309 | |
8310 | DeclarationNameInfo |
8311 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
8312 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8313 | TemplateName |
8314 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
8315 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8316 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8317 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
8318 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
8319 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8320 | |
8321 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8322 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
8323 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
8324 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
8325 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8326 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8327 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
8328 | bool Recursive = false, |
8329 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
8330 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
8331 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
8332 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
8333 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
8334 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
8335 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
8336 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, |
8337 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
8338 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
8339 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
8340 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
8341 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8342 | void |
8343 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
8344 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8345 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
8346 | DeclContext *Owner, |
8347 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
8348 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false, |
8349 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr); |
8350 | |
8351 | VarDecl *getVarTemplateSpecialization( |
8352 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTempl, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
8353 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc); |
8354 | |
8355 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
8356 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
8357 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8358 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
8359 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
8360 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
8361 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
8362 | |
8363 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
8364 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
8365 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8366 | |
8367 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
8368 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
8369 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
8370 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
8371 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
8372 | |
8373 | // Objective-C declarations. |
8374 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
8375 | OCK_None = -1, |
8376 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
8377 | OCK_Protocol, |
8378 | OCK_Category, |
8379 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
8380 | OCK_Implementation, |
8381 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
8382 | }; |
8383 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
8384 | |
8385 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
8386 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
8387 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
8388 | unsigned index, |
8389 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
8390 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
8391 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
8392 | ParsedType typeBound); |
8393 | |
8394 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
8395 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
8396 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
8397 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
8398 | |
8399 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface( |
8400 | Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8401 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
8402 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8403 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
8404 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
8405 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
8406 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
8407 | |
8408 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
8409 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
8410 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
8411 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8412 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
8413 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
8414 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8415 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
8416 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
8417 | |
8418 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
8419 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
8420 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
8421 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
8422 | |
8423 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
8424 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
8425 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
8426 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
8427 | |
8428 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
8429 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
8430 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
8431 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
8432 | |
8433 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
8434 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, |
8435 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames, |
8436 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
8437 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
8438 | |
8439 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface( |
8440 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8441 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
8442 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
8443 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
8444 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
8445 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
8446 | |
8447 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
8448 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8449 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
8450 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
8451 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc, |
8452 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
8453 | |
8454 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
8455 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
8456 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
8457 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
8458 | SourceLocation CatLoc, |
8459 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
8460 | |
8461 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
8462 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
8463 | |
8464 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
8465 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
8466 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
8467 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
8468 | unsigned NumElts); |
8469 | |
8470 | DeclGroupPtrTy |
8471 | ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
8472 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
8473 | const ParsedAttributesView &attrList); |
8474 | |
8475 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
8476 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
8477 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
8478 | |
8479 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
8480 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
8481 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
8482 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
8483 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
8484 | |
8485 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
8486 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
8487 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
8488 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
8489 | Scope *S, |
8490 | ParsedType baseType, |
8491 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
8492 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
8493 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
8494 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
8495 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8496 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
8497 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8498 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
8499 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
8500 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
8501 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
8502 | |
8503 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
8504 | /// base type was specified. |
8505 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
8506 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
8507 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
8508 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
8509 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
8510 | |
8511 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
8512 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
8513 | Scope *S, |
8514 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8515 | ParsedType BaseType, |
8516 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8517 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
8518 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8519 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8520 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
8521 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8522 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
8523 | |
8524 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
8525 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
8526 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8527 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8528 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8529 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8530 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8531 | |
8532 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
8533 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
8534 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8535 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8536 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
8537 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8538 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8539 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8540 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8541 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8542 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8543 | |
8544 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
8545 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
8546 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
8547 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
8548 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8549 | unsigned &Attributes, |
8550 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
8551 | |
8552 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
8553 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
8554 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
8555 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
8556 | |
8557 | |
8558 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
8559 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
8560 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8561 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
8562 | |
8563 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
8564 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
8565 | |
8566 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
8567 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
8568 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
8569 | |
8570 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8571 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8572 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
8573 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
8574 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8575 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
8576 | |
8577 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
8578 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8579 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
8580 | bool ImplKind, |
8581 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
8582 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
8583 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
8584 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
8585 | |
8586 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
8587 | OSMK_None, |
8588 | OSMK_Alloc, |
8589 | OSMK_New, |
8590 | OSMK_Copy, |
8591 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
8592 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
8593 | }; |
8594 | |
8595 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
8596 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
8597 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
8598 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
8599 | // in this case. |
8600 | ParsedType Type; |
8601 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
8602 | |
8603 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
8604 | ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs; |
8605 | }; |
8606 | |
8607 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
8608 | Scope *S, |
8609 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
8610 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
8611 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
8612 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
8613 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
8614 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
8615 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, |
8616 | unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
8617 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8618 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
8619 | |
8620 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
8621 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8622 | bool IsInstance); |
8623 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
8624 | bool IsInstance); |
8625 | |
8626 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
8627 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
8628 | |
8629 | ExprResult |
8630 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8631 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
8632 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8633 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
8634 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
8635 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
8636 | bool Super); |
8637 | |
8638 | ExprResult |
8639 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
8640 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
8641 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
8642 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
8643 | |
8644 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
8645 | |
8646 | /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
8647 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
8648 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
8649 | /// The message is sent to 'super'. |
8650 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
8651 | /// The message is an instance message. |
8652 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
8653 | /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
8654 | /// name. |
8655 | ObjCClassMessage |
8656 | }; |
8657 | |
8658 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
8659 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8660 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
8661 | bool IsSuper, |
8662 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
8663 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
8664 | |
8665 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8666 | Selector Sel, |
8667 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8668 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8669 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8670 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8671 | |
8672 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
8673 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8674 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8675 | Selector Sel, |
8676 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8677 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8678 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8679 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8680 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8681 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8682 | |
8683 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
8684 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
8685 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8686 | Selector Sel, |
8687 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8688 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8689 | |
8690 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
8691 | ParsedType Receiver, |
8692 | Selector Sel, |
8693 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8694 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8695 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8696 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8697 | |
8698 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
8699 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8700 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8701 | Selector Sel, |
8702 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8703 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8704 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8705 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8706 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8707 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8708 | |
8709 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
8710 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8711 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8712 | Selector Sel, |
8713 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8714 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8715 | |
8716 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
8717 | Expr *Receiver, |
8718 | Selector Sel, |
8719 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8720 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8721 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8722 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8723 | |
8724 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8725 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8726 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8727 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
8728 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8729 | |
8730 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
8731 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8732 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8733 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8734 | ParsedType Type, |
8735 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
8736 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8737 | |
8738 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8739 | |
8740 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8741 | |
8742 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
8743 | CastKind &Kind); |
8744 | |
8745 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
8746 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8747 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
8748 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
8749 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
8750 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
8751 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
8752 | |
8753 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
8754 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8755 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
8756 | |
8757 | bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
8758 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8759 | |
8760 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
8761 | |
8762 | /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
8763 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
8764 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
8765 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
8766 | |
8767 | /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
8768 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
8769 | RTC_Compatible, |
8770 | RTC_Incompatible, |
8771 | RTC_Unknown |
8772 | }; |
8773 | |
8774 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
8775 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
8776 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
8777 | |
8778 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
8779 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
8780 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
8781 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
8782 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
8783 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
8784 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
8785 | }; |
8786 | |
8787 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
8788 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8789 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
8790 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
8791 | |
8792 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
8793 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
8794 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8795 | |
8796 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
8797 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8798 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
8799 | |
8800 | enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind { |
8801 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
8802 | ChangedStateAtExit |
8803 | }; |
8804 | |
8805 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
8806 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
8807 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack(); |
8808 | |
8809 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
8810 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
8811 | |
8812 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
8813 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
8814 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
8815 | StringRef Arg); |
8816 | |
8817 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
8818 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
8819 | /// representation]). |
8820 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
8821 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
8822 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8823 | |
8824 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
8825 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8826 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8827 | MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value); |
8828 | |
8829 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
8830 | PSK_DataSeg, |
8831 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
8832 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
8833 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
8834 | }; |
8835 | |
8836 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8837 | int SectionFlags, |
8838 | DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl); |
8839 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8840 | int SectionFlags, |
8841 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
8842 | |
8843 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
8844 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8845 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8846 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
8847 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
8848 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
8849 | |
8850 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
8851 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8852 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8853 | |
8854 | /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
8855 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8856 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8857 | |
8858 | /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
8859 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
8860 | |
8861 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
8862 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
8863 | StringRef Value); |
8864 | |
8865 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
8866 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
8867 | Scope *curScope, |
8868 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8869 | |
8870 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
8871 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
8872 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8873 | |
8874 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
8875 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8876 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
8877 | |
8878 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
8879 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8880 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8881 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
8882 | |
8883 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
8884 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
8885 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8886 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8887 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8888 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8889 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8890 | |
8891 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
8892 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8893 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8894 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8895 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8896 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8897 | |
8898 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
8899 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
8900 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
8901 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC); |
8902 | |
8903 | /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed |
8904 | /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS |
8905 | void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(LangOptions::FEnvAccessModeKind FPC); |
8906 | |
8907 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
8908 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
8909 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8910 | |
8911 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
8912 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8913 | |
8914 | /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. |
8915 | void FreePackedContext(); |
8916 | |
8917 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
8918 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
8919 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
8920 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8921 | |
8922 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
8923 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
8924 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
8925 | |
8926 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
8927 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
8928 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8929 | |
8930 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
8931 | void FreeVisContext(); |
8932 | |
8933 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
8934 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
8935 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
8936 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
8937 | |
8938 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute, |
8939 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8940 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
8941 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8942 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
8943 | |
8944 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
8945 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8946 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
8947 | |
8948 | /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
8949 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
8950 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8951 | |
8952 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
8953 | |
8954 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
8955 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8956 | |
8957 | /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
8958 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
8959 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
8960 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
8961 | } |
8962 | |
8963 | /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
8964 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
8965 | /// with attribute optnone. |
8966 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
8967 | |
8968 | /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
8969 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
8970 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
8971 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
8972 | |
8973 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
8974 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
8975 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
8976 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8977 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
8978 | |
8979 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
8980 | /// declaration. |
8981 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
8982 | Expr *OE); |
8983 | |
8984 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
8985 | /// declaration. |
8986 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
8987 | Expr *ParamExpr); |
8988 | |
8989 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
8990 | /// declaration. |
8991 | void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E); |
8992 | |
8993 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
8994 | /// declaration. |
8995 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
8996 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks); |
8997 | |
8998 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
8999 | void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
9000 | bool InInstantiation = false); |
9001 | |
9002 | void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
9003 | ParameterABI ABI); |
9004 | |
9005 | enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS}; |
9006 | void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
9007 | RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation); |
9008 | |
9009 | /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size |
9010 | /// attribute to a particular declaration. |
9011 | void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
9012 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
9013 | |
9014 | /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a |
9015 | /// particular declaration. |
9016 | void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
9017 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
9018 | |
9019 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
9020 | |
9021 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9022 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
9023 | // |
9024 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
9025 | StringRef Keyword); |
9026 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
9027 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
9028 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
9029 | |
9030 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
9031 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
9032 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
9033 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
9034 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
9035 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
9036 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
9037 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
9038 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
9039 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
9040 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
9041 | ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, |
9042 | SourceLocation FuncLoc); |
9043 | |
9044 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9045 | // OpenCL extensions. |
9046 | // |
9047 | private: |
9048 | std::string CurrOpenCLExtension; |
9049 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type. |
9050 | llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap; |
9051 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration. |
9052 | llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap; |
9053 | public: |
9054 | llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const { |
9055 | return CurrOpenCLExtension; |
9056 | } |
9057 | |
9058 | /// Check if a function declaration \p FD associates with any |
9059 | /// extensions present in OpenCLDeclExtMap and if so return the |
9060 | /// extension(s) name(s). |
9061 | std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromDeclExtMap(FunctionDecl *FD); |
9062 | |
9063 | /// Check if a function type \p FT associates with any |
9064 | /// extensions present in OpenCLTypeExtMap and if so return the |
9065 | /// extension(s) name(s). |
9066 | std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromTypeExtMap(FunctionType *FT); |
9067 | |
9068 | /// Find an extension in an appropriate extension map and return its name |
9069 | template<typename T, typename MapT> |
9070 | std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromExtMap(T* FT, MapT &Map); |
9071 | |
9072 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) { |
9073 | CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext; |
9074 | } |
9075 | |
9076 | /// Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these |
9077 | /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing. |
9078 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
9079 | void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
9080 | |
9081 | /// Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be |
9082 | /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do |
9083 | /// nothing. |
9084 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
9085 | void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
9086 | |
9087 | /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used |
9088 | /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is |
9089 | /// empty, do nothing. |
9090 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T); |
9091 | |
9092 | /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which |
9093 | /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current |
9094 | /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing. |
9095 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD); |
9096 | |
9097 | bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD); |
9098 | |
9099 | /// Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS |
9100 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
9101 | /// emit diagnostics. |
9102 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
9103 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T); |
9104 | |
9105 | /// Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E |
9106 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
9107 | /// emit diagnostics. |
9108 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
9109 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E); |
9110 | |
9111 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9112 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
9113 | // |
9114 | private: |
9115 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
9116 | /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives. |
9117 | unsigned DeclareTargetNestingLevel = 0; |
9118 | /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
9119 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
9120 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
9121 | ExprResult |
9122 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
9123 | bool StrictlyPositive = true); |
9124 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
9125 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
9126 | |
9127 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
9128 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
9129 | unsigned Level) const; |
9130 | |
9131 | /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given |
9132 | /// OpenMP level. |
9133 | int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const; |
9134 | |
9135 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
9136 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
9137 | |
9138 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
9139 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
9140 | |
9141 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current function. |
9142 | void checkOpenMPDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee, |
9143 | bool CheckForDelayedContext = true); |
9144 | |
9145 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current function. |
9146 | void checkOpenMPHostFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee, |
9147 | bool CheckCaller = true); |
9148 | |
9149 | /// Check if the expression is allowed to be used in expressions for the |
9150 | /// OpenMP devices. |
9151 | void checkOpenMPDeviceExpr(const Expr *E); |
9152 | |
9153 | /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as |
9154 | /// host/nohost during device/host compilation. |
9155 | void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(); |
9156 | |
9157 | /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension |
9158 | /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled. |
9159 | /// \param D type or declaration to be checked. |
9160 | /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message. |
9161 | /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message. |
9162 | /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration. |
9163 | /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions. |
9164 | /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for |
9165 | /// declaration. |
9166 | /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled. |
9167 | template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT> |
9168 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo, |
9169 | MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0, |
9170 | SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange()); |
9171 | |
9172 | /// Marks all the functions that might be required for the currently active |
9173 | /// OpenMP context. |
9174 | void markOpenMPDeclareVariantFuncsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
9175 | FunctionDecl *Func, |
9176 | bool MightBeOdrUse); |
9177 | |
9178 | public: |
9179 | /// Struct to store the context selectors info for declare variant directive. |
9180 | struct OpenMPDeclareVariantCtsSelectorData { |
9181 | OMPDeclareVariantAttr::CtxSelectorSetType CtxSet = |
9182 | OMPDeclareVariantAttr::CtxSetUnknown; |
9183 | OMPDeclareVariantAttr::CtxSelectorType Ctx = |
9184 | OMPDeclareVariantAttr::CtxUnknown; |
9185 | MutableArrayRef<StringRef> ImplVendors; |
9186 | ExprResult CtxScore; |
9187 | explicit OpenMPDeclareVariantCtsSelectorData() = default; |
9188 | explicit OpenMPDeclareVariantCtsSelectorData( |
9189 | OMPDeclareVariantAttr::CtxSelectorSetType CtxSet, |
9190 | OMPDeclareVariantAttr::CtxSelectorType Ctx, |
9191 | MutableArrayRef<StringRef> ImplVendors, ExprResult CtxScore) |
9192 | : CtxSet(CtxSet), Ctx(Ctx), ImplVendors(ImplVendors), |
9193 | CtxScore(CtxScore) {} |
9194 | }; |
9195 | |
9196 | /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible. |
9197 | bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( |
9198 | const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
9199 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, |
9200 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, |
9201 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, |
9202 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, |
9203 | bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer); |
9204 | |
9205 | /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region |
9206 | /// before the original lambda is captured. |
9207 | void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V); |
9208 | |
9209 | /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
9210 | /// reference. |
9211 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
9212 | /// is performed. |
9213 | /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct. |
9214 | bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
9215 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const; |
9216 | |
9217 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
9218 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
9219 | /// constructs. |
9220 | VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false, |
9221 | unsigned StopAt = 0); |
9222 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
9223 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
9224 | |
9225 | /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop |
9226 | /// construct. |
9227 | void startOpenMPLoop(); |
9228 | |
9229 | /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the |
9230 | /// loop construct. |
9231 | void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor(); |
9232 | |
9233 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
9234 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
9235 | /// is performed. |
9236 | bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level) const; |
9237 | |
9238 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
9239 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
9240 | /// \p D. |
9241 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
9242 | |
9243 | /// Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
9244 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
9245 | /// is performed. |
9246 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level) const; |
9247 | |
9248 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9249 | Expr *Op); |
9250 | /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
9251 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
9252 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
9253 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9254 | /// Start analysis of clauses. |
9255 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
9256 | /// End analysis of clauses. |
9257 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
9258 | /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
9259 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
9260 | |
9261 | /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
9262 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
9263 | /// private by default. |
9264 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
9265 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
9266 | |
9267 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
9268 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
9269 | /// threadprivate'. |
9270 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
9271 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
9272 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
9273 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
9274 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
9275 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9276 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
9277 | /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
9278 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
9279 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
9280 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'. |
9281 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
9282 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9283 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9284 | DeclContext *Owner = nullptr); |
9285 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'. |
9286 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
9287 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList); |
9288 | /// Check restrictions on Requires directive |
9289 | OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
9290 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
9291 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
9292 | /// reduction' construct. |
9293 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
9294 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
9295 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
9296 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
9297 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
9298 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
9299 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
9300 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
9301 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
9302 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
9303 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
9304 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
9305 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
9306 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
9307 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
9308 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
9309 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
9310 | /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
9311 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
9312 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
9313 | |
9314 | /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct. |
9315 | TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
9316 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
9317 | /// mapper' construct. |
9318 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
9319 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
9320 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
9321 | OMPDeclareMapperDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveStart( |
9322 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType, |
9323 | SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS, |
9324 | Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
9325 | /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
9326 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(OMPDeclareMapperDecl *DMD, |
9327 | Scope *S, QualType MapperType, |
9328 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9329 | DeclarationName VN); |
9330 | /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
9331 | DeclGroupPtrTy |
9332 | ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveEnd(OMPDeclareMapperDecl *D, Scope *S, |
9333 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList); |
9334 | |
9335 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
9336 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc); |
9337 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'. |
9338 | void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(); |
9339 | /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target |
9340 | /// directive. |
9341 | NamedDecl * |
9342 | lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
9343 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
9344 | NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls); |
9345 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
9346 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc, |
9347 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
9348 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT); |
9349 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
9350 | void |
9351 | checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
9352 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
9353 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
9354 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
9355 | return DeclareTargetNestingLevel > 0; |
9356 | } |
9357 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
9358 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
9359 | |
9360 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
9361 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
9362 | |
9363 | /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
9364 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
9365 | /// End of OpenMP region. |
9366 | /// |
9367 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
9368 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
9369 | /// |
9370 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
9371 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
9372 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
9373 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
9374 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9375 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9376 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
9377 | /// of the associated statement. |
9378 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9379 | Stmt *AStmt, |
9380 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9381 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9382 | using VarsWithInheritedDSAType = |
9383 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>; |
9384 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
9385 | /// of the associated statement. |
9386 | StmtResult |
9387 | ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
9388 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9389 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9390 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
9391 | /// of the associated statement. |
9392 | StmtResult |
9393 | ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
9394 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9395 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9396 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
9397 | /// of the associated statement. |
9398 | StmtResult |
9399 | ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
9400 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9401 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9402 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
9403 | /// of the associated statement. |
9404 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9405 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9406 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9407 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
9408 | /// associated statement. |
9409 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9410 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9411 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
9412 | /// associated statement. |
9413 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9414 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9415 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9416 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
9417 | /// associated statement. |
9418 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9419 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9420 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
9421 | /// associated statement. |
9422 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
9423 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9424 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9425 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9426 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
9427 | /// of the associated statement. |
9428 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
9429 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9430 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9431 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
9432 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9433 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
9434 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9435 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9436 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
9437 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9438 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9439 | Stmt *AStmt, |
9440 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9441 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9442 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
9443 | /// associated statement. |
9444 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9445 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9446 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9447 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
9448 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9449 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9450 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
9451 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9452 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9453 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
9454 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9455 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9456 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
9457 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9458 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9459 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9460 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
9461 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9462 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9463 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9464 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
9465 | /// associated statement. |
9466 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9467 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9468 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9469 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
9470 | /// associated statement. |
9471 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9472 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9473 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9474 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
9475 | /// associated statement. |
9476 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9477 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9478 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9479 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
9480 | /// the associated statement. |
9481 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9482 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9483 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9484 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
9485 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9486 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9487 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9488 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9489 | Stmt *AStmt); |
9490 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
9491 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9492 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9493 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9494 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9495 | Stmt *AStmt); |
9496 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
9497 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9498 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9499 | Stmt *AStmt, |
9500 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9501 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9502 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
9503 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9504 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
9505 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9506 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9507 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
9508 | /// associated statement. |
9509 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9510 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9511 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9512 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
9513 | StmtResult |
9514 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9515 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9516 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
9517 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
9518 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9519 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9520 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9521 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
9522 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
9523 | /// associated statement. |
9524 | StmtResult |
9525 | ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
9526 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9527 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9528 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
9529 | /// the associated statement. |
9530 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
9531 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9532 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9533 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the |
9534 | /// associated statement. |
9535 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
9536 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9537 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9538 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after |
9539 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9540 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
9541 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9542 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9543 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
9544 | /// of the associated statement. |
9545 | StmtResult |
9546 | ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
9547 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9548 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9549 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
9550 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9551 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9552 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9553 | Stmt *AStmt); |
9554 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
9555 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9556 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
9557 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9558 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9559 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
9560 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
9561 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
9562 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9563 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9564 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
9565 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9566 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
9567 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9568 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9569 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
9570 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9571 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
9572 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9573 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9574 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
9575 | /// the associated statement. |
9576 | StmtResult |
9577 | ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
9578 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9579 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9580 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
9581 | /// the associated statement. |
9582 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
9583 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9584 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9585 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
9586 | /// of the associated statement. |
9587 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
9588 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9589 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9590 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
9591 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
9592 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
9593 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9594 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9595 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
9596 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
9597 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
9598 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9599 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9600 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
9601 | /// associated statement. |
9602 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
9603 | Stmt *AStmt, |
9604 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9605 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9606 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
9607 | /// of the associated statement. |
9608 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
9609 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9610 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9611 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
9612 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
9613 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
9614 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9615 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9616 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
9617 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
9618 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
9619 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9620 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9621 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
9622 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
9623 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
9624 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9625 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
9626 | |
9627 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
9628 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
9629 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
9630 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
9631 | /// decls. |
9632 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
9633 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type); |
9634 | |
9635 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
9636 | /// the associated method/function. |
9637 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
9638 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
9639 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
9640 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
9641 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
9642 | |
9643 | /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original |
9644 | /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function. |
9645 | /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
9646 | /// applied to. |
9647 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
9648 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
9649 | /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with |
9650 | /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise. |
9651 | Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>> checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction( |
9652 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef, SourceRange SR); |
9653 | |
9654 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of |
9655 | /// the associated method/function. |
9656 | /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
9657 | /// applied to. |
9658 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
9659 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
9660 | /// \param Data Set of context-specific data for the specified context |
9661 | /// selector. |
9662 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective( |
9663 | FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef, SourceRange SR, |
9664 | const Sema::OpenMPDeclareVariantCtsSelectorData &Data); |
9665 | |
9666 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9667 | Expr *Expr, |
9668 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9669 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9670 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9671 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause. |
9672 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator, |
9673 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9674 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9675 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9676 | /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
9677 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
9678 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9679 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9680 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
9681 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9682 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9683 | /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
9684 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9685 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9686 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9687 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
9688 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
9689 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9690 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9691 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9692 | /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
9693 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
9694 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9695 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9696 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9697 | /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
9698 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9699 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9700 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9701 | /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
9702 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
9703 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9704 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9705 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9706 | /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
9707 | OMPClause * |
9708 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9709 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
9710 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
9711 | /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
9712 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9713 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9714 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9715 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
9716 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9717 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9718 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9719 | /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
9720 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9721 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9722 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9723 | |
9724 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9725 | unsigned Argument, |
9726 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
9727 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9728 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9729 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9730 | /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
9731 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, |
9732 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9733 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9734 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9735 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9736 | /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
9737 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind, |
9738 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9739 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9740 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9741 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9742 | |
9743 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
9744 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
9745 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9746 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
9747 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9748 | /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
9749 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
9750 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
9751 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9752 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
9753 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9754 | |
9755 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9756 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9757 | /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
9758 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9759 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9760 | /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
9761 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9762 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9763 | /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
9764 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9765 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9766 | /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
9767 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9768 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9769 | /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
9770 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9771 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9772 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
9773 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9774 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9775 | /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
9776 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9777 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9778 | /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
9779 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9780 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9781 | /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
9782 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9783 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9784 | /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
9785 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9786 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9787 | /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
9788 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9789 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9790 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
9791 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9792 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9793 | |
9794 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
9795 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9796 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9797 | |
9798 | /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause. |
9799 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9800 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9801 | |
9802 | /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause. |
9803 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9804 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9805 | |
9806 | /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause. |
9807 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause( |
9808 | OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9809 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9810 | |
9811 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
9812 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr, |
9813 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9814 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec, |
9815 | DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
9816 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
9817 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
9818 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, |
9819 | bool IsMapTypeImplicit, SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc); |
9820 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause. |
9821 | OMPClause * |
9822 | ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9823 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9824 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9825 | /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
9826 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9827 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9828 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9829 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9830 | /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
9831 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9832 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9833 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9834 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9835 | /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
9836 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9837 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9838 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9839 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9840 | /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
9841 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9842 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9843 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9844 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9845 | /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
9846 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
9847 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9848 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9849 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9850 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9851 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9852 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
9853 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
9854 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9855 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9856 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9857 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9858 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9859 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
9860 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
9861 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9862 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9863 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9864 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9865 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9866 | /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
9867 | OMPClause * |
9868 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
9869 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9870 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
9871 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9872 | /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
9873 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9874 | Expr *Alignment, |
9875 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9876 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9877 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9878 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9879 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
9880 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9881 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9882 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9883 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9884 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
9885 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9886 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9887 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9888 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9889 | /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
9890 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9891 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9892 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9893 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9894 | /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
9895 | OMPClause * |
9896 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc, |
9897 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9898 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9899 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9900 | /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
9901 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9902 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9903 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9904 | /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
9905 | OMPClause * |
9906 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
9907 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, |
9908 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
9909 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, |
9910 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9911 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9912 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
9913 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
9914 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
9915 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9916 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9917 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9918 | /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
9919 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
9920 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9921 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9922 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9923 | /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
9924 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9925 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9926 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9927 | /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
9928 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
9929 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
9930 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9931 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9932 | /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
9933 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
9934 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
9935 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
9936 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9937 | /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
9938 | OMPClause * |
9939 | ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
9940 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, |
9941 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
9942 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
9943 | /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
9944 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause( |
9945 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
9946 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
9947 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
9948 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
9949 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9950 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
9951 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
9952 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9953 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
9954 | |
9955 | /// The kind of conversion being performed. |
9956 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
9957 | /// An implicit conversion. |
9958 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
9959 | /// A C-style cast. |
9960 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
9961 | /// A functional-style cast. |
9962 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
9963 | /// A cast other than a C-style cast. |
9964 | CCK_OtherCast, |
9965 | /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator. |
9966 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp |
9967 | }; |
9968 | |
9969 | static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) { |
9970 | return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast || |
9971 | CCK == CCK_OtherCast; |
9972 | } |
9973 | |
9974 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
9975 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
9976 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
9977 | ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
9978 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
9979 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
9980 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9981 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9982 | |
9983 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
9984 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
9985 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
9986 | |
9987 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
9988 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
9989 | /// required. |
9990 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
9991 | |
9992 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
9993 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9994 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9995 | |
9996 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
9997 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
9998 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9999 | |
10000 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
10001 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
10002 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
10003 | |
10004 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
10005 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
10006 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
10007 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
10008 | bool Diagnose = true); |
10009 | |
10010 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
10011 | // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, |
10012 | // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array |
10013 | // type. |
10014 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
10015 | |
10016 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
10017 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
10018 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
10019 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
10020 | |
10021 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
10022 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
10023 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
10024 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
10025 | |
10026 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
10027 | enum VariadicCallType { |
10028 | VariadicFunction, |
10029 | VariadicBlock, |
10030 | VariadicMethod, |
10031 | VariadicConstructor, |
10032 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
10033 | }; |
10034 | |
10035 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10036 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10037 | Expr *Fn); |
10038 | |
10039 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
10040 | // vararg function. |
10041 | enum VarArgKind { |
10042 | VAK_Valid, |
10043 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
10044 | VAK_Undefined, |
10045 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
10046 | VAK_Invalid |
10047 | }; |
10048 | |
10049 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
10050 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
10051 | |
10052 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
10053 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
10054 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
10055 | |
10056 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
10057 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
10058 | |
10059 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
10060 | /// form of call prototypes. |
10061 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10062 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10063 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
10064 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
10065 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
10066 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
10067 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
10068 | |
10069 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
10070 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
10071 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
10072 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10073 | |
10074 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
10075 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
10076 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
10077 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
10078 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
10079 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10080 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
10081 | |
10082 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
10083 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
10084 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
10085 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
10086 | /// source and destination type. |
10087 | enum AssignConvertType { |
10088 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
10089 | Compatible, |
10090 | |
10091 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
10092 | /// accept as an extension. |
10093 | PointerToInt, |
10094 | |
10095 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
10096 | /// accept as an extension. |
10097 | IntToPointer, |
10098 | |
10099 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
10100 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
10101 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
10102 | |
10103 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
10104 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
10105 | IncompatiblePointer, |
10106 | |
10107 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
10108 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
10109 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
10110 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
10111 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
10112 | |
10113 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
10114 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
10115 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
10116 | |
10117 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
10118 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
10119 | /// like address spaces. |
10120 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
10121 | |
10122 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment |
10123 | /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed. |
10124 | /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is |
10125 | /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic. |
10126 | IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch, |
10127 | |
10128 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
10129 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
10130 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
10131 | /// extension. |
10132 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
10133 | |
10134 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
10135 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
10136 | IncompatibleVectors, |
10137 | |
10138 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
10139 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
10140 | IntToBlockPointer, |
10141 | |
10142 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
10143 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
10144 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
10145 | |
10146 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
10147 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
10148 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
10149 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
10150 | |
10151 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
10152 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
10153 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
10154 | |
10155 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
10156 | /// represent it in the AST. |
10157 | Incompatible |
10158 | }; |
10159 | |
10160 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
10161 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
10162 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
10163 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
10164 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10165 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
10166 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
10167 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
10168 | |
10169 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
10170 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
10171 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
10172 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
10173 | bool AllowMask) const; |
10174 | |
10175 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
10176 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
10177 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
10178 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
10179 | |
10180 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
10181 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
10182 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
10183 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
10184 | QualType LHSType, |
10185 | QualType RHSType); |
10186 | |
10187 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
10188 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
10189 | /// is true. |
10190 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
10191 | ExprResult &RHS, |
10192 | CastKind &Kind, |
10193 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
10194 | |
10195 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
10196 | /// |
10197 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
10198 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
10199 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
10200 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
10201 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
10202 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
10203 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
10204 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
10205 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
10206 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
10207 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
10208 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
10209 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
10210 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
10211 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
10212 | |
10213 | // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
10214 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
10215 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
10216 | ExprResult &RHS); |
10217 | |
10218 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
10219 | |
10220 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
10221 | |
10222 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
10223 | AssignmentAction Action, |
10224 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
10225 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
10226 | AssignmentAction Action, |
10227 | bool AllowExplicit, |
10228 | ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); |
10229 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
10230 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
10231 | AssignmentAction Action, |
10232 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
10233 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
10234 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
10235 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
10236 | AssignmentAction Action, |
10237 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
10238 | |
10239 | ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion( |
10240 | Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
10241 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
10242 | |
10243 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
10244 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
10245 | |
10246 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
10247 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
10248 | ExprResult &RHS); |
10249 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
10250 | ExprResult &RHS); |
10251 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
10252 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
10253 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
10254 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
10255 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
10256 | bool IsDivide); |
10257 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
10258 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10259 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
10260 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
10261 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10262 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
10263 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
10264 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10265 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
10266 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
10267 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10268 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
10269 | void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE); |
10270 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
10271 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10272 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
10273 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
10274 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10275 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
10276 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
10277 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
10278 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
10279 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
10280 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
10281 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
10282 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
10283 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
10284 | |
10285 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
10286 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
10287 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
10288 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
10289 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10290 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
10291 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
10292 | |
10293 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
10294 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10295 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
10296 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
10297 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
10298 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
10299 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
10300 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
10301 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
10302 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
10303 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
10304 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
10305 | QualType Composite = |
10306 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
10307 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
10308 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
10309 | return Composite; |
10310 | } |
10311 | |
10312 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10313 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
10314 | |
10315 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
10316 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
10317 | |
10318 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
10319 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
10320 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
10321 | |
10322 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
10323 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10324 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
10325 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
10326 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
10327 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10328 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10329 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
10330 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10331 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10332 | |
10333 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
10334 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
10335 | |
10336 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
10337 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
10338 | |
10339 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
10340 | |
10341 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
10342 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
10343 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
10344 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
10345 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
10346 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
10347 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
10348 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
10349 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
10350 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
10351 | Ref_Related, |
10352 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
10353 | Ref_Compatible |
10354 | }; |
10355 | |
10356 | ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, |
10357 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
10358 | bool &DerivedToBase, |
10359 | bool &ObjCConversion, |
10360 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
10361 | |
10362 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
10363 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
10364 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
10365 | |
10366 | /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
10367 | /// given type. |
10368 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
10369 | |
10370 | /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
10371 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
10372 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
10373 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
10374 | |
10375 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
10376 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
10377 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
10378 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
10379 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
10380 | CastKind &Kind); |
10381 | |
10382 | /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
10383 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
10384 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
10385 | |
10386 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
10387 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
10388 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
10389 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
10390 | // returns the cast expr |
10391 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
10392 | CastKind &Kind); |
10393 | |
10394 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
10395 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
10396 | Expr *CastExpr, |
10397 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
10398 | |
10399 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
10400 | |
10401 | /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
10402 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
10403 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
10404 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
10405 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
10406 | bool Diagnose = true, |
10407 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
10408 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
10409 | ); |
10410 | |
10411 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
10412 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
10413 | |
10414 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
10415 | QualType ExprType); |
10416 | |
10417 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
10418 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
10419 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
10420 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
10421 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
10422 | |
10423 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
10424 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
10425 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10426 | |
10427 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
10428 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
10429 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10430 | |
10431 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
10432 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
10433 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
10434 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
10435 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
10436 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
10437 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
10438 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
10439 | bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac, |
10440 | SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, |
10441 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
10442 | |
10443 | /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
10444 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
10445 | /// and the form of the message send. |
10446 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
10447 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
10448 | bool isSuperMessage); |
10449 | |
10450 | /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
10451 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
10452 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
10453 | |
10454 | /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
10455 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
10456 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
10457 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
10458 | |
10459 | class ConditionResult { |
10460 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
10461 | FullExprArg Condition; |
10462 | bool Invalid; |
10463 | bool HasKnownValue; |
10464 | bool KnownValue; |
10465 | |
10466 | friend class Sema; |
10467 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
10468 | bool IsConstexpr) |
10469 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
10470 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
10471 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
10472 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
10473 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
10474 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
10475 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
10476 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
10477 | |
10478 | public: |
10479 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
10480 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
10481 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
10482 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
10483 | Condition.get()); |
10484 | } |
10485 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
10486 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
10487 | return None; |
10488 | return KnownValue; |
10489 | } |
10490 | }; |
10491 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
10492 | |
10493 | enum class ConditionKind { |
10494 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
10495 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
10496 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
10497 | }; |
10498 | |
10499 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
10500 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
10501 | |
10502 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
10503 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
10504 | ConditionKind CK); |
10505 | |
10506 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
10507 | |
10508 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
10509 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
10510 | ConditionKind CK); |
10511 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
10512 | |
10513 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
10514 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
10515 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
10516 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
10517 | /// |
10518 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
10519 | /// 'if' keyword. |
10520 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
10521 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
10522 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
10523 | |
10524 | /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression |
10525 | /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
10526 | ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E); |
10527 | |
10528 | /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier. |
10529 | /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved. |
10530 | bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec); |
10531 | |
10532 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
10533 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
10534 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
10535 | |
10536 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
10537 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
10538 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
10539 | |
10540 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
10541 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
10542 | |
10543 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
10544 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
10545 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
10546 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
10547 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
10548 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10549 | |
10550 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
10551 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
10552 | /// in the global scope. |
10553 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
10554 | |
10555 | /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
10556 | /// expression violations. |
10557 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
10558 | public: |
10559 | bool Suppress; |
10560 | |
10561 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
10562 | |
10563 | virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; |
10564 | virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); |
10565 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } |
10566 | }; |
10567 | |
10568 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
10569 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
10570 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
10571 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
10572 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
10573 | bool AllowFold = true); |
10574 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
10575 | unsigned DiagID, |
10576 | bool AllowFold = true); |
10577 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
10578 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr); |
10579 | |
10580 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
10581 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
10582 | /// Returns false on success. |
10583 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
10584 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
10585 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
10586 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
10587 | |
10588 | private: |
10589 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
10590 | |
10591 | public: |
10592 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
10593 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
10594 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
10595 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
10596 | |
10597 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
10598 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
10599 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
10600 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
10601 | |
10602 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
10603 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
10604 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
10605 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
10606 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
10607 | DeviceDeferredDiags; |
10608 | |
10609 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
10610 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
10611 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
10612 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
10613 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10614 | }; |
10615 | |
10616 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
10617 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
10618 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
10619 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
10620 | |
10621 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
10622 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
10623 | /// |
10624 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
10625 | /// map. |
10626 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
10627 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
10628 | DeviceKnownEmittedFns; |
10629 | |
10630 | /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA/OpenMP device code compilation |
10631 | /// to support deferred diagnostics. |
10632 | /// |
10633 | /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are |
10634 | /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is |
10635 | /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this |
10636 | /// set and add those functions to DeviceKnownEmittedFns. |
10637 | llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
10638 | /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
10639 | SourceLocation>> |
10640 | DeviceCallGraph; |
10641 | |
10642 | /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA/OpenMP devices errors which may or may not be |
10643 | /// deferred. |
10644 | /// |
10645 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
10646 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
10647 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
10648 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
10649 | /// |
10650 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
10651 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
10652 | /// |
10653 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
10654 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
10655 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
10656 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
10657 | class DeviceDiagBuilder { |
10658 | public: |
10659 | enum Kind { |
10660 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
10661 | K_Nop, |
10662 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
10663 | K_Immediate, |
10664 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
10665 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
10666 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
10667 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
10668 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
10669 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
10670 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
10671 | K_Deferred |
10672 | }; |
10673 | |
10674 | DeviceDiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
10675 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
10676 | DeviceDiagBuilder(DeviceDiagBuilder &&D); |
10677 | DeviceDiagBuilder(const DeviceDiagBuilder &) = default; |
10678 | ~DeviceDiagBuilder(); |
10679 | |
10680 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
10681 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
10682 | /// |
10683 | /// Example usage: |
10684 | /// |
10685 | /// if (DeviceDiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
10686 | /// return ExprError(); |
10687 | /// |
10688 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
10689 | /// want to use these instead of creating a DeviceDiagBuilder yourself. |
10690 | operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
10691 | |
10692 | template <typename T> |
10693 | friend const DeviceDiagBuilder &operator<<(const DeviceDiagBuilder &Diag, |
10694 | const T &Value) { |
10695 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
10696 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
10697 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
10698 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second |
10699 | << Value; |
10700 | return Diag; |
10701 | } |
10702 | |
10703 | private: |
10704 | Sema &S; |
10705 | SourceLocation Loc; |
10706 | unsigned DiagID; |
10707 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
10708 | bool ShowCallStack; |
10709 | |
10710 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
10711 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
10712 | llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
10713 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId; |
10714 | }; |
10715 | |
10716 | /// Indicate that this function (and thus everything it transtively calls) |
10717 | /// will be codegen'ed, and emit any deferred diagnostics on this function and |
10718 | /// its (transitive) callees. |
10719 | void markKnownEmitted( |
10720 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OrigCaller, FunctionDecl *OrigCallee, |
10721 | SourceLocation OrigLoc, |
10722 | const llvm::function_ref<bool(Sema &, FunctionDecl *)> IsKnownEmitted); |
10723 | |
10724 | /// Creates a DeviceDiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10725 | /// is "used as device code". |
10726 | /// |
10727 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics. |
10728 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
10729 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
10730 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
10731 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
10732 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
10733 | /// |
10734 | /// Example usage: |
10735 | /// |
10736 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
10737 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
10738 | /// return ExprError(); |
10739 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10740 | DeviceDiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10741 | |
10742 | /// Creates a DeviceDiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10743 | /// is "used as host code". |
10744 | /// |
10745 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
10746 | DeviceDiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10747 | |
10748 | /// Creates a DeviceDiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
10749 | /// context is "used as device code". |
10750 | /// |
10751 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
10752 | /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
10753 | /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling |
10754 | /// for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
10755 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
10756 | /// |
10757 | /// Example usage: |
10758 | /// |
10759 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
10760 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
10761 | /// return ExprError(); |
10762 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10763 | DeviceDiagBuilder diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10764 | |
10765 | /// Creates a DeviceDiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
10766 | /// context is "used as host code". |
10767 | /// |
10768 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
10769 | /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
10770 | /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it. |
10771 | /// |
10772 | /// Example usage: |
10773 | /// |
10774 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
10775 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
10776 | /// return ExprError(); |
10777 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10778 | DeviceDiagBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10779 | |
10780 | DeviceDiagBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10781 | |
10782 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
10783 | CFT_Device, |
10784 | CFT_Global, |
10785 | CFT_Host, |
10786 | CFT_HostDevice, |
10787 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
10788 | }; |
10789 | |
10790 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
10791 | /// function. |
10792 | /// |
10793 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
10794 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
10795 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
10796 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
10797 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
10798 | |
10799 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
10800 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
10801 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
10802 | } |
10803 | |
10804 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
10805 | // worst to best. |
10806 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
10807 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
10808 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10809 | // function that do not match current compilation |
10810 | // mode. |
10811 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
10812 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10813 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
10814 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
10815 | }; |
10816 | |
10817 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
10818 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
10819 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
10820 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
10821 | /// \param Callee target function |
10822 | /// |
10823 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
10824 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10825 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10826 | |
10827 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
10828 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
10829 | /// |
10830 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
10831 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
10832 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10833 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
10834 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
10835 | } |
10836 | |
10837 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
10838 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
10839 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
10840 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10841 | |
10842 | public: |
10843 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
10844 | /// |
10845 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
10846 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
10847 | /// |
10848 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
10849 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
10850 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
10851 | /// |
10852 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
10853 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
10854 | /// deferred errors. |
10855 | /// |
10856 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
10857 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10858 | |
10859 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
10860 | /// operator() method. |
10861 | /// |
10862 | /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit |
10863 | /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__ |
10864 | /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves. |
10865 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
10866 | |
10867 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
10868 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
10869 | /// calling priority. |
10870 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
10871 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10872 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
10873 | |
10874 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
10875 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
10876 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
10877 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
10878 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
10879 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
10880 | /// its RHS. |
10881 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
10882 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
10883 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
10884 | /// the member declaration. |
10885 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
10886 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
10887 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
10888 | bool ConstRHS, |
10889 | bool Diagnose); |
10890 | |
10891 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
10892 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
10893 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
10894 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
10895 | |
10896 | // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In |
10897 | // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var. |
10898 | // |
10899 | // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global |
10900 | // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all |
10901 | // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly |
10902 | // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers |
10903 | // for __constant__ and __device__ variables. |
10904 | void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD); |
10905 | |
10906 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
10907 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
10908 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10909 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10910 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
10911 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
10912 | |
10913 | /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function. This is the name |
10914 | /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the |
10915 | /// parameters specified via <<<>>>. |
10916 | std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const; |
10917 | |
10918 | /// \name Code completion |
10919 | //@{ |
10920 | /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
10921 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
10922 | /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
10923 | PCC_Namespace, |
10924 | /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
10925 | PCC_Class, |
10926 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
10927 | /// or category. |
10928 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
10929 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
10930 | /// category implementation |
10931 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
10932 | /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
10933 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
10934 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
10935 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10936 | /// headers. |
10937 | PCC_Template, |
10938 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10939 | /// headers within a class. |
10940 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
10941 | /// Code completion occurs within an expression. |
10942 | PCC_Expression, |
10943 | /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
10944 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
10945 | PCC_Statement, |
10946 | /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
10947 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
10948 | PCC_ForInit, |
10949 | /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
10950 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
10951 | PCC_Condition, |
10952 | /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
10953 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
10954 | /// in the grammar. |
10955 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
10956 | /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
10957 | PCC_Type, |
10958 | /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
10959 | /// might also be a type cast. |
10960 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
10961 | /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
10962 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
10963 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
10964 | }; |
10965 | |
10966 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
10967 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
10968 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
10969 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
10970 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
10971 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
10972 | |
10973 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
10974 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
10975 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
10976 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
10977 | bool IsParenthesized = false); |
10978 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase, |
10979 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
10980 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
10981 | QualType PreferredType); |
10982 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS, |
10983 | QualType PreferredType); |
10984 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
10985 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
10986 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
10987 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
10988 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
10989 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
10990 | /// Reports signatures for a call to CodeCompleteConsumer and returns the |
10991 | /// preferred type for the current argument. Returned type can be null. |
10992 | QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
10993 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
10994 | QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, |
10995 | SourceLocation Loc, |
10996 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
10997 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
10998 | QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
10999 | CXXScopeSpec SS, |
11000 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
11001 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, |
11002 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
11003 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
11004 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
11005 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); |
11006 | |
11007 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext, |
11008 | QualType BaseType, QualType PreferredType); |
11009 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
11010 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
11011 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
11012 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
11013 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
11014 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
11015 | Decl *Constructor, |
11016 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
11017 | |
11018 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
11019 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
11020 | |
11021 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
11022 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
11023 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
11024 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
11025 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
11026 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
11027 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
11028 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
11029 | bool IsParameter); |
11030 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
11031 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
11032 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
11033 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
11034 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
11035 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
11036 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
11037 | bool IsSuper = false); |
11038 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
11039 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
11040 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
11041 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
11042 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
11043 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
11044 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
11045 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
11046 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
11047 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
11048 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
11049 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
11050 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
11051 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
11052 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
11053 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
11054 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
11055 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
11056 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
11057 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
11058 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
11059 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
11060 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
11061 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
11062 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
11063 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
11064 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
11065 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
11066 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
11067 | bool AtParameterName, |
11068 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
11069 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
11070 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
11071 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
11072 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
11073 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
11074 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
11075 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
11076 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
11077 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
11078 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
11079 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
11080 | unsigned Argument); |
11081 | void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled); |
11082 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
11083 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
11084 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
11085 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
11086 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
11087 | //@} |
11088 | |
11089 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
11090 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
11091 | |
11092 | public: |
11093 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
11094 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
11095 | |
11096 | private: |
11097 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
11098 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
11099 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
11100 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
11101 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
11102 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
11103 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
11104 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
11105 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
11106 | bool HasVAListArg; |
11107 | }; |
11108 | |
11109 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
11110 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
11111 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
11112 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
11113 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
11114 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
11115 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
11116 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
11117 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
11118 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
11119 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
11120 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
11121 | SourceLocation Loc); |
11122 | |
11123 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
11124 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
11125 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
11126 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
11127 | |
11128 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
11129 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
11130 | |
11131 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
11132 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11133 | void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11134 | |
11135 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
11136 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
11137 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11138 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11139 | |
11140 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11141 | bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11142 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11143 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinCpu(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11144 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11145 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11146 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11147 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11148 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11149 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11150 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11151 | |
11152 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11153 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
11154 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11155 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
11156 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11157 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11158 | |
11159 | public: |
11160 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
11161 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11162 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
11163 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
11164 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
11165 | |
11166 | private: |
11167 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11168 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11169 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11170 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11171 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11172 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
11173 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
11174 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
11175 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
11176 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
11177 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
11178 | bool IsDelete); |
11179 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
11180 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
11181 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low, |
11182 | int High, bool RangeIsError = true); |
11183 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
11184 | unsigned Multiple); |
11185 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
11186 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
11187 | bool AllowName); |
11188 | bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
11189 | public: |
11190 | enum FormatStringType { |
11191 | FST_Scanf, |
11192 | FST_Printf, |
11193 | FST_NSString, |
11194 | FST_Strftime, |
11195 | FST_Strfmon, |
11196 | FST_Kprintf, |
11197 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
11198 | FST_OSTrace, |
11199 | FST_OSLog, |
11200 | FST_Unknown |
11201 | }; |
11202 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
11203 | |
11204 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
11205 | |
11206 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
11207 | |
11208 | private: |
11209 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
11210 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
11211 | bool IsCXXMember, |
11212 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
11213 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
11214 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
11215 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
11216 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
11217 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
11218 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
11219 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
11220 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
11221 | |
11222 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
11223 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
11224 | |
11225 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
11226 | |
11227 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
11228 | unsigned BId, |
11229 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
11230 | |
11231 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
11232 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
11233 | |
11234 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
11235 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
11236 | |
11237 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
11238 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
11239 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
11240 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
11241 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
11242 | |
11243 | public: |
11244 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
11245 | |
11246 | private: |
11247 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
11248 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
11249 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
11250 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); |
11251 | |
11252 | /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
11253 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
11254 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
11255 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
11256 | |
11257 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
11258 | Expr *Init); |
11259 | |
11260 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
11261 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
11262 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
11263 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
11264 | bool DeclIsField = true); |
11265 | |
11266 | /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
11267 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
11268 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
11269 | |
11270 | /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
11271 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
11272 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
11273 | |
11274 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
11275 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
11276 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
11277 | public: |
11278 | /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
11279 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
11280 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
11281 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
11282 | |
11283 | struct TypeTagData { |
11284 | TypeTagData() {} |
11285 | |
11286 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
11287 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
11288 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
11289 | {} |
11290 | |
11291 | QualType Type; |
11292 | |
11293 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
11294 | /// layout-compatibility. |
11295 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
11296 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
11297 | }; |
11298 | |
11299 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
11300 | /// identifies the magic value. |
11301 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
11302 | |
11303 | private: |
11304 | /// A map from magic value to type information. |
11305 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
11306 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
11307 | |
11308 | /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
11309 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
11310 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
11311 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
11312 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
11313 | |
11314 | /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
11315 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
11316 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
11317 | |
11318 | /// The parser's current scope. |
11319 | /// |
11320 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
11321 | Scope *CurScope; |
11322 | |
11323 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
11324 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
11325 | |
11326 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
11327 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
11328 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
11329 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
11330 | |
11331 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
11332 | |
11333 | /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
11334 | /// |
11335 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
11336 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
11337 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
11338 | |
11339 | protected: |
11340 | friend class Parser; |
11341 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
11342 | friend class ASTReader; |
11343 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
11344 | friend class ASTWriter; |
11345 | |
11346 | public: |
11347 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
11348 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
11349 | |
11350 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
11351 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
11352 | |
11353 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
11354 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
11355 | |
11356 | /// Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
11357 | /// |
11358 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
11359 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
11360 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
11361 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
11362 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
11363 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
11364 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
11365 | |
11366 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
11367 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
11368 | } |
11369 | |
11370 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
11371 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
11372 | |
11373 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
11374 | |
11375 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
11376 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
11377 | } |
11378 | |
11379 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
11380 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
11381 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
11382 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
11383 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
11384 | return DC; |
11385 | } |
11386 | |
11387 | /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
11388 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
11389 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
11390 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
11391 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
11392 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
11393 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
11394 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
11395 | } |
11396 | |
11397 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
11398 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
11399 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
11400 | SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions; |
11401 | |
11402 | private: |
11403 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
11404 | public: |
11405 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
11406 | |
11407 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
11408 | assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&((S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 11409, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
11409 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")((S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 11409, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11410 | assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&((S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 11411, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
11411 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")((S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 11411, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11412 | assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&((S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 11413, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
11413 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes")((S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn374877/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 11413, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
11414 | swapSavedState(); |
11415 | } |
11416 | |
11417 | private: |
11418 | Sema &S; |
11419 | decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks) |
11420 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
11421 | decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks) |
11422 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
11423 | decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses; |
11424 | |
11425 | void swapSavedState() { |
11426 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
11427 | S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks); |
11428 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
11429 | S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks); |
11430 | SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses); |
11431 | } |
11432 | }; |
11433 | |
11434 | /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
11435 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
11436 | struct MisalignedMember { |
11437 | Expr *E; |
11438 | RecordDecl *RD; |
11439 | ValueDecl *MD; |
11440 | CharUnits Alignment; |
11441 | |
11442 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
11443 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
11444 | CharUnits Alignment) |
11445 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
11446 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
11447 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
11448 | |
11449 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
11450 | }; |
11451 | /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
11452 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
11453 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
11454 | |
11455 | /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
11456 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
11457 | CharUnits Alignment); |
11458 | |
11459 | public: |
11460 | /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
11461 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
11462 | /// diagnostics. |
11463 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
11464 | |
11465 | /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
11466 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
11467 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
11468 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
11469 | /// void*). |
11470 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
11471 | |
11472 | /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
11473 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
11474 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
11475 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
11476 | Expr *E, |
11477 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
11478 | Action); |
11479 | |
11480 | /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used |
11481 | /// for diagnostics. |
11482 | enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason { |
11483 | ForThisTarget = 0, |
11484 | VariadicFunction, |
11485 | ConstructorDestructor, |
11486 | BuiltinFunction |
11487 | }; |
11488 | }; |
11489 | |
11490 | /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
11491 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
11492 | Sema &Actions; |
11493 | bool Entered = true; |
11494 | |
11495 | public: |
11496 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
11497 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
11498 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
11499 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
11500 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other, |
11501 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
11502 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
11503 | if (Entered) |
11504 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
11505 | ExprContext); |
11506 | } |
11507 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
11508 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
11509 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
11510 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
11511 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other) |
11512 | : Actions(Actions) { |
11513 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
11514 | NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); |
11515 | } |
11516 | |
11517 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
11518 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
11519 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
11520 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
11521 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
11522 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
11523 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
11524 | // a context. |
11525 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
11526 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
11527 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
11528 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList); |
11529 | Entered = true; |
11530 | } |
11531 | } |
11532 | |
11533 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
11534 | if (Entered) |
11535 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
11536 | } |
11537 | }; |
11538 | |
11539 | DeductionFailureInfo |
11540 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
11541 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
11542 | |
11543 | /// Contains a late templated function. |
11544 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
11545 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
11546 | CachedTokens Toks; |
11547 | /// The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
11548 | Decl *D; |
11549 | }; |
11550 | } // end namespace clang |
11551 | |
11552 | namespace llvm { |
11553 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
11554 | // SourceLocation. |
11555 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
11556 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
11557 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
11558 | |
11559 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
11560 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
11561 | } |
11562 | |
11563 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
11564 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
11565 | } |
11566 | |
11567 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
11568 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
11569 | FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding()); |
11570 | } |
11571 | |
11572 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
11573 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
11574 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
11575 | } |
11576 | }; |
11577 | } // namespace llvm |
11578 | |
11579 | #endif |